RU2248612C1 - Complex automatic mechanism "drainage" for remote professional training of staff of distributed information-control system provided with computer readable information carriers for storing library of changeable program modules and data base related to specialist models, knowledge, skill of trained persons, procedures and preparation results - Google Patents

Abstract

FIELD: systems for usual and remote automatic training of staff of multilevel distributed information-control systems for monitoring hazard objects spaced from control center, possibly training, teaching, evaluating of specialists for operating such systems, predicting and optimizing training processes, evaluating influence of teaching and training degree of staff upon functioning of mechanisms at standard, emergency, extreme, conflict conditions.

SUBSTANCE: method for training staff comprises more than 150 operations and combined operations for forming on computer readable carrier set of changeable program modules and data base at teaching professional knowledge and skill; evaluating, predicting and monitoring preparation degree of specialists and achieved quality of system functioning. Unified multi-functional complex includes information inlet units, information exchange units, units for processing and outputting information, key boards for trained and training persons, unit for switching key boards, memory units, units for monitoring operations and actions of trained persons, for sustaining trained persons, for evaluating and predicting degree of their preparation, program control, matching, priority units, code distributors, control pulse shapers, programmable timer.

EFFECT: enhanced realization of designation of complex.

2 cl, 28 dwg, 2 tbl

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The inventive group of two inventions, so interconnected that they form a single inventive concept (hereinafter for brevity - the group of inventions), refers to complex mechanisms - methods and devices - traditional and distance automated training (hereinafter for brevity - preparation) officials of operational and technical personnel (OTP) of hierarchical multilevel distributed information management systems (RIUS) for monitoring the status of remote from the control center detecting potentially dangerous objects, operating in real time (VLR), i.e. subject to restrictions on the time that the relevant officials (specialists) carry out the intellectual (mental) and non-intellectual (motor) functional duties (functions) assigned to them for processing information and making decisions on managing relevant information and technological processes in real (normal, emergency, extreme, conflicting) conditions and situations of their implementation, characterized, in particular, by the use of means of destruction, interference, information, and information-psychological and other disturbing influences on the personnel, software (software) of the applied computing means, in particular personal computers (PCs), equipment and communication channels of interacting ergatic (man-machine) systems of critical applications, assessment of the quality of education of individuals and OTP of such systems in general, relevant professional knowledge, practical skills, skills, coordinated (coordinated) implementation of acts of activity (functions, operations, etc.) and resistance to negative impact the action of these disturbing factors (EF), monitoring the current and predicting the expected level of personnel preparedness, optimizing the appropriate training processes (USP) and managing them in order to achieve the desired final result (outcome) of training personnel to carry out their activities in conflict situations.

The inventive integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" of remote professional training for RIUS personnel, equipped with machine-readable storage media for storing a library of plug-in program modules and a database of specialist models, knowledge, skills of students, scenarios and training results, is a group of two united by a single inventive the concept of inventions, namely: an integrated method of automated training of RIUS personnel and a unified multifunctional th complex (IFC) for implementing this method. This mechanism can be used in individual and group training and / or training of relevant specialists during their professional training, in assessing their preparedness (training, training, coordination of actions) by determining the current levels of their theoretical knowledge, practical skills and necessary skills for performing professional activities under conditions of negative impact on them of various kinds of HF of natural and artificial origin, in assessing the effectiveness and efficiency the ability to prepare, predict the course, optimize and manage the corresponding USPs carried out with the help of reprogrammed training and training complexes (TCS) used autonomously and as part of RIUS critical applications in the implementation of training regimes of their work, as well as in the assessment and experimental study of the impact of staff training such systems on their functionality (efficiency, stability, security).

State of the art

Anticipating descriptions of analogues of the claimed group of inventions in the interests of formulating technical results for which they are aimed, first of all, we characterize the main features of the construction and functioning conditions of the considered RIUS in potentially dangerous areas of professional activity. These areas include a number of areas of conflict interaction between ergatic control systems for critical applications, in particular the fight against crime and military affairs, primarily armed struggle, electronic warfare (EW) and information-psychological warfare (IPP) using conventional, electronic and information psychological weapons.

The considered RIUS are created in the aforementioned, as well as in many other less dangerous areas of professional activity (see, for example, Tsvetaev V.V., Demin V.P., Kupriyanov A.I. Electronic warfare: radio reconnaissance and radio resistance. - M .: MAI , 1998; Rastorguev SP Information war. - M .: Radio and communications, 1999; Kukin PP, Lapin VL, Ponomarev NL, Serdyuk NI Life safety. Safety of technological processes and productions. - M.: Higher School, 2001; Adaptive Control Systems for Aircraft / A.S. Novoselov, V.E.Bolno kin, P.I. Chinaev, A.N. Yuryev. - M.: Mechanical Engineering, 1987; Distributed ACS by technological processes / I.M.Shenbrot, M.V. Antropov, K.Ya.Davidenko. - M .: Energoatomizdat (1985, etc.) based on the widespread use of computer technology and communication, primarily, local PC networks and microcomputers, built directly into the equipment of controlled physical, technological, informational spatially dispersed control processes of potentially dangerous objects and for the implementation of modern distributed processing technologies information and decision-making by relevant persons of OTP RIUS, ensuring the safety of their functioning (see, for example, RF patents No. 2037876 "System for distributed data processing with a common control device", No. 2099007 "Method for monitoring the psychophysical reaction and system for its implementation", No. 2160924 "Mechanism for checking the timeliness of message delivery in real-time information-control systems", No. 2163392 "Ship combat information-control system", No. 2176818 "Command-firing information-control system" YSTEM shore based ", №2178913" vzaimoautentifikatsii Mechanism in Distributed Information and real-time control systems ", №2209443" object control method (embodiments) and the system (variants) to its implementation ", etc.).

The most important features of hierarchical multilevel RIUS critical applications are the very high susceptibility of their most vulnerable elements (links) - personnel, software, hardware and communication channels with the corresponding remotely remote information and control objects and external interacting systems - various kinds of natural and artificially created disturbing influences (see ., for example, Smolyan GL, Lepsky V.E. New technologies of information impact on individual, group and mass knowledge // Problems of Psychology and Ergonomics, 2001, No. 3. - P.18-22; Bodrov VA Information stress. - M .: PER SE, 2000; Osipov V.Yu. Conceptual provisions of software suppression of computing systems // Information Security.Confident, 2002, No. 4-5. - P.89-93; Gremyachensky S.S., Nikolaev V.I. Introduction to the game-theoretic analysis of the electronic conflict of radio communication systems with radio-suppression means and some estimates of the results of the conflict. Voronezh: VNIIS, 1995; Kuznetsov V.I. Radio communications in electronic warfare. - Voronezh: VNIIS, 2002; RF patents No. 2150178 "Radio intelligence and suppression station", No. 2207734 "Method of radio suppression of communication channels", etc.), as well as the increasing use of such systems due to the vulnerability in their creation and application of adequate methods and means of counteracting the corresponding threats of reduction (loss) ) their potential capabilities and the quality of functioning (see, for example, Grinyaev SN. Intellectual counteraction to information weapons. - M .: SINTEG, 1999; Counteraction to economic espionage // Information protection. Conf ident: Collection of publications 1994-2000 - St. Petersburg: 2000; RF patents №2007052 "Method for generating an interference signal to protect a television channel from unauthorized access and a device for its implementation", No. 2151360 "Mobile combat vehicle with a complex of counteraction to controlled, homing weapons and artillery weapons with laser rangefinders ", No. 177335" Method for optimizing and supporting the psychophysiological state, including under conditions of pronounced stress factors ", No. 2209463" Computing system of the ship complex of radioelements throne counter "et al.).

In this regard, it is fundamentally important to emphasize that the effective application of the considered RIUS for its intended purpose, first of all, in the areas of electronic warfare and IPP is possible only if the existing, based on information and computer technologies are adequately developed, the new and more advanced IFCs are created and used in time for comprehensive automated preparation specialists in the operation of such systems in conflict conditions in order to realize their potential capabilities by reducing (preventing) losses, due to First of all, those who are depicted, first of all, by unprofessional actions of their OTP. Such complexes are embedded in the RMW built into the functional-subject structure of the corresponding ergatic systems and autonomous automated controlling, training and training (simulator) devices, simulation tools (simulators) of the systems studied and their functioning conditions, specialized software-controlled equipment (apparatus) for collecting , information processing and situational management of relevant USP, computerized devices for assessing and forecasting Niya their effectiveness and multi-criteria optimization, as well as other modern teaching aids, training and monitoring of experts of preparedness in their respective fields, including equipped with a means of artificial intelligence and virtual reality. Modern computerized IFCs for this purpose should have the structure and functionality adequate to the systems they simulate and the actual conditions for their functioning, to ensure the guaranteed achievement and maintenance of the required, as a rule, very high threshold levels of individual and group preparedness of the personnel of the systems under consideration for coordinated execution in a predetermined or situationally determined order in the RMW assigned to them very diverse yslitelnyh and motor information processing functions and decision-making control.

Typical of such functions of trainees of OTP considered by RIUS, for example, in the areas of electronic warfare and IPP, which determine their role and place in automated processes for processing information and managing the corresponding potentially dangerous processes and objects, for example, radio-electronic suppression stations, are the presentation of a protection mechanism against the unauthorized access to personal data (for example, password, underscore, etc.), confirming the authority of the relevant person of her OTP allowed in according to its information, software and other resources, monitoring (checking) the health (serviceability) of various devices, instruments, apparatus and other equipment included in the system and remotely controlled by it, and their preparation for their intended use, analysis and clarification of the content received from superior management body of a variety of information messages (prescriptions, orders, directions, commands), development of plans (schedules, schedules) for the implementation of relevant activities for their implementation analysis by forces and means of the underlying levels and executive elements of the system under consideration, analysis of incoming information about the objects of the opposing system, their recognition, opening the composition and assessment of the functionality and current status of this system, identifying its most vulnerable elements, assigning them status (signs, priority, etc.) .p.) objects of electronic, informational and other effects, making the right (adequate) decisions to manage the relevant information process potentially dangerous objects, the implementation of such decisions, monitoring the physical and information processes of the respective impacts, assessing their quality in order to ensure the possibility of an adequate response to changes in the state of controlled processes, the formation of a variety of messages (reports, summaries, etc.) to the governing body of a higher the level of the system for its timely informing and thereby ensuring the possibility of an adequate response to changes in the situation and conditions processes at the current and underlying levels, maintaining RIUS and its managed objects in working condition, prevention and timely detection of negative effects of EF, prompt elimination of the consequences of such effects, as well as the implementation of training activities in training modes of functioning of automated workstations ( AWP) of operators of ergatic functional structural elements (FSE) of the hierarchical multilevel system under consideration (for example, automatically th command post, electronic warfare control centers controlled by it, electronic jamming stations, etc.).

According to available estimates, due to the unprofessional performance of the aforementioned and other typical functions of the OTP persons of the considered hierarchical multilevel RIUS critical applications, i.e. due to the corresponding so-called human factors, the aforementioned losses of their potential capabilities can reach half of their initial level (see, for example, Savchenko A.V. The main conceptual provisions of an integrated approach to taking human factors into account in the systemological design of technical means for training EW specialists // Scientific-methodical collection No. 49. - M .: Military Publishing House, 2000. - S.145-151). Under normal conditions of use of such ergatic systems, this is fraught with various kinds of accidents and catastrophes, in general, accompanied by death of people. In situations of conflict between the organizational and technical systems of the warring parties, such a reduction in the potential capabilities of the RIUS of one of them is equivalent to the results of targeted very intense impacts of the other on the indicated most vulnerable links of the RIUS of the opposing side in order to disorganize the management of its corresponding processes and facilities and achieve superiority in all areas of confrontation, which is a prerequisite for obtaining the desired outcome of the conflict (see, for example, Chervinsky R.A. Struggle for control in the conduct of hostilities. - M .: Radio and communications, 1999; Savchenko A.V. Conceptual model for predicting the impact of professional readiness of EW specialists on the outcome of conflict interaction of information and combat systems // Scientific-methodical collection No. 50. - M .: Military Publishing House, 2001. - S.191-196).

In light of the above, the creation and use of modern IFCs for the automated training of personnel characterized by typical RIUS critical applications should be considered as one of the most promising ways of real counteracting very dangerous threats to reducing (losing) the quality (up to disorganization) of managing the corresponding facilities coming from insufficient professionally trained persons of their OTP, and the practical implementation of this path - as directed at the creature a marked decrease in the indicated losses of their potential capabilities, which are their peculiar virtually unused resource. This resource can be used only on the basis of ensuring the possibility for trainees of OTP of the considered RIUS under the guidance of qualified teaching staff (instructors, teachers) or independently with the help of appropriate workstations (consoles), in the general case structurally combined and functionally integrated with the AWP of the relevant persons of OTP RIUS simulator operating modes and appropriate means of special software, in full to obtain the theoretical knowledge and practical skills they need to perform the mental and motor functions of information processing and decision-making on the management of relevant potentially dangerous objects assigned to them, to form and constantly improve relevant professional skills, to achieve the necessary coordination of actions of members of the corresponding groups of specialists (crews, teams, etc.), and also to develop them resistance to various kinds of information and information-psychological influences. In turn, this will make it possible to create and use the necessary prerequisites for the realization of the potential capabilities of the ergatic systems under consideration in conflict conditions of their application, in particular, due to the reduction (prevention) of their losses, caused, first of all, by the unprofessional performance by persons of their OTP assigned to them named above and other functional responsibilities (see, for example, Savchenko A.V. Integrated counteraction to threats to the quality of functioning of ergatic information management systems in entsialno hazardous areas Part 1: Conceptual Framework // Telecommunications 2002, №12 -.. S.34-40).

Required to reduce (prevent) these losses of potential opportunities of the considered RIUS in the general case, a very high threshold level of preparedness for their OTP persons to carry out their activities in conflict conditions can be achieved only when traditional and distance learning are created using modern computer technologies and adequate complexity and the conditions of the professional activities of the relevant individuals of OTP of such systems of new methods for their automated preparation. Modern methods of automated traditional and distance training of personnel of the ergatic systems under consideration, based on computer, telecommunication and information technologies, must satisfy a number of general didactic requirements that seem to be fundamental to them. Such methods should include, in particular, the ability to parry the actions of various kinds of WFs, to carry out various kinds of support acts (didactic, software-informational, informational-psychological, intellectual, etc.) of FTD of trainees in simulated conditions and situations of functioning of the corresponding ergatic systems by, for example, creating and maintaining their desired moral and psychological state using reproducible display devices included in their AWS (consoles) I’m video and audio information of various kinds of multimedia blocks of information (clips), evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of training using informative indicators, predicting the development of training processes and optimal management of them with a specific end goal. In relation to the particular RIUS under consideration, for example, in the areas of electronic warfare or IPP, such a goal may be a significant reduction in the loss of its potential capabilities due to insufficient training of its personnel.

Anticipating the formulation of other didactic requirements and taking into account that, according to a number of well-known scientific experts, the development of a sufficiently substantiated generally accepted system of categories, concepts, indicators and parameters with the help of which it is possible to characterize and evaluate with high accuracy has not yet been completed traditional and computerized didactic processes for students to acquire the necessary knowledge and skills, the degree of their formation and their level achieved, and the degree of “closeness” of the student’s professional capabilities and the same capabilities of the corresponding professional specialist (see, for example, Modeling the specialist’s activities on the basis of integrated research / Edited by E.E.Smirnova. - L .: LSU, 1984; Talyzina N. F., Pechenyuk NG, Khikhlovsky LB Ways to develop a specialist profile. - Saratov: SSU, 1987; Nikiforov GS Reliability of professional activity. - SPb .: SPbU, 1996; Borisova N.V. From the traditional through modular to remote. - M .: Domodedovo, 1999, etc.), we define the content of a number of key concepts used below, the quantitative characteristics of the objects corresponding to them and their some features.

The most important of these concepts are, first of all, the interconnected concepts of "knowledge", "skills" and "skills" of trainees, i.e. with the ability to learn, specialists, as well as the "coherence" of their actions in the implementation of group activities.

By the concept of “knowledge” we will agree to designate information necessary for students in their subsequent professional activity on its subject and environment, acquired by each of them in the process of automated individual and group preparation and recorded in his memory (consciousness) in the form of interconnected thought (mental) objects (facts) statements, declarations, conclusions, conclusions, etc.), allowing the possibility of their oral and / or written presentation by appropriate grammatically and syntactically correct constructions For example, in a concise phrases (sentences) used by professional language of communication, formal expressions, for example, in the form of mathematical relationships between the studied objects (models) or combinations of such phrases and expressions. To ensure the possibility of structuring and quantifying the volume (complexity) of professional knowledge that educators and trainees operate with during their theoretical preparation, we will call such constructions “knowledge quanta” (from lat. Quantum - how much). Semantically, every quantum of knowledge we agree to consider as a laconic answer to one of the implied relevant questions starting with the words: “What”, “Where”, “When”, “Why”, “Why” and “How”. The quanta corresponding to the first five of these questions represent declarative (factual) knowledge of the corresponding objects, models, facts, events, conditions, circumstances, etc. The totality of such knowledge quanta characterizes the purpose, functional-structural construction, real conditions for the use of the considered RIUS and the opposing system, the modes and algorithms of their functioning and interaction, the tactical and technical characteristics of the FSE included in their composition, the relationships between them and the features of their work as part of the considered systems, the rules for operating it as a whole, its individual FSE and hardware (devices, equipment, personal computers, their software and other equipment), information processing and control in conditions, automated tasks to be solved during its operation, lists of officials (specialists), the content of the respective functions assigned to them, the required quality of their implementation, the used indicators of the quality of the functioning of the system, their required (threshold) values and other information in the field of professional activity under consideration and automated preparation for its implementation, which comprehensively characterize the theoretical foundations and patterns of construction and functioning in the stat ike studied systems. If necessary, interacting with opposing systems are characterized by the same knowledge quanta with the required level of detail. The quanta corresponding to the question "How ...?", Represent procedural (algorithmic) knowledge about the procedure for the implementation of the relevant professional activities of trainees of OTP of the considered RIUS. Using such quanta of knowledge, algorithms are described for performing (in dynamics) specific functions (operations) corresponding to the essence of this issue, primarily mental and motor ones in the implementation of the corresponding activity. The same quanta characterize dynamic knowledge of external systems. The amount of information contained in a separate quantum of knowledge is characterized by an assessment of its complexity: differentiated, for example, the shortest written representation of a quantum of knowledge, equal to the number of characters used in it, including spaces; or integral, for example, the level of knowledge representation (in points): 1 - phenomenological (descriptive), 2 - analytical-synthetic (qualitative), 3 - mathematical (quantitative), 4 - abstract (axiomatic).

By the term “skill” of a particular specialist, we will agree to designate specific techniques and methods for the practical application of the knowledge acquired by him in the course of automated individual and group training as a result of appropriate exercises, the performance of specific algorithms of activity corresponding to his functional responsibilities — sequences of operations, primarily mental and motor, aimed at solving specific automated problems, ass ating with such tasks and is a form of dynamic implementation of previously acquired trained in the appropriate procedural knowledge, provides necessary for this declarative knowledge. Performing mental and motor operations, future specialists in the field in question should also learn to perceive at the sensory (sensory) level the properties and characteristics of the corresponding objects in this sphere and, in addition, develop skills of adequate behavior in the changing conditions of the external and internal environment of the system under consideration. Each individual operation performed during the formation of the corresponding skill by the respective trainees should be understood, understood, regulated and controlled by him as a focused act of his future professional activity - its corresponding structural element, for example, the step of the corresponding particular algorithm, which has the corresponding specific result, achieved not only in conditions under which this skill is formed, but also in changing, in particular, conflicting conditions. In the system of skills that a learner must master, each individual skill is presented as having an action (act of activity) that has a specific meaning for it, the success (timeliness and faultlessness) of which depends on the level of assimilation by him of the relevant knowledge contained in the studied training material. To ensure the possibility of a quantitative assessment of the complexity of the skills of students to be mastered in the process of automated training, to professionally carry out the corresponding mental, motor, sensory and behavioral acts of activity (individual steps of the algorithms), we agree to differentially characterize each of them by the number of elementary operations performed, the time interval required to complete them with the purpose of obtaining the corresponding result, as well as significance (specific gravity, frequency of olneniya) of the act (step operation) in the structure corresponding to the professional activity. At the same time, it is advisable to evaluate the significance of each such act by the method of simulation of the corresponding algorithms of professional activity in the process of functioning of the considered RIUS or expertly on the basis of its correlation with certain reference acts of standard algorithms of the corresponding activity. When assessing the complexity of acts of the activity under study, standard elementary operations can be used, in particular, mental and motor operations performed by operators of typical ergatic systems described in well-known reference books on their creation, containing catalogs (lists, descriptions and main quantitative characteristics ) of such operations (see, for example, Information and control man-machine systems: Research, design, testing. Reference / A.N. Adamenko, A.T. Asherov, I.L. Berd Ikov etc. -. M .: Engineering, 1993. - S.495-423).

By the term “skill” of a particular specialist in the field under consideration, we will agree to designate his corresponding skill, fixed in the process of automated individual and group training by appropriate exercises, strengthened and brought to the highest degree of mastery - to automatism, taken out of control of consciousness as a result of repeated repetitions of the corresponding step ( operations) of the corresponding algorithm of activity in uniform conditions, characterized (in contrast to skills) by the absence of conscious th unconscious regulation and control of generalized signs of the operations in the context of their respective sequences. In short, the term “skill” should be understood as a high degree of stability of the corresponding skill, the emergence and consolidation of a stereotype in actions leading to the desired result. If necessary, we will agree to distinguish between four types of skills corresponding to the above types of skills, namely, mental, i.e. reduced to automatism techniques (methods) for the implementation of previously often performed in the form of appropriate exercises well-known intellectual operations; motor, i.e. mechanical actions brought to automatism on external objects, primarily control elements, with the help of movements (exercises) that have been performed many times before in order to change their states (positions); perceptive (sensory), i.e. the skills of unconscious sensory perception of the properties and characteristics of repeatedly perceived previously well-known objects; behavior skills i.e. Brought to automatism based on knowledge of general and special (professional) norms of behavior, techniques (methods) of interpersonal interaction when practicing group activity algorithms, in particular, when coordinating crews. Bearing in mind the obvious relationship between skills and taking into account their predominantly consistent development, to quantify the skills of professional activity we agree in a similar manner to the one described above.

We agree to use the concept of “coherence” as applied to the activities of a group of individuals (personnel) of a specific FSE of the hierarchical multilevel RIUS under consideration. For the sake of brevity, we will call this group consisting of several trained individuals (for example, the calculation of the remote control point for reconnaissance unmanned aerial vehicles, electronic warfare and IPP) a local group of students, and characterize the degree of consistency achieved in the process of their automated group preparation for the sake of coherence (synchronization) of the processes by which individuals perform OTP of the corresponding FSE algorithms of their individual professional activities in the implementation of their group activity aimed at solving the corresponding automated tasks of information processing and management of relevant objects (processes). The necessary prerequisites for well-coordinated group activities of individuals of the OTP of a specific FSE of the considered ergatic system, which is one of the main guarantees for achieving the goal of its functioning, are the presence (education) of each student’s aspiration and ability to interact with the people of the local group working with him, to understand each other a friend according to well-known frequently used signs (for example, at a glance, by gestures, intonations, facial expressions, looks, etc.). Such abilities are formed in the course of training as a result of mutual study of the individual characteristics of the respective specialists and the personal qualities of each other, their simultaneous and equal perception of current events, emerging situations and adequate group behavior in such situations. The coherence of the actions of OTP individuals of a specific FSE of the considered RIUS is also expressed in their interchangeability, the ability of each of them to quickly switch from one role (status) in jointly implemented processes to another, as well as in combining roles. The coherence of the actions of trainees of the OTP of a specific FSE of an ergatic system can be quantified, for example, by the method of computer monitoring of their individual and group educational and training and professional activities using the necessary technical means and indicators that are sensitive, first of all, to the temporal characteristics of jointly implemented ergatic information processing and management processes, as well as expertly in arbitrary units (points) using the appropriate rating scales.

Another group of interrelated concepts is formed by the concepts of "specialist model", "professionogram (qualification profile, profile)", "professionogramming (professionography) of jobs" and "student model". Taking into account the author’s points of view of the above and many other scientists, by the model of the specialist in terms of content, we will further agree to understand the objective description of the structure and specific content of the interrelated socio-psychological and professional qualities, knowledge, skills of a specialist, together representing his generalized comprehensive description as a member relevant professional community. The model of a specialist in a specific field of professional activity should reflect the final goals and the desired result (outcome) of professional training (the current stage of professional training), i.e. give an exhaustive answer to the question "What professional and socio-psychological qualities should a specialist have and what knowledge, skills should he possess at the end of the relevant professional training (current stage of professional training)?". At the same time, taking into account the continuity of the professional formation and development of a specialist, his model should not be developed and considered as something frozen, fixed once and for all, in other words, in the general case, it should be a evolutionary model of a specialist having at each particular moment of his training a certain ideal (ultimate) state. In the general case, the specialist’s model should reflect the types of his professional and other, in particular educational activity, his professional status and include three components, namely: a) due to the features of the modern level of development of science, engineering and technology, b) dictated by the requirements corresponding to a specific profession (specialty) and c) due to the socio-political structure of society, its spiritual and moral system. The first of these components includes such general knowledge and skills that are necessary not only for this specialist, but also for representatives of other specialties, for example, to know the basics of managing a team of specialists, to be able to study, have the skills of a collective activity, be psychologically prepared for such an activity, etc. .P. The second part of the specialist model for each profession determines the specific composition and volume of professional knowledge, skills that are adequate to the content of the relevant activity. The third part of the specialist’s model (personality block) includes moral and ideological knowledge, skills and abilities to solve the corresponding problems caused by the structure of society and its culture. A specialist’s model is materially embodied in a number of standard forms, primarily such as a professiogram, qualification profile, profile, etc. A professiogram is a descriptive or formalized model (for example, as a loaded graph) in the form of a document (on a conventional or machine-readable medium) professional activities of a specialist, the development of which should precede the setting of training goals for specialists of a given qualification. The professiogram regulates the technology of substantiating the requirements of the corresponding profession for the general and professional knowledge, skills of the corresponding specialist, for his personal qualities, psychological abilities and psychological and physical capabilities. Structurally, a professiogram includes the following standard components: a) the content of professional activity (functions, roles, prevailing activities, etc.), b) the conditions for professional activity (external and internal factors, modes and features of the functioning of the corresponding ergatic system, etc. .), c) qualification requirements for general and professional knowledge, skills and abilities (lists, proficiency levels, etc.), d) characteristics of the means of carrying out activities (type, composition and capabilities of workers places, level of automation, etc.), e) requirements for professionally important qualities of the corresponding specialist (competence, determination, professional abilities, etc.), e) requirements for professional education (duration of training, level of qualification, prospects professional growth, etc.), g) related professions (list of items), h) sanitary and hygienic conditions of work (work and rest regimes, presence and level of psychological tension, character teristics of the sensorimotor and perceptive spheres, medical contraindications, etc.). A professionally developed professiogram should provide the opportunity to optimize the professional activity of a specialist, to increase its effectiveness and efficiency.

Another form of documentary presentation (embodiment) of a specialist’s model — a qualification characterization — also serves as a qualification standard for the corresponding specialist in a particular profile, which is a set of basic typical features characterizing the corresponding profession (specialty). The qualification description indicates not only the requirements for the personality characteristics of the specialist and the components of his labor activity, but also the professional levels of the implementation of the relevant labor processes. A qualification characteristic is also created to describe the goals of the professional training of qualified personnel, serves to assess the degree of skill (professionalism) of specialists and is used to assign them financial compensation (wages) for the performance of professional activities. The structure of the qualification characteristics of a specialist includes: a) the main areas and types of his activity, b) the types of organizations where such specialists can work, c) the categories of posts that they can hold, d) the requirements for their personal qualities, e) a list of official duties, e) requirements for knowledge, skills, g) requirements for ways to carry out professional activities. Summarizing the above, it should be emphasized that the professiogram and qualification characteristic of a specialist are variants of descriptions not of specific real specialists, but of their ideal images, i.e. of what they should be.

Professiograms (qualification characteristics) of specialists are developed as part of the so-called professiographic studies in relation to the respective specific workplaces for the implementation of their professional activities, and the corresponding process is called professiogramming (professiography) of workplaces, as a result of which they are equipped with professiographic certificates (passports). For these purposes, well-known software tools are used, an example of which is the computer program "Profession", a description of which is published on the Internet (see Searching profession / URL: http: //www.softodrom.ru/article/3/151_1.shtml, 08/31/2002). This program was developed by specialists of the Federal Employment Service of the Russian Federation and since 1996 has been successfully used to build professiograms and place them, in particular, on machine-readable media, for example, as a set of computer files of the corresponding database (DB).

Derivative with respect to the considered is the concept of “learner model”, which in the general case is a combination (set) of quantitative as well as qualitative characteristics of a particular learner, measured during the work of a training tool used in the automated preparation (training system, simulator, complex , technologies, etc.) and characterizing the degree of assimilation by him of the knowledge he needs, mastery of skills in the studied field of professional activity, as well as the rules the formation and processing of the specified population (set). In the general case, the model of each student should include information about the purpose of his training, about his current knowledge, skills within the framework of the mastered professional activity, characterizing the current state of the process of his training; about the features of the supply of training materials and the choice of tasks for the learner, about the rules for making changes to the learner’s model based on the results of its automated preparation using the specified tool. For each student in his model, a corresponding subset of the studied teaching materials, descriptions of his abilities and skills can be determined, which determines the initial state of the information support (IO) of the used automated training tool and is the starting point for further work with the corresponding student. The most common types of learner models are their overlay, difference, and perturbation models. In relation to the knowledge of trainees, the essence of these models is as follows. The overlay student model is the simplest in terms of its software implementation. In terms of information, it is formed under the assumption that the student’s knowledge and data stored on an appropriate computer-readable storage medium, for example, in the form of a certain set of computer files of the corresponding database section on professiograms of specialists, have a similar structure. In this case, in particular, it is assumed that the learner’s knowledge corresponds to a certain subset of the indicated files, and as a result of testing the learner, each relative unit of knowledge stored in them is assigned a corresponding numerical attribute characterizing the degree of mastering (understanding) of this unit. The difference model of the student differs from the overlay one, first of all, in the case of using the difference model, the corresponding computer files of the specified database are formed on the basis of the analysis of the results of the corresponding tasks by the students and their comparison with the knowledge used by a professional specialist, for example, an expert who fully meets the requirements the corresponding professionogram, when solving similar problems and which are previously placed in the form of the specified files on the corresponding machine-readable Ithel information used in the operation corresponding to the training means. The differences between the knowledge of the learner and the knowledge of the professional specialist form the basis of the difference model of the learner. When using it, it becomes possible not only to take into account and record the lack of certain knowledge of the student, but also to detect cases of their misuse. The main difference between the student’s perturbation model and those considered is that it is formed under the assumption that the student’s knowledge may not partially coincide with the knowledge of a professional specialist. In this case, an extremely important point in the formation of such a model is the identification (identification) of the causes of such a discrepancy. Typical causes are the elementary mistake of the student as a result, for example, of his carelessness, deliberate mistake when, for example, the answer is given at random, incorrect use of existing knowledge, inability to apply them, the presence of erroneous knowledge, lack of knowledge, etc. Some of these causes are easily detected , for example, a deliberate error is detected by asking the learner several additional simple questions, other reasons may require re-testing the learner, in particular, with refined wording of questions. Without such identification, the learner's perturbation model is generally unacceptably uncertain.

The concept of “assignment” is also associated with the considered ones, by which we agree to denote an informational and didactic means of professional development of a student (trainees), his (their) individual (group) training, with the use of which a controlling, and / or training, and / or training effect on him (them) and is intended to activate the psychophysiological factors of UTD in the process of training, positive motivation for professional growth, increase as a result of the corresponding general requirements for the quality of relevant knowledge, skills, abilities and level of preparedness in general, as well as to improve the quality of professional activities of educators. The variety of known types and subtypes, types and subspecies of tasks (thematic, situational, test, pseudo-test, sequential, parallel, chain, open, variative, etc.) used in the training of students in various fields of activity excludes the possibility of a detailed examination of each of It forces them to confine themselves to their generalized characteristic. In the general case, the task is a specific instruction to the trainee (group of trainees) of the person (s) of the personnel of the ergatic system under consideration to prepare answers to control (test) questions for diagnosing the level and structure of preparedness, studying (mastering, fulfilling, practicing) what he (they) need theoretical knowledge, and / or practical skills, and / or corresponding skills for the implementation of individual and / or group professional activities, including the coordination of actions of relevant specialists sheets in the local group (crew, crew). A separate task in the general case may contain several control tests to be performed, and / or several knowledge quanta to be theoretically studied, and / or several exercises to develop skills and / or skills to perform several mental, and / or motor, and / or perceptive and / or behavioral acts (individual operations, steps of the algorithm, the algorithm as a whole, etc.) activities, and / or a description of the specific information system developed in the external and / or internal environment of the system tation (CIS), presented to the student in the form of its corresponding specific information model (CIM), subject to perception, understanding, assessment, adoption of the appropriate decision and its implementation, and / or the student performing other professional actions in the interests of achieving the private and / or general goal of the professional training. In special cases, an assignment to an individual student may contain an instruction to perform a single control test or to study (mastery, fulfillment, development) of a single specific object (quantum of knowledge, skill, information situation, etc.). Quantitatively, each task is characterized by a list (vector) of assessments of the complexity of the constituent elements to be completed by the student - quanta of the professional knowledge mastered by him or the corresponding control tests, steps of the corresponding algorithms of his activity, including those aimed at working out coherence of actions and / or the corresponding CIS.

The concept of “automated training scenario” (SAP) is used to denote a focused, methodically built, personality-oriented sequence of pedagogical techniques, methods and computer technologies for achieving pedagogical and applied goals of automated training using various kinds of external acts of support for students ’UTD. Specific scenarios should give an exhaustive idea of the content and structure of the relevant educational material to be theoretically and practically studied, the pedagogical and information technologies used in organizing and implementing the automated training, the methodological principles and techniques on which the implemented computer technology of traditional and / or distance learning is based relevant knowledge, skills and abilities and built appropriate sequences of learning bnyh Computer classes (UKZ) and their respective tasks, enabling the successful development of teaching material used by trained persons OTP RIUS considered under the relevant USP, as well as its content, structure, and data and software. Each specific EPS should be a meaningful and formalized description of a specific didactically justified targeted sequence of UKZ, in turn, representing the corresponding sequence of tasks for students of the OTP of the considered RIUS, each of which involves the development of the corresponding volumes of knowledge and / or skills and / or skills perform appropriate functions, primarily mental and / or motor, using, if necessary, adequate content Yu UTD acts of its support. In the general case, each EPS should provide for a series of UKZ for each discipline studied (activity algorithm), on each of which the corresponding trainees must complete several tasks to master the relevant training topics (acts of activity) in accordance with a certain sequence of their issuance to the trainees to ensure that they are possible coordinated implementation in the general case, using the appropriate hardware and software (APS) to support the trainee training. A specific EPS should include normative data on the resources of the time taken to complete each task, expected (correct) results, various kinds of reference data and comments reflecting the professional point of view of the student on the UTP implemented by him with the help of the relevant IFC, the appropriate pedagogical concept and technologies used to achieve private and the ultimate goals of the FTD of trainees of the OTP of a particular RIUS, as well as data on the content and features of the implementation of certain acts of support of the FTD each dog of the student. A specific SAP can be created for any volume of educational material: section, subject, specialty, etc. The creation of a specific SAP implies a clear vision for the student of the structure and content of the training material, his ability to carefully design the content of the training material and predict the success of the students' upcoming professional activities under the conditions of the EF, to determine training technologies taking into account the individual characteristics of individual students, their local groups and the entire RIUS staff . Specific SAPs of trainees corresponding to a specific RIUS and the contingent of persons of its OTP should be created with the participation of trainers on the basis of using well-known methods of formalizing and constructing various types of scenarios (frame, production, classifying, in the form of a “goal tree”, research, etc.) organizational, informational, technological, psychological and educational processes. The most important component, the procedural basis of any EPS staff of the ergatic system operating in the RME, is the timing chart for the respective students to issue appropriate tasks for them to perform the corresponding professional operations (tasks), containing data on the operating mode of the IFC used in the implementation of this scenario, at what point in time, to which of the trainees and which task should be issued to enable him to carry out the corresponding act of his FTD. The initial time diagram created with the participation of trainers, as a rule, using simulation models of the functioning processes of the studied RIUS in real conditions of its application for its intended purpose, immediately before using its automated training in general, may undergo a certain optimization procedure taking into account the specific purpose of training , the content of specific tasks, their complexity and available time resources. If similar optimization is necessary, the time chart of assignment of tasks to students can also be subjected directly to the implementation of EPS, taking into account the current level of preparedness of students and the results of its forecasting.

The term “disturbing factor” (EF) refers to any negative impact of external and / or internal environment objects of the considered RIUS having natural or artificial origin on its most vulnerable elements mentioned above, representing a real threat to the quality of its functioning, not detectable or detectable using its corresponding technical means and perceived by persons of its OTP by means of CMM or corresponding fragments of CMM formed on the information display devices of their AWP (remotes ) using appropriate hardware and software. Examples of the most dangerous sources of such impacts are modern examples of the so-called informational and informational-psychological weapons, in particular, numerous types of so-called malicious programs (see, for example, the works already mentioned above by Smolyan G.L. and Lepsky V.E .; Grinyaev S.N., Osipova V.Yu.), using, in particular, the so-called “25th frame effect” (see, for example, Prokofiev V.F. Danger! The object of attack is the human psyche and consciousness / URL: http : //daily.sec.ru/dailypblshow.cfm? rid = 17 & pid = 4310, 10.10.2003).

By the concept of "training effectiveness" in terms of content, we agree to characterize the degree of commensurability of the results obtained with the costs of resources used to achieve the correctly set training goal. In this regard, it is necessary to clarify that the goal of training is considered to be set correctly if a) a precise description of the formed professional qualities of the students is given that they can be accurately distinguished from any other qualities, b) there is a way to uniquely identify the formed professional qualities against the background of other qualities, in ) it is possible to measure the intensity of formation of the required professional qualities on the basis of the control results; d) there are scales for evaluating such qualities that correspond to the measurement results. With regard to the field of vocational training using various kinds of automated teaching aids, they distinguish didactic, economic and social effectiveness, as well as individual and group effectiveness of the subsequent professional activity of students. The didactic effectiveness of the use of these means is understood, first of all, as a positive effect of a teacher’s professional activity aimed at achieving several training goals predefined in the general case, a positive increment in the success, effectiveness of the corresponding student training performance in relation to previously defined levels (values) of indicators used, evaluated taking into account the time, technical, didactic and psychophysiological costs incurred. The didactic efficiency of the use of the used technical means with a sufficient degree of measurement reliability is estimated using quantitative and qualitative indicators of the corresponding USP on the basis of generalization and comparison of the achieved training results, initially determined by its goals, with the corresponding previously obtained results. The economic effect of the use of the used technical training tools can be obtained by reducing the time allocated to it, and with a predetermined directive training time, by increasing the attained level of preparedness of students, evaluated using appropriate indicators of its quality, reducing absolute and / or relative the number of poorly trained students who fail to master the required volumes of knowledge, skills in the allotted training time. The social effectiveness of training is manifested in raising the social status, general education and culture of students, the formation of useful skills and habits of behavior in society and communication with others. The effectiveness of subsequent individual and / or group activities of trainees is usually understood as the ratio of the result achieved to the current moment of time, evaluated according to one or another indicator, to the maximum attainable or predetermined (planned) desired result. It should be noted that evaluating the effectiveness of educational groups is particularly difficult. As one of the main conditions for effective group training (activities) of students of a study group, the purpose of which, in particular, is to develop skills for coordinated implementation of their actions in the implementation of organized joint activities, is to promote the development of each other’s willingness to interact in any situation, goodwill, mutual interest in the results of a joint solution to a particular professional task. If in the course of group training positive changes are observed in the values of the used indicators of coherence, this indicates, in particular, the effectiveness of the applied method (method, technology) of preparation.

By the concept of “training effectiveness” in terms of content, we agree to characterize the totality of positive results that are monitored (obtained) in the process of automated preparation, by its completion or delayed, i.e. some time after the completion of the preparation, as well as the degree of implementation of the previously planned FTD and the achievement of its previously planned results. In the ideal case, the effectiveness of training involves the guaranteed achievement of its correctly set goals and ensuring the required effectiveness of the corresponding USP. Assuming that the goal of automated training is set correctly (see above), by its effectiveness it is logical to understand the degree to which each trainee and each group of trainees achieve professionally significant goals that are transformed into a system of relevant indicators and criteria for making management decisions that are adequate to the specifics of specific types of UKZ. The defined concept in the general case should be distinguished from the concept of "training efficiency". If the indicators used in assessing the effectiveness of training can be quantitatively measured (for example, by the absolute or relative number of operations performed by the learner in a timely manner, etc.), then we can talk about effectiveness as a synonym for effectiveness. If, however, measures are used as indicators of the trainee’s properties, taking into account individual characteristics that are not amenable to rigorous quantitative measurement, then the concept of “training effectiveness” cannot be used synonymously with the concept of “training efficiency”. Such quantitatively unmeasured individual characteristics of the trainees include, for example, the psychological incompatibility of individual trainees with others, which impedes preparation as part of a particular group, the level of motivation for the growth of professionalism (low, medium, high, etc.), attitude to preparation (positive, neutral, negative, etc.), the student’s intellectual abilities (low, medium, high, etc.) and others.

Taking into account the introduced concepts and their meaningful definitions, we will proceed to the direct formulation of the basic didactic requirements for modern methods of automated training of the critical applications considered by RIUS. The most significant of these requirements seems to be the provision of the opportunity for the trainers in the preparation of OTP persons of any specific RIUS to comprehensively implement all the basic aspects of their automated vocational training for the implementation of the respective specific individual and group activities for the implementation of the specific information processing and decision-making functions assigned to them under the conditions of typical EF to the most vulnerable elements of the system under consideration, to its individual spaces substantially distributed PSEs and to the system as a whole. The most important of these aspects is the necessary automated theoretical training of students guaranteeing the successful implementation of professional activities in the particular field under consideration by providing them with the opportunity to master the relevant theoretical foundations (knowledge). Another important aspect of preparing an OTP for a specific RIUS is the automated training of its individuals in the relevant practical skills to qualitatively (timely, correctly, accurately) fulfill the specific functions assigned to them in solving the corresponding automated tasks of processing information and managing potentially dangerous objects. The third most important aspect of personnel training for any RIUS under consideration is the automated instilling in students of sustainable practical skills of high-quality (operational, reliable, well-coordinated) implementation of the corresponding algorithms for individual and group professional activities. Among the important aspects of training specialists in the operation of critical applications considered by RIUS is the automated instilling and maintaining of their psychological readiness to carry out their professional activities in a quality manner under the conditions of the use of various kinds of information and psychological influences by the warring party. Within the framework of integrated methods for the automated training of personnel of the considered RIUS, the students should be given the opportunity to optimize pre-formed EPSs, support (informationally, intellectually, psychologically, etc.) the trainees ’UTDs under the conditions of the EF, continuously monitor their actions, initial and current levels of their preparedness (training, training, coherence, psychological stability), to assess the quality of the relevant USP using in the general case an open sov the completeness of mutually complementary informative indicators of the effectiveness and efficiency of automated training of students in the above aspects, to predict the development of complex automated training processes, its outcome (final result) and consequences (aftereffect), to manage these processes, implementing EPSs optimized in a certain sense, analyzing during their implementation, current and forecasted values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of preparation, timely of taking appropriate control solutions in order to achieve the relevant indicators used are the efficiency and effectiveness of private and common objectives (outcomes) training and monitoring its progress, as well as to document the implemented USP.

The formulated general requirements for integrated methods of automated theoretical and practical training of the personnel of the considered RIUS critical applications can be fulfilled, and the corresponding capabilities for educators and people trained by them are ensured only under the condition of the integrated implementation of all the necessary training and information-management processes necessary for this on the basis of creating Integrated with AWP of the relevant persons of OTP RIUS and autonomous IFC for the implementation of such methods and percent ssov and their targeted use in training for such systems.

The above allows us to proceed to the formulation of a number of general and particular technical requirements for such IFCs, their information and software. The main of these requirements are caused, first of all, by the variety of already existing and created by RIUS common and critical applications, the wider use of modern types and models of computer equipment and means of data exchange (communication), modern information and promising innovative technologies in their creation. The fact that modern RIUSs are designed on the basis of a single standardized hardware, software, information and technological basis makes many such systems technically very similar to each other, due to which they acquire an increasingly pronounced property of uniformity. The use of modern standardized models of computer equipment when creating such systems, connected by standardized means of exchanging data through an appropriate telecommunication network, for example the Internet, and equipped with standardized means of common software for their functioning in real conditions in the RMW, allows to achieve a very high level of unification and standardization of the considered RIUS, exported value of about 75-80%. This level of hardware and software unification and standardization of the distributed ergatic systems under consideration is the most important prerequisite for formulating, as a general requirement, for computerized IFCs for theoretical and practical training of specialists in their operation, giving them similar properties - distribution and uniformity.

At the same time, despite the technical similarity (similarity) of the RIUS under consideration, the professiograms of the officials of their OTP and, therefore, the special software of the PCs used, to a decisive extent determined by the purpose of the particular RIUS, remain very exclusive. In this regard, when designing the corresponding IFCs on the indicated technical basis, the complete list and contents of the specific functions of the trainees with their application are applied to the TNA of the specific improved and newly created RIUS, as well as the temporal, probabilistic and accuracy characteristics of the ergatic processes of their functioning due to their diversity and significant dependence on the degree whether their participation in their implementation of relevant specialists and their levels of theoretical and practical preparedness can be a priori determined s in the context of the relevant professiogram and therefore should not be completely fixed. For similar reasons, the quantity and content of the used indicators of the effectiveness and efficiency of individual and group training of OTP persons of the considered RIUS cannot be fully determined and fixed, ideas about the final results (outcome) of the automated training of their personnel and its consequences, methods for predicting such results and their further use, as well as logical conditions (LU) for making decisions on the management of the relevant USP and the criteria for their optimization. A similar situation exists in relation to the software for the formation of various kinds of educational informational impacts (SIV) on the APS of the RIUS, the automated workstations (panels) of the trained persons of their OTP or on the students themselves in order to maintain and develop their abilities and skills to identify threats of negative effects various types of WF, the formation and improvement of skills to counter such factors, the rapid detection, localization and elimination of the consequences of the implementation of relevant threats in the form of negatives of significant informational impacts on vulnerable elements of RIUS. Harmless simulators of various kinds of software bookmarks, viruses, logic bombs, and other sources of real and virtual threats to the quality of functioning of the APS and the functional state of the OTP of ergatic systems that simulate the operation of the corresponding real samples of information weapons, including those based on the mentioned ones, can serve as examples of software tools for the formation of such DIVs. 25th frame effect. "

These circumstances make it necessary to formulate and implement when designing each specific unified IFC to be created as fundamental technical requirements for the openness of its functional subject structure, IO and special software, their configurability during operation, taking into account the peculiarities of the functional structural structure and functioning of the particular RIUS under consideration and customizability professiograms of persons of her OTP, for specific indicators of effectiveness used and p number of side their individual and group training, on the development of forecasting algorithms corresponding to USP, their outcomes and consequences for their control algorithms on criteria optimization, as well as options for interpretation accumulate and store the results of their implementation.

To a large extent, these properties can be given to the unified IFC due to the organization, creation and use of the necessary for its effective and efficient application of IO processes of automated remote training of personnel of the considered RIUS. One of the most important conditions for the creation of such an IE is to carry out at the organizational stage of the implementation of the relevant job professiogramming of the workstation of the corresponding specialists in its operation with the aim of equipping them with the appropriate professiographic certificates (passports). The professiogram of the corresponding specialist should include, first of all, comprehensive descriptions of his model, in particular, the theoretical knowledge necessary for him, practical skills of individual and group professional activities, quantitative assessments of the complexity of the knowledge, skills and abilities to be mastered. When creating the IFC under consideration, the corresponding components of such professiograms should include a priori data (AD) and knowledge about the factors of the external and internal environment of the particular RIUS being studied, about its functional and structural construction, operation modes and algorithms, and corresponding potential possibilities in real conditions of its application, on the functional responsibilities of the RIUS personnel, on the content of the main aspects of their professional training (knowledge, skills). In addition, the information on the specific SAP of the trainees by issuing the appropriate tasks to them should be included in the composition of the IOs of the corresponding TSS. The IO should also contain information and a priori qualitative and quantitative data necessary for reproduction by simulating, with the required adequacy, the functional-subject structure of the considered RIUS, the modes and algorithms of its operation, and the corresponding external and internal information processes and WF. Regulatory values of the characteristics (time, accuracy, etc.) of the processes of performing typical ergatic systems of elementary operations by operators and the corresponding acts of their professional activity (perception, information processing, decision-making, input) should also be included in the training of students in PC, etc.). Information on the threshold values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of individual and group training of OTP persons of the considered RIUS may also be included in the IE. In addition, the personalized results of their individual and group preparation obtained in the course of the USP should be accumulated and stored in the educational institution in the form of appropriate models of students. When creating the inventive integrated automated mechanism for remote vocational training of RIUS personnel, the IO of the corresponding USP determined in this way should be implemented in the form of a database of specialists' models, knowledge, skills, skills of students, scenarios and results of training (hereinafter for brevity - a database). To ensure the possibility of implementing the proposed method of training the personnel of the considered RIUS using the appropriate IFC in the appropriate mode of operation using the information stored in the database, specific SAPs of students should be optimized and implemented, including, in particular, the formation, use and preservation of specific initial (ID) governing (UD), control (CD) data and the corresponding specific task sequences. High-quality fulfillment by students of such tasks should provide the opportunity to achieve certain particular and ultimate goals of training personnel of the considered RIUS at the minimum cost of the resources used (time, information, computing, etc.). For this, in the course of preparation, in the appropriate operating modes, IFCs should register and save in the database in the form of corresponding recorded data (RD) specific personified results of such tasks that determine the current state of the corresponding student models, on their basis are determined (evaluated, predicted) and stored in the corresponding computer database files of the values of the specific indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of individual and group training of individuals OTP R IMS, these values should be compared with the threshold, and according to the results of the comparison, appropriate management decisions aimed at optimizing the preparation processes should be taken, implemented and stored in the database. In order to ensure the safety of the information posted and accumulated in the database in the form, first of all, of specialists' models, SAP of students and their models, it should be physically stored in several copies on appropriate removable computer-readable media (magnetic or optical disks).

The general requirements given to the IFC for the implementation of a comprehensive method for automated training of RIUS personnel and to their IO in the form of a database can be fulfilled, first of all, on the basis of designing and creating, as part of an object-oriented programming technology, special software for used PCs in the form of an organized set replaceable software modules (JMP) designed to be run under the control of the corresponding operating system, which is a certain set of toyannyh program modules (APM) software common PC. The well-established form of organization of many PSDs in practice is an open, constantly updated library of such modules, which potentially provides the possibility of implementing the functioning processes of not only specific RIUS critical applications in almost all areas and conditions of professional activity, but also those of their OTP built into AWP, and also autonomous computerized training systems and simulators for the automated training of their personnel. The PSDs included in the composition of such a library should provide the opportunity for the maintenance staff to perform the corresponding IFCs in the general case, with the participation of educators and trainees in interactive modes of operation, the PCs used are all necessary for the implementation of the corresponding UTP actions on the quantitative values (codes) of the processed data by their appropriate program transformation from the source to the required intermediate and resulting view. An exhaustive justification of the full list of such actions, which essentially determine the composition and capabilities of the specified JMP library and, therefore, the functional appearance of the corresponding unified IFCs, is the content of one of the very independent tasks of their creation during the industrial implementation of the proposed group of inventions (see below). In this regard, it seems appropriate and appropriate here to limit ourselves to a reference to the lists of such actions given below in the context of the description of the analogue methods and the prototype method and their disadvantages. It is necessary, as in the case of the database, to note that to ensure the safety of the computer files of the JMP library, they must be physically stored in several copies on appropriate removable computer-readable media (magnetic or optical disks).

Unified IFC for the automated training of OTP persons of typical RIUS critical applications, equipped with pre-created, hosted on appropriate removable computer-readable media and replenished databases and a JMP library for PCs, which provides the ability to perform many basic and auxiliary actions for processing information and managing the corresponding USP, technically can be made (designed and manufactured), for example, in the form of a spatially dispersed uniform Nogo multifunctional simulator complex based on modern PC corresponding means of communication (data) and information therebetween (Telecommunication) technology. Each student’s workstation (remote control) included in the composition of such a complex, generally located in the immediate vicinity of the corresponding control facilities of the particular RIUS under consideration, should be a combination of personal computer-based training tools that allow remote reprogramming through online (via communication channel) equipping them with library JMPs necessary to carry out the corresponding tasks. Such aggregates of situationally reprogrammable technical equipment can generally be located in office premises quite distant from each other, functionally and structurally combined (integrated) with the corresponding specific workstations of OTP persons of the particular RIUS under consideration, providing for the possibility of their operation in simulator operation modes. The workstation (console) of the student, other technical means, including the considered databases, the JMP library and the necessary auxiliary equipment, should be the central part (technical basis) of the corresponding unified IFC for distance education and training of personnel of each specific RIUS within the framework of the corresponding method of automated training. The spatial dispersal of such a complex, which provides for the exchange of information between its constituent blocks, geographically concentrated, in particular, in a typical classroom (for example, in a training class), and in the general case, remotely remotely trained students from it, makes it necessary to include to the indicated library of SPM modules for generating the corresponding initial messages, their transmission using the corresponding blocks of the IFC under consideration, receiving response messages and subsequent processing of the information contained in them. In order to reduce the lengths of sequences of binary codes corresponding to such messages, reduce the time of their transmission, and prevent unauthorized access to the information contained in them, direct conversion (compression, packaging, archiving, compression) of the corresponding computer files containing the corresponding data must be performed using such PSDs and PSD, extracted respectively from the database and the PSD library, with their simultaneous encryption, and after receiving the message, the reverse is converted e (decompression unpacking, decompression) such files into their original form while their decryption.

The stated general didactic and technical requirements for automated training methods and for IFCs for their implementation, as well as for the ways of their technical implementation, are satisfied by the claimed integrated automated drainage mechanism for remote vocational training of RIUS personnel equipped with machine-readable media for storing SIM and DB libraries and representing a group of interconnected inventions, namely: an integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel and unification ovanny IFC for implementing the method.

This group of inventions is primarily aimed at expanding the arsenal of well-known automated methods for training personnel of ergatic systems and unified multifunctional simulators, automated training and monitoring systems for implementing such methods. This allows you to determine the main private technical result that can be obtained by the practical use of this group of inventions, as consisting in the implementation of the purpose of the proposed integrated automated mechanism for distance training of personnel of RIUS. The purpose of this mechanism can be summarized as consisting in providing specialists training specialists for RIUS with critical applications for the comprehensive development of a comprehensive set of issues (tasks) for the automated training of personnel of each such system for professional activities under the conditions of various kinds of EF, caused, in particular, by conflict the nature of its interaction with the opposing system. The ultimate goal of the automated training of personnel for the particular RIUS used in conflict conditions in terms of content can be characterized as the goal of achieving superiority over the opposing system in the field of training specialists in the operation of the systems in question. In relation to the particular RIUS under consideration, it is logical to consider this goal achieved if, as a result of the implementation of a certain set of specific SAPs of its personnel, at an acceptable cost of time, it will be possible to provide a higher level of preparedness than the OTP of the opposing system, which is a certain guarantee less than that of it, relative losses of potential opportunities and, therefore, greater than hers, opportunities to achieve the desired outcome of the conflict.

Another particular technical result that can be obtained by implementing this group of inventions is to enable operation specialists of the proposed unified IFC, primarily teaching, as well as mathematicians (algorithmists, programmers), to pre-configure the special software of the PC in use, taking into account the functional-structural the appearance and characteristics of the particular RIUS under consideration and its OTP, not only using the ready-made modules included in the libraries formed when creation and improvement of various kinds of computerized systems, but also developing, if necessary, new unique modules (models), using them as appropriate elements of special software of the proposed IFC and including in its library SPM for subsequent use. Another particular technical result associated with the previous one, achieved by using this group of inventions, is to provide the possibility, directly during the operation of the proposed IFC, to automatically extract from the used library the PSD necessary for the student to perform the functions of the OTP of the RIUS under consideration, and forward them using communication tools (exchange of information) to remotely remote workstations (consoles) of students for subsequent use when performing appropriate tasks any.

Given these particular results, the integral technical result achieved by the implementation and use of the proposed group of inventions is defined as consisting in providing specialists in the field of personnel training for ergatic control systems of conventional and potentially dangerous objects significantly more advanced in functional, information and hardware-software terms, than the well-known, integrated automated mechanism for professional training of RIUS personnel, we equip computer-readable media for storing computer files library SPM and database. Such a mechanism should be a set of interconnected procedural and software-controlled hardware tools for information processing and control, embodying a single inventive idea of ensuring the possibility for appropriate trainers and trainees to work out qualitatively many very diverse, but logically interdependent particular issues of automated remote training of personnel of any particular system. As follows from the foregoing, it is advisable to consider automated distance learning of specific ergatic system personnel in theoretical fundamentals (knowledge), practical skills and sustainable skills for performing the relevant information processing and decision-making functions under the conditions of the WF, and support of students' UTD in such and normal conditions. its implementation directly at their workplaces, operational control of their actions, assessment of initial and current quality levels (effective activity, effectiveness, etc.) of their preparation according to the various indicators used, predicting the development and outcome of the corresponding USP, their optimal management, as well as documenting their progress and outputting the final results of the preparation for their subsequent analysis. The variety of these issues allows us to consider the specified integrated technical result and as aimed at a significant expansion of the functionality of known technical solutions in this field. The specific practical results obtained in solving the aforementioned particular issues of automated training of personnel for specific RIUS critical applications can also be used to improve the proposed unified IFC directly in the process of its operation by further expanding (building up) its functional capabilities, in particular, based on the development of as necessary, new PSDs and their inclusion in the used library of such modules.

Summarizing the above, it is necessary to emphasize that the possibility of achieving the aforementioned particular and integral technical results made it possible to attribute the proposed combination of interdependent actions for the automated training of specialists in operation of the ergatic systems under consideration to integrated methods for automated training of RIUS personnel, and its potentially functionally complete set of software-controlled hardware processing tools information and management - towards unified IFC for automated remote training of personnel of such systems.

Turning to the direct characteristics of the technical solutions known from the prior art in the field under consideration and assessing the possibility of obtaining the named technical results when using them, it should be noted, first of all, that there are many methods for the automated training of specialists of various categories, including OTP ergatic people control systems for potentially hazardous facilities (see, for example, RF patents No. 2023421 "Method of ranking operators according to the level of development of essential qualities ", No. 2038043" Method for assessing the level of training of an operator ", No. 2063651" Method for automated training and assessing the level of training of crews and a simulator for its implementation ", No. 2089101" Method for determining professional suitability and psychological training of employees of internal affairs bodies ", No. 2119357 "A way to improve the training of flight personnel", No. 2134062 "A method for determining the professional suitability of an operator to control moving and stationary objects", No. 2152643 "A method of automated control training process ", No. 2158964" Method for assessing the effectiveness of the educational process ", No. 2158965" Method for optimizing the training program ", No. 2205442" Method for supporting the aircraft operator in dangerous situations ", No. 2212844" Method for assessing knowledge and intellectual capabilities ", No. 2213375 "A real-time method for training a pilot in controlling an aircraft", a comprehensive method for automated training of RIUS personnel, carried out using a unified IFC according to RF patent No. 2215331 of October 27, 2003 for the invention of "Unified multifunctional simulator of the collective of operators of a distributed information management system ", etc.).

In particular, there is a known method of preparing students and managing the corresponding learning process, including a number of actions functionally equivalent to those used in the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel (see the mentioned RF patent No. 2152643 dated July 10, 2000 according to class IPC ⁷ G 09 V 19/00). This analogue method is as follows. Pre-set the level of assimilation of educational material corresponding to the required, for example, educational standard, present training material to learners, measure the level of assimilation of educational material for several current moments from the time the study of educational material began. Further, according to the measurement results, a forecast for future time points is found, for example, using a cubic spline function, the time is determined after which the level of mastering the educational material that is required is reached, corrections are introduced into the educational process, for example, the educational material is repeated. Then, the level of mastering the educational material is again measured, the forecast is again found with the definition of a new time until the level of mastering of the teaching material corresponding to the required is reached, and this cycle is repeated until the level of mastering of the educational material corresponding to the required is reached.

The main reasons that impede the achievement of the above technical results are due to a number of disadvantages of the analogue method according to RF patent No. 2152643, intended exclusively for the theoretical training of students in any field without taking into account the real conditions for the implementation of their future professional activities. These reasons (disadvantages) are as follows. The analogue method does not contain specific actions, as a result of which the required level of learning material is preliminarily determined. The method does not specify the actions in accordance with which and in what form (form) the students are presented with the training material, and the indicators are not defined by which and how to measure the level of assimilation of this material for several prior to the current time from the beginning of its study. In addition, the method does not contain specific actions, as a result of which the time is determined, after which the level of assimilation of the educational material corresponding to the required is supposedly reached. The known analogue method also does not contain actions that provide the possibility of stopping the repetition of the current cycle of studying the corresponding educational material in the case when the required level of mastering it for some reason is not achieved. And, finally, the well-known training method does not provide the ability to use the appropriate actions to form various types of SIV, simulating the corresponding disturbing effects of environmental factors (objects) on the used APS, students, and to carry out the necessary acts of support for their UTD under stress factors. The aforementioned main and a number of other particular private shortcomings of the known analogue method significantly limit the possibility of its use in the implementation of theoretical and practical automated training of personnel of specific RIUS and obtaining the required technical results.

The interconnected method for optimizing the training program for trainees is also known from the prior art (see the mentioned patent of the Russian Federation No. 2158965 dated 10.11.2000 according to class IPC ⁷ G 09 B 3/00) and a method for the automated training of trainees in accordance with an optimized program and evaluating effectiveness the corresponding process (see the mentioned patent of the Russian Federation No. 2158964 dated 10.11.2000, class IPC ⁷ G 09 B 3/00), including a number of signs (actions), functionally equivalent to those used in the proposed integrated method of automated training of personnel RIUS. In order to avoid an ambiguous interpretation of the term “program” used in the descriptions of these methods in the phrase “training program” actually as a synonym for the word “script”, and the same term used above and below when referring to PC programs used in the implementation of known and proposed ways, in their descriptions further instead of the term "program" in the sense of "script" we agree to use this particular synonym of it.

Given this terminological nuance, the essence of the specified known method-analogue of the optimization of the training scenario is described by the following sequence of actions. Preliminarily determine the number of conventional units of knowledge that the learner can learn in a given time of preparation according to the initial scenario, while a concept or relationship between the student and the known concept can be used as a conventional unit of knowledge. Additionally, a number of well-known training scenarios and / or training materials are selected, for which textbooks and / or teaching aids are used, and each additional training scenario and / or training materials can be assigned a weight coefficient depending on the significance of the script or training material. Next, determine the number of conventional units of knowledge that a student can learn in a given training time in accordance with a scenario that involves studying one discipline by multiplying the corresponding knowledge absorption rate by the corresponding given training time and dividing the result by the corresponding loss coefficient, the value of which is assumed to be equal or greater than one, and in accordance with a scenario involving the study of several disciplines - by summing the amount of learn aemyh conventional knowledge units corresponding to each subject, with as a unit measuring the speed or velocity acquisition of knowledge acquisition of knowledge of a particular discipline is used the amount of conventional units knowledge digestible per unit time, which is determined experimentally or is set. In addition, the lists of conventional units of knowledge contained in each training scenario, including the initial one, and / or in the training materials are formed and recorded, a consolidated list of conventional knowledge units contained in all training scenarios, including the initial, and / or educational materials is formed, determined the significance of each conventional unit of knowledge in the consolidated list in points or depending on the number of training scenarios and / or training materials in which it is used. Next, an updated list of conditional units of knowledge is formed, which includes the most significant conditional units of knowledge, while if the significance of the conditional unit of knowledge to be included in the updated list was determined in points, then taking into account the number of conventional units of knowledge that a student can learn in a given training time, can set the minimum number of points necessary to include a conventional unit of knowledge in the updated list. Moreover, in all lists of conventional units of knowledge may additionally include conventional units of skills, each of which is a separate step of the algorithm that describes the corresponding skill. The optimal training scenario is formed on the basis of an updated list of conventional units of knowledge and conventional units of skills.

The main reasons that impede the receipt of the above technical results are due to the following disadvantages of the analogue method according to RF patent No. 2158965. It does not disclose the essence of a number of the listed actions, the concept of the goal of training, the description of the rules for determining the number of conventional units of knowledge that a student must and can learn in a given time of training to achieve its goal, the procedure for the formation of a number of training scenarios to be considered (evaluated), indicator (indicators) ) to assess their quality, criterion (s) of their optimality, as well as the rules (rules) of choice (decision) on the only practical scene to be implemented in practice In the cases when the used indicators and optimality criteria are satisfied simultaneously by several equivalent quality training scenarios from among the considered alternatives. The known method analogous to the optimization of training scenarios does not also imply that the implementation of each of them should provide the possibility of implementing the appropriate USP, taking into account the impact on future specialists of various types of EF. This requires the inclusion in each subject of SAP optimization activities aimed at implementing the necessary acts of support for students, which, in turn, may entail the need to use quality indicators of the scenarios (processes) that are sensitive to these factors and their optimality criteria. These disadvantages of the known analogue method significantly limit the possibility of its practical use in optimizing specific scenarios (processes) of theoretical and practical automated training of the typical critical applications considered by RIUS in the interests of obtaining the required technical results.

The training scenario formed in accordance with the optimization method considered above is carried out (implemented) using the above-mentioned (see the mentioned RF patent №2158964 dated 10.11.2000) known method of automated training of students and evaluating the effectiveness of the corresponding process. This analogue method consists in the following steps. Preliminarily determine the volume of knowledge and skills to be studied by counting the number of conventional units of knowledge, each of which is a relationship between the studied and known concepts, and conventional units of skills, each of which is a separate step of the algorithm that describes the corresponding skill, while the number of conditional units of knowledge and skills are fixed on the information carrier. Prior to the preparation, the initial level of knowledge and skills is estimated by counting the number of known units of knowledge and skills known to at least one of the trainees, while the calculated number of conventional units of knowledge and skills is recorded on the information carrier. The training of students is carried out in the form of at least one training session, which is a lecture, or a video lecture, or a seminar, or a practical lesson, or a laboratory lesson, or a computer lesson, conducted using at least one educational tool, as which use a textbook or teaching aid, or visual aid, or diagram, or slide, or computer program. After completion of the preparation, the achieved level of knowledge and skills of the trainees is determined, for which purpose they check (control) the knowledge and skills learned by counting the number of corresponding conventional units studied, and the number of conventional units of knowledge studied is determined, in particular, by testing, which is carried out at the level of memorization, and / or at the level of reproduction, and / or at the level of recognition of at least two alternative answers, while the calculated number of conventional units of knowledge and skills is fixed yut on the information carrier. The effectiveness of training is evaluated according to the results of control by calculating the ratio of the difference between the achieved and initial levels of knowledge and skills to the total number of conditional units of knowledge and skills to be studied, while if two or more students are involved in the preparation process, the initial and achieved levels of knowledge and skills determine for each student, and when determining the effectiveness of the preparation of all students use the average values of these values.

The main reasons that impede the achievement of the above technical results are due to a number of disadvantages of the preparation method for the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2158964, carried out in accordance with the scenario optimized by the above method for the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2158965. These reasons (disadvantages) are as follows. Using as a conditional unit of knowledge in the field under consideration only the connections between a new concept and well-known concepts, with the help of which this new concept is determined with this method, makes the beginning of preparation uncertain when the trainee does not yet know a single concept. The total amount of knowledge and skills to be studied and the initial level of knowledge and skills of the learner in the analogue method are always evaluated by counting the number of corresponding conventional units known to him, and the knowledge learned can be evaluated by testing. At the same time, it is not clear how, by counting, the quantities known to the learner are determined before the preparation of the conventional units of knowledge and skills, and how the number of skills learned by him is determined in the same way. The single indicator of preparedness used does not provide the ability to differentially determine the volumes of knowledge and skills to be studied by trainees, to differentially evaluate the initial and control current and achieved levels of knowledge and skills after completing training, and to differentially evaluate the effectiveness of theoretical and practical (in terms of skills) training of students. The analogue method does not contain actions performed when analyzing the results of evaluating the effectiveness of training and the rules for making managerial decisions about the need to continue learning the knowledge necessary to carry out certain activities of the trainees, or about the possibility of completing the theoretical training in knowledge and the need to continue training with learning skills to practically apply the acquired knowledge in the activities of students. The analogue method also does not contain actions, relevant indicators of preparedness and rules for determining their values, which provide an opportunity to continue the practical training of students with the necessary knowledge and skills, with the aim of teaching them practical skills for carrying out their professional activities in real conditions. The method also does not allow to control the initial, current and achieved after completion of the training levels of the trainee’s possession of the practical skills required by them, to analyze the results of such control and make management decisions about the need to continue or about the possibility to complete the formation of such skills. In addition, the analogue method does not contain actions, relevant indicators and rules for determining their values, which provide the opportunity to use it to assess the coherence of the actions of students in the performance of their group professional activities, their professional and psychological readiness to perform such activities under stress factors, as well as their psychological resistance to relevant influences. And, finally, it should be noted that due to the combination of knowledge and skills in one assessed object and the use in assessing the effectiveness of group training of students, simple averaging of the values of the only preparedness indicator used, the accuracy of such an assessment cannot be considered satisfactory. The aforementioned main and other private disadvantages of the known analogue method significantly limit the possibility of its use in the automated training of personnel of specific RIUS and obtaining the required technical results.

In addition, the prior art also includes a number of features (actions) that are functionally equivalent to those used in the proposed integrated method for the automated training of personnel of the RIUS under consideration, a method for training vehicle crews (see the mentioned RF patent No. 2063651 of July 10, 1996 for class. IPC ⁷ G 09 V 9/00). Essentially, this analogue method is as follows. Preliminarily, each learner is shown the correct operations of the corresponding crew member with the controls when performing the corresponding task by showing video images of his individual correct operations and a logical diagram of his interaction with other crew members. The students are affected by external factors to stimulate them to perform the corresponding operations in the process of completing the corresponding training task, register the response of the students to the controls, control the correctness of the operations by the students and the process of interaction between them as crew members. They inform students about the mistakes made by them, demonstrate to the learner fragments of the video recording with the correct execution of the incorrectly performed operations, and count the number of mistakes made by each student. The quality of preparation of each student is evaluated using the pre-assigned ranks of possible errors by triple summing the ranks of all the mistakes made by him: for all completed training tasks, for all completed operations in each completed training task and for all types of errors made in each completed operation of each completed training task . The quality of training of the trained crew is evaluated by summing the assessments of the quality of training of all trained crew members. The quantitative results of the evaluations are analyzed and the quality of crew training is judged by the results of the analysis.

The main reasons that impede the obtaining of the above technical results and due to the corresponding disadvantages of the method-analogue of preparation according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2063651 are the following. The analogue method does not contain actions that provide the opportunity, when using it in the preparation of OTP persons of a specific RIUS, to teach them the theoretical foundations (knowledge) necessary for the quality performance of the functions assigned to them in the implementation of their professional activities in accordance with the purpose of the system in relation to the actual conditions of its application . The method also does not allow to control the initial and current levels of theoretical training of students, to analyze the results of such control and make management decisions about the possibility and advisability of the transition to the formation of sustainable skills to carry out their professional activities. It should be noted that the basis of the analogue method is not control of the correctness of the specific operations performed by the trainees (as this should follow from the name of the corresponding action of the method), but control of the incorrectness of their performance, since in accordance with the method, it is not the cases of the correct execution of operations by the trainees that are counted, but the number mistakes made by them, i.e. Incorrect operations are recorded. With this approach to assessing the quality (level) of training of students it should not be about their preparedness, but about their unpreparedness. Further, in accordance with the analogue method, it is assumed that each possible error of the trainee is assigned a rank (significance, price) in advance, and it is understood that the more dangerous the consequences of the error, the quantitatively greater its rank. The quality of training the trained personnel of the system according to the method is estimated by the sum of the error rates made by individual trainees, which leads, in particular, to the following paradox: the greater the quantitative value of the level of OTP training so evaluated, the lower this level in its traditional understanding, described by simple logic " the bigger, the better". With such an obvious logical contradiction, it is impossible to correctly and unequivocally perform the last two actions of the analog method - to objectively analyze the quantitative results obtained and make an unambiguous judgment about the true level of training of individuals and the OTP of a particular system as a whole. Further, in the analogue method, it is possible to control the interaction process between individual crew members, but the corresponding indicator of the level (quality) of such interaction and the action necessary to determine its values is not defined. In accordance with the name of the analogue method, just such an indicator should, first of all, provide an opportunity to quantify the level (quality) of interaction between members of the trained crew. As such an indicator, it is natural to use, for example, the coherence of the actions of individual trained crew members in the group fulfillment of the corresponding training tasks. The indicator of the total rank of all mistakes made by individual trainees used in the analogue method does not allow us to adequately assess the level (quality) of crew training as a whole. The method also does not include actions for the further use of the results of quantitative assessments of the achieved quality of training of individual students and the crew as a whole, which does not allow, within the framework of this method, to solve urgent issues of predicting the course and outcome of the automated preparation of the technical training of specific ergatic systems. The aforementioned main and other available private disadvantages of the analogue method significantly limit the possibility of its use in the automated preparation of the OTP of the considered RIUS and obtaining the required technical results.

Summarizing the foregoing, it should be noted that in addition to the aforementioned particular shortcomings, a number of common shortcomings are inherent in the methods of training specialists in the creation and operation of various kinds of ergatic systems considered and other methods known in the art. The main of these drawbacks is the extremely limited opportunities for integrated testing when using known methods of the above-mentioned particular issues of automated remote training of personnel of the systems under consideration. This disadvantage is due to the over-specialized nature of the known training methods, due to their focus on the development of certain private training issues. Such questions, as can be seen from the above descriptions of well-known methods, are, for example, teaching only knowledge in a often uncertain subject area, only certain skills, only assessing the effectiveness of training using any one indicator, only managing only theoretical training, etc. . Another common drawback of the known methods of training the personnel of modern ergatic systems considered is the lack of actions to evaluate (predict) the impact of their preparedness on the functionality of such systems in conflict with similar systems. Another common drawback of the well-known methods for training students of the OTP of the systems under consideration is the extremely limited ability to instill in them through these methods the necessary knowledge, skills and working abilities with the negative impact of interference information, psychological and other stress factors that are so characteristic of extreme and conflicting operating conditions of such systems. And, finally, the lack of a clear differentiation of the actions performed by educators, trainees, and the means of automation of their respective activities should also be mentioned as a general drawback of the known methods of automated training for the systems under consideration. The aforementioned particular and general shortcomings of the known methods for training ergatic systems personnel are reasons that preclude the possibility of obtaining the required technical results.

The foregoing allows us to state that the existing shortcomings of the known private methods of training, training, control (assessment) of the preparedness of the trainees, optimization of the corresponding processes, their management, etc. exclude the possibility of their complex use in the preparation of the OTP of the considered RIUS and obtaining the required technical results. At the same time, it is necessary to emphasize that automated remote training of professionals in almost any field of activity, and in the field of managing potentially dangerous facilities and functioning processes of the relevant RIUS - in particular, requires a comprehensive review and development of a full set of interrelated issues of training specialists in their creation and operation in conflict conditions, including an assessment of the impact of their preparedness on the functionality of such systems in the conditions x conflict with similar warring systems. Such an assessment can be obtained, for example, by identifying the preparedness of the personnel of the particular RIUS under consideration by the current and predicted results of its comprehensive automated training, in particular by predicting the possibility of providing a higher level of preparedness than the personnel of the opposing system, and therefore higher, than her, functionality. In this regard, it should be noted that, to the greatest extent, the necessary prerequisites for obtaining such estimates and the required technical results can be obtained in the framework of the complex method of automated remote training of RIUS personnel that is further discussed below, carried out using the unified IFC according to the RF patent No. 2215331 of 10.27.2003 g.

Turning to the assessment of the well-known IFCs for the implementation of the considered and other ways of preparing OTP persons of various ergatic systems for information processing, control, management, etc. (simulator) devices, machines and complexes for the training of personnel of such systems, created on the basis of the use of standardized (standard, standard) blocks, computer units and elements, and corresponding software software tools (see, for example, Handbook of Engineering Psychology / S.V. Borisov, V.A. Denisov, B.A. Dushkov, etc. - M.: Mechanical Engineering, 1983, p. 35-48; Educational machines, systems and complexes: Reference book / V.K. Samofalov, V. G. Slipchenko, V. A. Novikov, V. I. Korneichuk, V. N. Soroko. - K .: Vishcha school, 1986, p.19-60 , 67-123, 126-153; Training systems / V.E. Shukshunov, Yu.A. Bakulov, V.N. Grigorenko, etc. - M .: Mechanical Engineering, 1981, pp. 18-25, 33-60, 84-106, 192-208, 239-245; Nedzelsky I.I. Marine navigation simulators: problems of choice. - SPb .: SSC RF-Central Research Institute "Elektropribor", 2002, p.40-42, 158-176; A.S. USSR No. 841018 "Automated class for teaching and monitoring student knowledge", RF patents No. 2063651 "Method for automated training and assessment of the level of training of crews and a simulator for its implementation", No. 2087037 "Unified multifunctional flight simulator", No. 2176108 "Simulator of the system operator collective Management ", No. 2215331" Unified multifunctional simulator of a team of operators of a distributed information management system ". However, only some of them partially satisfy the basic general and technical requirements formulated above for unified IFCs for remote training of RIUS personnel for critical applications.

In particular, a unified multifunctional flight simulator is known (see the mentioned RF patent No. 2087037 dated 08.10.97, class IPC ⁷ G 09 B 9/08), intended for training personnel of the corresponding on-board automated information and control systems for aircraft (aircraft) , helicopters) related, as you know, to potentially dangerous objects. This simulator (a complex-analogue) contains in common with the proposed unified IFC for automated training of RIUS personnel a remote (unified workplace) of a student (instructor), remotes (unified workstations) of trainees, two memory blocks for storing a database of training scenarios and training results and a unit (device) for inputting information (flight), as well as a shared-use screen and a computing (computer) system that are unique to the analog complex. The latter, in turn, is equipped with a number of ongoing programs that provide the possibility of implementing training scenarios stored in the corresponding database, monitoring the actions of the student and students by assessing with the help of specific indicators their levels of knowledge, skills before the lesson and after it, determining absolute increment of knowledge, skills and abilities of students during the lesson and their relative increment per unit of time.

The analog complex according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2087037 has several disadvantages - the reasons that impede the receipt of the required technical results. The main of these drawbacks is the ability to use this complex to train personnel only in geographically concentrated (local) information and control systems, used, in particular, in any aircraft whose crew members are in close proximity to each other, or rather, in within the corresponding cabin of the aircraft (helicopter). Another disadvantage of the analog complex is the impossibility of using performance indicators and preparedness criteria, different from those implemented, using the corresponding constant programs of the computing system of this device. It also does not provide for the possibility of preliminary (before the start of the lesson) and / or operational (during the lesson) change in the composition of the information processing and control programs used by the computer system. The analog complex does not allow the formation of various types of UIV on students, imitating the disturbing effects of environmental objects on the faces of the trained crew that are so characteristic of professional pilots of various types and to carry out the necessary acts of support for the training of students under conditions of the corresponding stress factors. In addition, when using this complex, it is not possible to predict the course and development options for the processes of automated training of the trained crew of an airplane (helicopter), assess the impact of the current level of its preparedness on the functionality of the corresponding aircraft in air combat with similar opposing devices and optimization of control relevant USP, taking into account the achieved current, predicted and required levels of training professionalism of And, finally, the analog complex does not have any means of recording the training of trained personnel of the corresponding control system and documenting (output) of the final results, which excludes the possibility of their analysis after the end of classes (training).

Also known is a simulator of a collective of control system operators (complex-analogue) of various kinds of objects and processes, including potentially dangerous ones (see the RF patent No. 2176108 mentioned above on November 20, 2001 under class IPC ⁷ G 09 B 9/00), containing a learning console, trainees' panels, control panels, two information input blocks, two memory blocks, two code distributors, a control pulse shaper, a programmable timer, which are common with the proposed unified IFC for automated remote training of RIUS personnel a priority block, a unit for monitoring the actions of trainees, a program control block and not having blocks inherent only to the analog complex.

The analog complex according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2176108 has several disadvantages - the reasons that impede the receipt of the required technical results. These shortcomings (reasons) are as follows. The analog complex does not allow remote training of OTP persons of geographically dispersed ergatic information processing and control systems whose AWS (panels) are so far from the control center and from each other so that the exchange of information between them can only be carried out using special means of communication (wired, fiber optic, telephone, radio communications, etc.). The analog complex does not provide for the possibility of prompt changes to the software of its programmable blocks (program management and control of student actions), as well as to the list of preparedness indicators for individuals of OTP management systems and their team as a whole. The analog complex does not automate the functions of monitoring the current levels of individual and group preparedness of students, predicting the dynamics of the development of the relevant processes and informing the student about their current and forecasted state to enable him to make rational decisions on the management of training, which ultimately does not allow it to be optimized. The analog complex does not allow to promptly make the necessary changes to blood pressure, blood pressure and blood pressure prepared in advance for its work, which impedes the implementation of SAPs that take into account the results of previous classes (trainings), current results and their forecast estimates. The analog complex does not have the capabilities necessary for the implementation and use of the above-mentioned library of PSDs, which is one of the main obstacles to giving it the properties of uniformity and multifunctionality. Another such obstacle is the very cumbersome preliminary preparation procedure necessary for the practical use of the complex analogue of ID, UD and CD, which excludes the possibility of an operational response to the course of the preparation process, to make and implement control decisions aimed at its optimization. The analog complex does not provide the ability to form various types of SIV objects of the environment on the trained personnel of the management system personnel, to reproduce (imitate) such influences and to implement the relevant acts of support of the student's UTD under the conditions of the relevant factors. The analog complex does not allow assessing the effect of the achieved current level of preparedness of students on the functionality of the corresponding control system. And, finally, as part of the analog complex, there are no means of documenting the results of its intended use, which excludes the possibility of accumulating and analyzing them outside the classroom.

The closest to the proposed integrated method of automated training of RIUS personnel and unified IFC for its implementation are their analogues from the prior art, namely: an integrated method of automated training of typical RIUS personnel (for brevity, the prototype method), implemented using the "Unified multifunctional simulator the collective of operators of a distributed information management system "according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2215331 of 10.27.2003 under class. IPC ⁷ G 09 B 9/00 (for brevity, a prototype complex) equipped with computer-readable storage media for storing IO and ATD of trained personnel of a particular RIUS personnel.

Taking into account that a group of the two claimed inventions is currently undergoing industrial implementation on the basis of further development (improvement) of their respective prototypes, and given that their comprehensive descriptions are contained in the description of the invention according to the said patent, in the future we will focus on examining the essence of this development. Bearing in mind that the integrated prototype method of automated training of RIUS personnel is carried out using the unified IFC prototype according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2215331 of 10.27.2003, and taking into account that a number of its essential features are mentioned below in the context of the description of the prototype method, we give a list of its functional elements (blocks, nodes, etc.). So, the prototype complex contains a learning console, trainees' remote controls, remote control switches, two information input blocks, two information processing blocks, information exchange blocks, three memory blocks, three code allocators, a control pulse shaper, a programmable timer, a coincidence block , priority block, block for monitoring the actions of trainees, block for assessing the preparedness of trainees, block for predicting the preparedness of trainees, program control block, information output block. Note that, like the analog complex of the RF patent No. 2176108, the prototype complex also does not contain blocks (nodes) inherent only to it. Using the mentioned essential features (blocks) of the prototype complex and the corresponding private information processing and control algorithms implemented using the corresponding PSD, all the actions of the prototype method are performed during automated remote training of RIUS personnel. We present its exhaustive description as consisting in the following set of its constituent actions performed in the corresponding sequence.

Pre-form the initial state of the computer database files. For this, two information blocks of the corresponding information are simultaneously or sequentially formed, these blocks are converted to the corresponding source sequences of binary codes, these sequences are fixed on the corresponding intermediate information carriers, which are used, in particular, removable magnetic disks, or electronic notebooks, or microcomputers. Next, the source sequences of binary codes fixed on these data carriers are sequentially read, converted into the corresponding resulting sequences of binary codes, using the corresponding known software tools for converting data, generating the corresponding computer files, establishing information links between them and controlling their totality, fixing the resulting results sequences of binary codes on a first computer-readable storage medium ii as appropriate computer database files, and make a decision on termination of employment or on its extension by formation of computer files JMP library.

When forming the first information block of relevant information for the database, determine the number, composition and organizational structure of the local groups of the personnel to be subject to automated training of the considered RIUS, form the lists of CIS in which the trainees should act in the implementation of the professional activities of the relevant persons of the personnel of this system, compile descriptions of the relevant KIM situations , determine the list of subject to theoretical and practical development appropriate trainees training materials, which are used as usual and / or electronic textbooks, and / or teaching aids, and / or technical documentation, and / or other sources of information on professional knowledge, skills that must be possessed by the relevant persons of the system personnel, structure descriptions of KIS, KIM and training materials to be mastered, form the totality of the corresponding tasks for the corresponding trainees to fulfill the relevant acts of DTD, create a number of specific SAPs of the trained personnel, incl. At least two scenarios of individual training of students, two scenarios of group training of local groups of students and two scenarios of group training of all trained personnel in the corresponding basic modes of the complex. At the same time, the duration of the total preparation time, the number of relevant UKZ, carried out in the corresponding operating modes of the complex, their duration and sequence of conduct are determined, each lesson, in turn, is presented in the form of a set of corresponding tasks for the respective students to perform the relevant acts of the FTD, and in each set corresponding to a separate UKZ assignments include at least two assignments for each student, or at least two assignments for each student a group of trainees, or at least two tasks for the entire trained personnel, form the initial time diagrams for the issuance of individual tasks to the appropriate students during the relevant UKZ, while the corresponding KIS are characterized by the corresponding KIM, which is supplied with reference codes (pointers) to the corresponding SPM for its formation on the information display devices of the corresponding student panels.

When forming the second information block of relevant information for the database using communication tools, which use any known means of exchanging information between its remote sources and consumers, establish two-way communication with each remote potential student, receive primary personal data from him, as which are used, in particular, last name, first name, patronymic, location, sample personal signature, give each student the appropriate E authority to use the resources of the complex by addition of its personal data corresponding primary its secondary powers personal data, which is used as a password and / or digital signature, and inform each student about his credentials and corresponding personal data.

Simultaneously or sequentially with the formation of computer database files, computer files of the JMP library of information processing and control are formed. To do this, determine the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students, algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions, constructing equations for predicting their future values, forming LU, making management decisions, as well as other information processing and control algorithms, including at least one individual performance indicator and group training of local groups of students and all trained personnel, according to one appropriate algorithm for calculating their current values , constructing equations for predicting their future values, calculating such values, forming LU and making control decisions, form a list of PSDs included in the library of such modules, containing, in particular, PSD for calculating the current values of the used indicators of training efficiency of students, building equations of prediction of their future values, the calculation of such values and decision-making on the management of USP on the basis of the results of verifying the truth of the used LUs, create the initial e texts of computer programs using well-known languages and technologies for designing software for systems operating in the RMB record the specified source codes of computer programs in the form of corresponding information blocks on intermediate storage media, which are used, in particular, removable magnetic disks or electronic notepads , or microcomputers, read the specified information blocks from intermediate storage media, convert the read information blocks to existing source sequences of binary codes of source codes of computer programs using well-known software tools and computer technologies for automating the processes of creating separate programs and program modules, convert these sequences into corresponding resulting sequences of binary codes of computer files of the JMP library using well-known software tools and computer technologies for automating creation processes libraries of software modules and corresponding computer files, establishing information links between them and controlling their totality, fix the indicated resulting sequences of binary codes on the second computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer files of the JMP library and decide on the termination of work or on its continuation by implementing the complex initialization mode.

This mode is implemented immediately before the start of each UKZ or sequence of several consecutive sessions without long breaks of such classes conducted using the complex. To do this, monitor the operability of its local blocks and the permanent program modules used by them by appropriate testing, install the corresponding computer-readable storage media in the first and second input data blocks, read binary sequences previously recorded on them in the form of corresponding computer files, and verify the correctness and completeness of the generated they DB and SPM libraries, distribute the indicated sequences of binary codes between memory blocks, processing information, software control and the remote control of the training complex, monitor the performance of remotely remote control panels of students and the corresponding information exchange units with them by forming the first tasks for each student to monitor the performance of the corresponding remote control of the student, provide personal data for their control and identification of the student, the implementation of the processes of primary exchange of initial and in response messages with the corresponding remote control of the trainees, including the implementation of the corresponding tasks, processing the data contained in the student’s response messages, and analyzing the results of the students' first tasks, and judging by the results of the control, judge the health of the complex as a whole, determine the composition of the local groups of students and the entire trained personnel by counting the response messages received from the students with the correct personal data, inform the learner about the results of the primary messaging by forming on the display devices of the learning console the corresponding After its perception, the trainers provide them with the necessary initial data for making appropriate control decisions by forming the corresponding KIM on the display devices of the training console.

Next, the data presented in this information model is analyzed and a decision is made to stop the complex if it is necessary to troubleshoot or make changes to the database or to the JMP library, or to continue working, make appropriate control decisions, in particular about the main mode to be implemented (individual or group preparation) of the complex’s work, about a specific SAP in this mode, about the time of the first UKZ in accordance with this scenario, about the preparedness indicators of students, about the algorithm for predicting their future values and about LU for making decisions on controlling the preparation process in the selected mode of operation of the complex for at least one UKZ, about threshold (required) values of given indicators of preparedness of students, about the parameters of the forecasting algorithm and LU for making decisions on the frequency of assessing the preparedness of trainees, the formation and issuance of control actions on the corresponding USP, on the starting values of other parameters of these processes and control actions they are introduced relevant decisions taken source and control data to the corresponding elements KIM formed on the display device remote learning information and distributes the input data between the respective blocks of the complex. Then, the local blocks of the complex are set up to implement the selected mode of its operation and the selected specific SAP in this mode; for this, all program modules necessary for the complex’s operation stored in the third block of the memory of the JMP library are extracted, the binary code sequences corresponding to those extracted from the JMP library are distributed between the corresponding software implemented blocks of the complex, equip them with the given training values of the variable parameters of the corresponding indicators, algorithms and LU, p After which they make a decision on the implementation of the selected basic mode of operation of the complex and the corresponding specific SAP of the trainees, by conducting a sequence of UKZ corresponding to the adopted decision, consisting of at least one such lesson, in order to achieve the specified threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of the trainees. To do this, read from the third memory block the set of the second and subsequent tasks of the students required for the current (first, second, subsequent) UKZ necessary for their performance of the PSD and the time chart for the issuance of these tasks to the corresponding students in accordance with the specific SAP and conduct these classes by implementing the time chart the issuance in a given mode of operation of the complex of the second and subsequent tasks to the appropriate students. For this, the appropriate control commands are generated, these commands are issued to the corresponding complex units according to the corresponding signals for interrupting the operation of the program control block using a programmable timer, these commands are performed by generating second and subsequent tasks for each student, generating applications corresponding to these tasks for generating and sending the corresponding initial messages , including such applications with relevant priorities in the queue of applications for their implementation and initiating the corresponding etstvuyuschih secondary exchange processes starting and response messages with the respective panels trained by extracting the relevant entries from the queue based on their priorities and executing the extracted applications. For this, processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding trainees' panels are carried out, including the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks by them, they process the data contained in the response messages, interrupt the current mode of the complex operation with a predetermined frequency to implement the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development. With each such interruption, the complex is transferred to the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development and implementing this mode by forming sequences of values of signs of timeliness and correctness of the students completing the relevant tasks, calculating the current values of the given indicators of individual and / or group preparedness of students in the course of the corresponding processing of a given number of the elements of these sequences, predicting the development of the corresponding UTP over adannogo training UKZ following amounts based on the construction of the corresponding algorithm of equations used to predict future values used readiness indicators trainees, subsequent computation of the values of these equations with respect to future studies and analysis of the behavior of the dependence of these parameters on preparation time. In this case, the values (true or false) of the specified LUs are determined for making appropriate control decisions, decisions are made that correspond to certain values of the used LUs, the decisions are made by forming the appropriate control actions in the form of commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex and issuing them formed commands. Then, depending on the LU used and / or their obtained values, in order to optimize the corresponding TSS, the values of the variables of the complex and / or the parameters of the used preparedness indicators of the trainees and / or the forecasting algorithm and / or LU are adjusted or the values of these parameters are left unchanged, decide on the continuation of the current UKZ by resuming the interrupted mode of operation of the complex, followed by storing the results of the assessment of the current preparedness of the students and its development in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex or about checking LU termination of its work.

When carrying out the processes of primary and secondary exchanges of source and response messages with the corresponding remote control of the trainees, including the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks by them, they form the initial message to the corresponding remote control of the trainee in the form of the corresponding sequence of binary codes containing the codes of the task to the trainee and the codes of the PSD for the process of its implementation, the first ( direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes, two are added to the converted sequence code, the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the learner, transmit a sequence of signals corresponding to the converted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel, receive a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit the corresponding output of its communication channel, carry out the second (reverse with respect to to the indicated first one) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes to the original form, codes from the received task and corresponding PSDs for ensuring the process of its execution are extracted from the sequence of binary codes converted to the initial type, they are formed using the extracted PSDs corresponding to the received CMM task of the corresponding CIS on the information display devices of the corresponding console learner, register the time point of the start of the corresponding learner to complete the received task, perceive wrinkle the data presented in the CMM, carry out the mental and motor operations corresponding to the task being performed, make a decision corresponding to the task being performed, enter the data corresponding to the decision taken into the corresponding CMM elements formed on the student’s console information display devices, register the time of completion of the task with the corresponding the trainees and the results obtained, determine the codes for the duration of time and the results obtained by the trainees of the corresponding task, the codes of the duration of time and the obtained results of the task fulfillment are memorized by the trainees, they form a response message in the form of the corresponding sequence of binary codes, carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes, transmit the sequence of signals corresponding to the converted sequence of binary codes using the electronic address of the learning console using the appropriate information exchange unit for the corresponding At the input of its communication channel, a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes is received, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel, a second (inverse to the first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form is performed.

The data contained in the response messages of the students is processed by extracting from the received sequence of binary codes the execution time for the corresponding student and the results obtained, distributing the extracted codes between the corresponding blocks of the complex, controlling the quality of the student's UTD by determining the values of the signs of timeliness and the correctness of the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks, memorizing the values of these signs and the results obtained in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex.

The first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes is carried out using known software for the appropriate purpose by compressing (compressing) the sequence of binary codes and encrypting the compressed sequence of binary codes, and the second (inverse to the first one) converting the resulting sequence of binary codes to the original form - by its corresponding decryption and decompression of the decrypted sequence.

The LU check of the complex termination is carried out in order to decide on its transfer to the output mode, in particular, in connection with the need to restore its operability by, for example, eliminating malfunctions, or making changes (additions, adjustments) to the database or to the JMP library, or due to the expiration of a predetermined duration of the current UKZ, or the achievement during the current UKZ of the used indicators of preparedness of the trainees of their required threshold values, or completion a predetermined sequence of UKZ, or the expiration of a predetermined duration of the total preparation time.

The mode of outputting the results of the complex’s work is implemented by generating the protocol of the complex’s work in the form of corresponding computer files in the implemented modes of its operation, in particular, in the initialization mode, during the UKZ or the UKZ sequence, or the preparation, recording of the generated protocol and the main results of the preparation on paper information, as well as fixing the current state of the corresponding sections of the memory blocks of the complex on a third computer-readable storage medium tion in the form of the corresponding computer database files used during subsequent UKZ, in particular, as the first computer-readable storage medium.

The considered complex prototype method of automated remote training of RIUS personnel, carried out using the unified IFC prototype according to the RF patent No. 2215331, has several disadvantages, the main of which are as follows. The prototype method does not contain actions that provide an opportunity to differentially and integrally determine (evaluate) the volumes (complexity) of the required RTP information and skills necessary for the individuals of the OTP to carry out their professional activities, knowledge and skills, characterized by relevant information presented in a pre-formed and constantly updated database, fixed on the first and third computer-readable storage media in the form of corresponding computer files with data input into the corresponding memory blocks of the set CSA prototype and used in its application. The prototype method also does not contain actions that allow, along with efficiency, to differentially and integrally evaluate the effectiveness of individual and group training of RIUS personnel, i.e. the attainability of the private ultimate goals in essence of the main aspects of training (“knowledge”, “skills” and “skills”) and their combinations considered. Such goals may include, for example, the effective development and use by trainees of the required or potential absolute or relative volumes of professional knowledge and skills. By the degree of achievement of such goals, it becomes possible to objectively judge the state of completion of training. In terms of content, as criteria for completeness of individual and group training for each aspect under consideration, as well as for their totality, for example, the proximity or coincidence of actually achieved and required or potentially possible values of corresponding performance indicators of automated training of students, characterized, for example, by appropriate total volumes of acquired knowledge, skills and abilities of trainees, provided, of course, that the required threshold for the level of effectiveness of their preparation, assessed by the indicators used, has been achieved. The possibility of obtaining such assessments of the completeness of training of students in the prototype method and the prototype complex is not provided, since the indicators of individual and group training effectiveness used in them are based only on determining the values of the signs of timeliness and correctness of the students completing the corresponding tasks, memorizing and corresponding processing of sequences of such values . The prototype method also does not allow to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of automated training of students by optimizing in a certain sense specific SAPs presented in the database by more efficient implementation of these processes. The prototype method does not provide the ability to simulate the impact on students of various types of EF by forming and issuing appropriate SIVs, implementing adequate acts of support for students' UTD in real conditions and situations of action of such factors, and increasing, on this basis, their psychological readiness to carry out professional activities in conflict and extreme conditions. And, finally, in the prototype method there are no actions for assessing (forecasting) the quality, in particular, the effectiveness and stability of the considered RIUS under such conditions, with the level of preparedness of the trained persons for its OTP, for predicting the outcome (final result) of the automated training of the system’s personnel characterized by the achieved levels of relevant indicators of the quality of its functioning, by assessing the compliance of these levels with the required values of such indicators, and by clarifying the threshold the new values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and the adoption of rational decisions on the management of ongoing TSS, based on the results of such forecasts and assessments.

The prototype method is carried out using the prototype complex according to the patent of the Russian Federation No. 2215331 of 10.27.2003, class. IPC ⁷ G 09 B 9/00, which is the closest in combination of essential features to the claimed unified IFC for the implementation of the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel and containing only the blocks (nodes) listed above. The prototype complex has disadvantages identical or similar to the named disadvantages of the prototype method, which allows not to stop at their second consideration.

The aforementioned disadvantages of the prototype method and the prototype complex, which are closest in the aggregate of essential features to the claimed integrated method of automated training of RIUS personnel and unified IFC for its implementation, respectively, are the main reasons that significantly limit the possibility of their effective use in automated remote training of personnel of specific RIUS critical applications and obtaining on this basis the required technical results.

Disclosure of invention

The essence of the proposed integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" of remote training of RIUS personnel, whose components are a comprehensive method of automated training of RIUS personnel and a unified IFC for implementing this method, free of the mentioned disadvantages of the prototype method and the prototype complex, consists in the problem to be solved by the proposed a group of inventions, and in the essential features characterizing them, providing the required technical result ov.

The problem to which the claimed group of inventions is directed is to significantly expand the functionality of the prototype method and the prototype complex by eliminating all of these shortcomings and providing, on this basis, the possibility of obtaining the required technical results. This problem is solved in order to ensure and implement the necessary prerequisites for the effective organization and implementation of individual and group automated distance training for OTP people of any specific RIUS based on the creation and appropriate use of the corresponding databases, the JMP library and the proposed IFC as a whole, satisfying the above requirements, as well as in order to ensure the possibility of their continuous improvement (development) by increasing (further expanding) their nktsionalnyh opportunities. Assuming that the essence of this task is obvious and does not require a more detailed disclosure of its content, we proceed to consider the essential features that characterize the claimed integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" for remote training of RIUS personnel and provide the required technical results.

Salient features  characterizing the claimed integrated method of automated training of RIUS personnel,  are the signs of the prototype method,  consisting in  that pre-form the initial state of the computer database files,  why simultaneously or sequentially form two information blocks of relevant information,  convert these blocks into corresponding source sequences of binary codes,  fix these sequences on the corresponding intermediate storage media,  which are used as  in particular,  removable magnetic disks,  or electronic notebooks,  or microcomputers,  sequentially read the source sequences of binary codes fixed on these storage media,  convert them to the corresponding resulting binary code sequences,  using the appropriate known software for data conversion,  generating appropriate computer files,  establishing informational links between them and controlling their totality,  fix the specified resulting sequence of binary codes on the first computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer database files,  decide on the termination of work or on its continuation by generating computer files of the JMP library of information processing and management,  moreover, when forming the first information block of the relevant information for the database determine the amount  the composition and organizational structure of local groups of personnel subject to automated training of the considered RIUS,  form lists of CIS  in which the students are to act in the implementation of the professional activities of the relevant persons of the personnel of this system,  compile descriptions of the relevant CMM situations,  determine the list of training materials to be theoretically and practically mastered by the relevant trainees,  which use conventional and / or electronic textbooks,  and / or teaching aids,  and / or technical documentation,  and / or other sources of professional knowledge,  skills  which must be possessed by the relevant persons of the system personnel,  structure the descriptions of CIS  CMM and training materials to be mastered,  form the totality of the relevant tasks for the relevant trainees to fulfill the relevant acts of FTD,  create a number of specific SAPs of trained personnel,  including,  at least,  two scenarios of individual preparation of students,  two scenarios of group training of local groups of students and two scenarios of group training of all trained personnel in the corresponding basic modes of the complex,  while determining the duration of the total preparation time,  the number of relevant UKZ,  carried out in the corresponding modes of its work,  their duration and sequence,  and each lesson, in turn, is presented in the form of a set of relevant tasks to the appropriate students for the implementation of the relevant acts of FTD,  moreover, in each set of tasks corresponding to a separate UKZ include,  at least,  two tasks for each student or,  at least,  two tasks for each local group of students,  or,  at least,  two tasks for all trained personnel,  form the initial time diagrams of the issuance of individual tasks to the appropriate students during the relevant UKZ,  wherein each KIS task is characterized by the corresponding KIM,  which is supplied with reference codes (pointers) to the corresponding PSD for its formation on the information display devices of the corresponding student remotes,  and when forming the second information block of the relevant information for the database using communication tools,  which use any known means of exchanging information between its remote sources and consumers,  establish two-way communication with each remote potential student,  receive primary personal data from him,  which are used as  in particular,  last name  name,  patronymic,  location,  personal signature sample  give each student the appropriate authority to use the resources of the complex by supplementing his primary personal data with secondary personal data corresponding to his authority,  which use a password and / or electronic signature,  and inform each student of his credentials and relevant personal data,  simultaneously or sequentially with the formation of computer files, databases form computer files of the JMP library of information processing and management,  why determine the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students,  algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  formation of LU  making management decisions,  as well as other information processing and control algorithms,  including  at least,  one indicator of the effectiveness of individual and group training of local groups of trainees and all trained personnel,  according to one appropriate algorithm for calculating their current values,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  calculating such values  formation of LU and making management decisions,  form a list of PSDs,  included in the library of such modules,  containing  in particular,  SPM for calculating the current values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of training students,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  calculating such values  the formation of LU and decision-making on the management of USP based on the results of the verification of the truth of the used LU  create source codes for computer programs corresponding to each PSD using well-known languages and software design technologies for systems,  functioning in the RMB,  fix the specified source codes of computer programs in the form of corresponding information blocks on intermediate storage media,  which are used as  in particular,  removable magnetic disks,  or electronic notebooks,  or microcomputers,  read said information blocks from intermediate storage media,  convert the read information blocks into the corresponding source sequence of binary codes of the source codes of computer programs using well-known software and computer technology to automate the processes of creating individual programs and program modules,  transform these sequences into the corresponding resulting binary code sequences of the computer files of the JMP library using well-known software and computer technologies for automating the processes of creating libraries of program modules and their corresponding computer files,  establishing informational links between them and controlling their totality,  fix the specified resulting sequence of binary codes on a second computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer files of the JMP library and decide on the termination of work or on its continuation by implementing the complex initialization mode,  implement this mode immediately before the start of each UKZ or a sequence of several successive sessions without long breaks of such classes,  conducted using the complex,  for this, they monitor the operability of its local blocks and the constant software modules used by them by appropriate testing,  set in the first and second blocks of input information corresponding machine-readable storage media,  read the sequences of binary codes previously fixed on them in the form of corresponding computer files,  check the correctness and completeness of the database and the JMP library they form,  distribute the specified sequence of binary codes between blocks of memory,  information processing  software control and remote learning complex,  control the performance of remotely remote trainees' panels and the corresponding information exchange units with them by forming the first tasks for each student to monitor the performance of the corresponding student's console,  provide personal data for their control and identification of the student,  the implementation of the processes of primary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  data processing  contained in the response messages of the trainees,  and analysis of the results of students completing the first tasks,  and according to the results of control, they judge the performance of the complex as a whole,  determine the composition of the local groups of trainees and the entire trained staff by counting the response messages received from the trainees with the correct personal data,  inform the student about the results of the initial messaging by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the learning console,  after its perception, the trainers provide him with the necessary initial data for making appropriate control decisions by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the learning console,  then analyze the data presented in this information model with a decision on the continuation or termination of the complex (if it is necessary to troubleshoot or make changes to the database and / or the JMP library),  make appropriate management decisions,  in particular,  about the main mode to be implemented (individual or group preparation) of the complex,  about a specific SAP in this mode,  about the start time of the first UKZ in accordance with this scenario,  on indicators of preparedness of students,  about the algorithm for predicting their future values and about LU for making decisions on the management of the preparation process in the selected mode of the complex during,  at least,  one UKZ,  about threshold (required) values of given indicators of preparedness of students,  about the parameters of the forecasting algorithm and LU for decision making,  on the frequency of assessing the preparedness of students,  the formation and issuance of control actions on the relevant USP,  about starting values of other parameters of these processes and control actions on them,  enter the source and control data corresponding to the decisions taken into the corresponding elements of the CMM,  formed on the information display devices of the learning console,  and distribute the entered data between the corresponding blocks of the complex,  configure the local blocks of the complex to implement the selected mode of its operation and the selected specific SAP in this mode,  for this, all the program modules necessary for the operation of the complex are extracted from the SPM library stored in the third memory block,  distribute sequences of binary codes,  corresponding to those extracted from the JMP library,  between the respective software blocks of the complex,  equip them with the given training values of the variable parameters of the corresponding indicators,  algorithms and LU,  after which they make a decision on the implementation of the selected basic mode of operation of the complex and the corresponding specific SAP of the trainees by conducting the sequence of UKZ corresponding to the adopted decision,  consisting  at least,  from one such activity,  in order to achieve predetermined threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  for this, the totality of the current (first,  to the second  subsequent) UKZ second and subsequent assignments to students,  necessary for their fulfillment of the PSD and the time chart for the delivery of the indicated tasks to the appropriate students in accordance with the specific SAP and carry out these classes by implementing the time chart for the delivery of the second and subsequent tasks to the corresponding students in the given mode of operation,  why form the appropriate control commands,  issue these commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex according to the corresponding signals of the interruption of the program control unit using a programmable timer,  perform these commands by forming the second and subsequent tasks for each student,  the formation of applications corresponding to these tasks for the formation and sending of appropriate source messages,  inclusion of such applications with relevant priorities in the queue of applications for their implementation and initiating the corresponding processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding trainees' panels by extracting the relevant applications from the queue taking into account their priorities and fulfilling the extracted applications,  why carry out the processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  process the data contained in the response messages,  interrupt with a predetermined periodicity the current mode of operation of the complex for the implementation of the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development,  with each such interruption, the complex is transferred to the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development and implementing this mode by forming sequences of values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of the fulfillment by the students of the corresponding tasks,  calculating the current values of the given indicators of individual and / or group preparedness of students in the course of the corresponding processing of a given amount of the last elements of these sequences,  predicting the development of the corresponding USP within the given training quantity of the following UKZ based on the construction of equations for predicting the future values of the used indicators of preparedness of the students corresponding to the algorithm used,  the subsequent calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future classes and analysis of the behavior of the corresponding dependences of these indicators on the preparation time,  at the same time, the values (true or false) of the specified LUs are determined for the adoption of appropriate control decisions,  make decisions  corresponding to certain values of the used LU,  implement the decisions made by forming the appropriate control actions in the form of commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex and issuing them formed teams,  after which, depending on the used LU and / or their obtained values, in order to optimize the corresponding USP, the values of the variable parameters of the complex are adjusted,  and / or parameters of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  and / or forecasting algorithm,  and / or LU or leave the values of these parameters unchanged,  decide on the continuation of the current UKZ by resuming the interrupted mode of operation of the complex, followed by storing the results of the assessment of the current preparedness of the trainees and its development in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex or on checking the control unit for termination of its work,  moreover, in the process of primary and secondary exchanges of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  form the initial message to the corresponding console of the student in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  containing the codes of the assignment to the student and the codes of the PSD for the process of its implementation  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  add to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  retrieve the codes of the received task and the corresponding PSD for ensuring the process of its implementation from the sequence of binary codes converted to the initial form,  form, using the extracted SIM, the corresponding CMC corresponding to the received CMM task on the information display devices of the corresponding student’s console,  register the point in time of the beginning of the execution by the corresponding trainees of the received task  perceive data  represented in KIM,  carry out appropriate mental and motor operations,  make a decision  corresponding to the task to be performed,  enter data  relevant to the decision,  to the appropriate CMM elements,  formed on the information display devices of the student’s console,  register the point in time for completion of the assignment by the appropriate trainees and the results obtained,  determine the codes for the duration of time and the obtained results of the student’s completion of the corresponding task,  remember the codes of the duration of time and the results obtained by the student,  form a response message in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  transmit using the electronic address of the remote training the sequence of signals,  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  data,  contained in the response messages of the trainees,  they are processed by extracting from the obtained sequence of binary codes the execution time for the corresponding trainee of the task and the results obtained,  distribution of the extracted codes between the corresponding blocks of the complex,  quality control of students ’UTD by determining the values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of their fulfillment of the corresponding tasks,  storing the values of these signs and the results obtained in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex,  moreover, the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes is carried out using known software for the appropriate purpose by compressing (compressing) the sequence of binary codes and encrypting the compressed sequence of binary codes,  and the second (inverse with respect to the first one) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form - by means of its corresponding decryption and decompression of the decrypted sequence,  LU verification of the termination of the complex is carried out in order to make a decision on its transfer to the output mode,  in particular,  due to the need to restore its performance by,  eg,  troubleshooting or making changes (additions,  corrections) to the database and / or to the JMP library,  or due to the expiration of a predetermined duration of the current UKZ,  or achievement during the current UKZ of the used indicators of preparedness of the trainees of their required threshold values,  or completion of a predefined sequence of UKZ,  or the expiration of a predetermined duration of the total preparation time,  and the mode of outputting the results of the complex’s operation is implemented by forming the protocol of the complex’s operation in the implemented modes of its operation as appropriate computer files  in particular in initialization mode,  during a UKZ or UKZ sequence,  or training  fixing the generated protocol and the main results of preparation on a paper medium,  as well as fixing the current state of the corresponding sections of the memory blocks of the complex on a third computer-readable storage medium in the form of corresponding computer database files,  used during subsequent UKZ,  in particular,  as the first computer readable medium,  as well as distinctive features from the prototype method,  consisting in  that a) in the formation of the first information block of information for the database description of CIS,  KIM and the learning materials to be mastered are structured by extracting from the information contained in them the conventional units of knowledge to be studied,  skills,  then evaluate the differentiated and integral complexities of these descriptions and training materials by counting the private and total quantities of these conventional units and their corresponding private and general complexities,  at the same time, a knowledge quantum is used as a conventional unit of knowledge,  and as a conditional unit of skills, a separate step of the algorithm of the individual and / or group activity to be mastered,  moreover, the complexity of each assessed knowledge quantum is characterized by the number of symbols contained in it or the level of representation of the knowledge contained in it (in points),  and the complexity of a single step of the individual and / or group activity algorithm is the number of typical elementary operations to be performed during the implementation of this step and its significance in the corresponding algorithm,  which is evaluated experimentally,  or computer simulated activities,  or export and are characterized by a standard time interval,  necessary to complete this step,  b) in the formation of the totality of the relevant tasks of the relevant trainees to perform the relevant acts of FTD,  as well as when submitting the UKZ in the form of such aggregates, trainees use the development of arbitrary units of necessary knowledge as acts of FTD of students,  and / or skills  and / or information processing skills,  and / or decision making in the respective CIS,  and / or coordinated implementation of relevant operations,  c) before the formation of the initial time diagrams of the issuance of individual tasks to appropriate students, when conducting appropriate UKZ, the differentiated and integral difficulties of each generated task are evaluated,  each set of such tasks in each main mode of operation of the claimed complex when implementing the corresponding EPS,  at the same time, the differentiated complexity of each task is characterized by an ordered set of complexity assessments to be mastered by trainees when performing this task, conventional units of knowledge,  and / or skills  and / or skills  and the integral complexity of the task - the sum of the estimates of the complexity of the specified arbitrary units;  d) when determining the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students,  algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  formation of LU  making management decisions,  as well as other information processing and control algorithms, these lists additionally include,  at least,  one indicator of the effectiveness of individual and group training of trained local groups and all trained personnel,  one indicator of the effectiveness and stability of functioning under the conditions of typical WF corresponding to such groups of individual FSE and the whole RIUS as a whole,  one corresponding algorithm for calculating the current values of functions,  corresponding to the specified additional indicators of preparedness of students and the quality of the system,  the formation of the corresponding LU,  making appropriate management decisions,  as well as one algorithm for optimizing the conversion of specific SAP students to the corresponding resulting scenarios and calculating the adjusted threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  d) when forming the list of PSD,  included in the library of such modules, this list additionally includes PSD for calculating the current values of additionally used indicators of student training performance,  the effectiveness and sustainability of the operation of the RIUS and its individual FSE,  as well as for optimizing the conversion of specific SAP students to the appropriate resulting scenarios and for calculating the specified threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  f) after reading from the third memory block the aggregates corresponding to the current (first,  to the second  subsequent) UKZ second and subsequent assignments to students,  the SPM necessary for their fulfillment and the time schedule for the assignment of the indicated tasks to the appropriate students in accordance with the specific SAP, adjust the totality of the read tasks and the time chart for their assignment to the students, taking into account the composition of their local groups and the entire trained personnel, by excluding from it the tasks and their issuance by the students,  not providing the relevant personal data,  and they also optimize the specific SAP to be implemented by appropriate conversion of its time diagram using the appropriate DTM to implement such a conversion,  g) after registering the time point for the start of the fulfillment of the received assignment by the corresponding student, they support its FTD by performing any one in accordance with the implemented SAP,  or any two,  or all three of the following,  namely:  1) demonstration to the learner of the options for the correct or incorrect execution of the operations of manipulating the corresponding person of the personnel of the corresponding FSE RIUS by the relevant management bodies in the implementation of the studied acts of his individual activity and / or the logical schemes of his interaction with other personnel in the implementation of the studied acts of his group activity,  corresponding to the task to be performed,  by showing the corresponding dynamically generated on the information display devices of the corresponding student’s console using the corresponding PSD of the corresponding fragments of the current CMM,  for example video images with their corresponding audio accompaniment,  2) encouraging the student to perform or non-fulfill certain mental and / or motor operations in the process of the implementation of the relevant acts of his TCD to complete the task,  why the student is subjected to the appropriate DIV,  programmed in the form of corresponding fragments of the current CMM,  3) fulfillment of a student’s request formed on the initiative to provide him with additional information,  necessary to complete the task,  at the same time form the initial message corresponding to the learner’s request to the program control unit in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  containing the request code for additional information,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel using the electronic address of the learning console,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  extract from the obtained sequence of binary codes the student’s request code for additional information,  form an application corresponding to the student’s request for the formation and sending him a corresponding message,  include this application with the corresponding priority in the queue of applications for their execution,  initiate the corresponding process of transmitting a message to the corresponding console of the student by extracting the corresponding application from the queue taking into account its priority,  form additional information corresponding to the learner’s request based on the extraction of the relevant information from the corresponding memory block in the form of the corresponding sequence of binary codes,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  add to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  retrieve from the sequence of binary codes converted to the original form the additional information requested by the student,  form corresponding to the received additional information fragments of the CMM on the information display devices of the corresponding console of the student,  h) after registering the time point for completion of the assignment by the corresponding trainee and the results obtained,  which supported its FTD,  stop such support  i) before determining the values (true or false) of the given LUs for making appropriate management decisions, calculate the current values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability of the RIUS functioning at the current and future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students by computer simulation of the corresponding processes,  predicting future values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability by constructing prediction equations corresponding to the algorithm used, depending on the values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and the time of simulation of the functioning processes of the system in question and the subsequent calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and moments of simulation,  then calculated using the predicted values of the indicators of efficiency and stability obtained in this way, the updated threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of the students.

The essential features characterizing the claimed unified IFC for the implementation of the proposed integrated method for the automated training of RIUS personnel are the signs of the prototype complex containing a training console, a remote control switch, two information input units, an information output unit, information exchange units, two information processing units, three units memory, student’s panels, student preparedness prediction unit, program control unit, coincidence unit, three code allocators, forms pulse trainer, student preparedness assessment unit, priority block, programmable timer, and student actions control block, with a programmable timer, coincidence block, priority block, program control block, remote control switch, student’s console, first code distributor, second code distributor , the first memory block and the student’s actions control block, to the second input of which the output of the second memory block is connected, the input of which is connected to the second output of the first code distributor, the second input of which is connected to the first output of the programmable timer, the input of which is connected to the second output of the program control unit, and the second output is connected to the second input of the priority block, the third input of which is connected to the second output of the second code distributor, to the second input of which the output is connected shaper control pulses, and to the third output - the third input of the unit for monitoring the actions of trainees, the output of which is connected to the second input of the first memory block, the second output of which is connected to the second the first input of the program control unit, the first output of which is connected to the first inputs of the first and second information input blocks, and its third input is the first (start) input of the device, the second and third inputs of which are the second inputs of the first and second information input blocks, respectively, the first output of the program control unit is connected to the input of the information output unit and to the first input of the third memory unit, the second and third inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the first and second information input units respectively, and the first output is with the fourth input of the program control unit, the third output of which is connected to the first input of the first information processing unit, the second input of which is connected to the second output of the third memory unit, and the first output is connected to the second input of the control panel switch, the second outputs of which are connected with the first inputs of the corresponding information exchange units, the first outputs of which are connected with the corresponding inputs of the third code distributor, the first outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the form control pulse generator, and the second outputs to the corresponding third inputs of the first code distributor, the fourth input of which is connected to the second output of the first information processing unit, the third output of which is connected to the fourth input of the third memory unit, the fifth input of which is connected to the first output of the second information processing unit , the first and second inputs of which are connected respectively with the third output of the third memory unit and with the fourth output of the program control unit, the fifth and sixth outputs of which are inens, respectively, with the fourth input of the student’s actions control unit and with the first input of the student’s preparedness assessment unit, the second and third inputs of which are connected to the third outputs of the second code distributor and the first memory block, the third input of which is connected to the output of the student preparedness assessment unit, and the second output - with the first input of the student preparedness prediction unit, the output of which is connected to the fourth input of the first memory unit, and the second and third inputs, respectively, to the third the output of the second code distributor and the seventh output of the program control unit, the output of the information output unit being the output of the device, as well as the hallmarks that are distinct from the prototype complex — student support units, third and fourth information processing units, the first inputs of student support units being connected to the second outputs of the respective information exchange units, the second inputs of which are connected to the first outputs of the corresponding student support units, the second outputs of which are connected to by the moves of the corresponding student panels, the outputs of which are connected to the second inputs of the corresponding student support units, the third information processing unit is connected to the eighth output and fifth input of the program control unit by the first input and output, respectively, and the second input to the fourth output of the first information processing unit, fifth output which is connected to the fifth input of the first memory unit, the fourth information processing unit by the first and second inputs is connected respectively to the ninth output of the software unit board and the second output of the second information processing unit, and output - with a second input of the coincidence unit.

The mentioned essential features of the components of the proposed integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" of remote professional training of RIUS personnel comprehensively characterize this mechanism and provide the required technical results in all cases to which the requested amount of legal protection applies. The essential features of the components of this mechanism - an integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel and a unified IFC for implementing this method - are not claimed only in special cases, in specific forms of their implementation or under special conditions of their use. Therefore, the following general and particular expressions for blood pressure, blood pressure, blood pressure, blood pressure and blood pressure for determining and predicting the values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of staff training, the final results (outcome) of the corresponding USP and LU for making decisions on the management of these processes in order to optimize them , as well as the following information about specific options for technical implementation and operation algorithms of the units included in the proposed unified IFC for the implementation of the proposed integrated method and the automated training of RIUS personnel is mainly illustrative and is considered solely in order to prove their practical feasibility in the industrial creation and application of the proposed integrated mechanism for automated remote training of RIUS personnel.

Between the totality of the above-mentioned essential features of the proposed group of inventions and the achieved technical results, there are cause-effect relationships, since the totality of the features set forth in the distinctive parts of claim 1 and claim 2 of the claims are not revealed in any of the corresponding objects of the invention-analogues, and positive properties (quality) of the proposed integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" of remote professional training of RIUS personnel - the possibility of a comprehensive solution with the totality of a number of previously fragmented particular tasks of automated training of relevant specialists, the distribution and uniformity of IFC for the implementation of the proposed method for automated training of RIUS personnel are achieved only by the joint use of all without exception signs of restrictive and distinctive parts of claim 1 and claim 2.

Description of drawings

Figure 1 ... 27 shows the structural diagrams of the execution of actions and their blocks - sequences of actions performed in accordance with the claimed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, the proposed unified IFC for implementing this method, its main blocks and algorithms of their work, its processes functioning in the main and auxiliary modes of operation during the execution of actions (action blocks) in accordance with the claimed method, obtained by computer simulation typical factory the variability of the values of one of the many possible indicators of student preparedness from the time of preparation, the typical results of forecasting the processes of changing the values of the used indicators of the quality of functioning of a typical RIUS from the level of preparedness of its staff, as well as the currently implemented option to build the proposed unified IFC based on the global telecommunication network Internet.

Figure 1 shows two functionally equivalent versions of a graphical interpretation of the structural logical scheme of the inventive integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, reflecting two complementary types (aspects) of interaction performed during its implementation of actions and action blocks, namely, linear (see Fig. .1a) and hierarchical (see fig.1b). In the diagram, the input and output graphic elements (in Fig. 1a, “Output-1”, “Output-2”) indicate the input and output points of the method, respectively, by the numbered numbers (71) - (193) of rectangles of the corresponding sizes and configurations - the actions and blocks of actions to be performed, with the same numbers designating the same, essentially, actions and blocks of actions, and the solid and dotted arrows show the sequence (order) of their implementation during the implementation of the method. Bidirectional arrows in the diagram show the transitions from the execution of one block of actions (calling) to another (called) with return to the continuation of the calling block. Fig. 1b with dashed arrows, in addition, also shows transitions from action blocks to individual actions forming them at the corresponding level of detail and vice versa.

As a necessary preamble to a more detailed description of the scheme under consideration, we note that the complex nature and complexity of the proposed method for automated training of RIUS personnel determined the feasibility and necessity of its hierarchical multi-level presentation based on the consideration of individual actions as part of action blocks, i.e. according to the principle that is associated with the device of nested dolls. The principle of "nesting dolls" in this case is implemented as follows: if any specific complex action of the proposed method is a certain sequence of simpler actions (operations), corresponding, for example, to a separate mode of operation of the complex for its implementation, or if some sequence of simple actions of the method for the convenience of its description, it is positioned in the current context as one complex action, if necessary, disclosed by appropriate decomposition of it (details ) at the underlying presentation level in this context or outside it, then such actions are considered as action blocks nested into each other from the bottom up in order of increasing complexity and forming a hierarchical structure of actions and action blocks of the claimed method and its proposed structured in this way, illustrated by the corresponding a variant of the circuit shown in fig.1b.

In the graphical representation of the action blocks in the form of a linear variant of the structural logic diagram of the method (see Fig. 1a), the corresponding serial number of such a block is placed inside the corresponding rectangle or on its front face immediately after the input arrow, while such a rectangle is shown by a dashed line. When detailing the action block in the corresponding context in Fig. 1a, a sequence of two or more rectangles corresponding to simpler actions with corresponding numbers is placed inside it, ending with the output arrow of the action block that is opened in this way, indicating a numbered action (action block) performed ( ) after this. If the same essentially detailed action block is performed in two different contexts of the circuit, then in Fig. 1a, in these contexts, it is indicated by a dashed rectangle with the corresponding number, and is detailed separately, i.e. outside these contexts, while the output arrow of its corresponding graphical representation is supplied with the numbers of two action blocks that continue the corresponding processes after the execution of the action block thus disclosed. The top of such numbers is the number of the continuation action in relation to the first context, and the bottom to the second. In the hierarchical version of the scheme (see fig. 1b), each context of detailing the corresponding block of actions corresponds to a transition, as a rule, to the underlying level of the scheme with subsequent return to the current level. It should be noted that in Fig. 1b, in contrast to Fig. 1a, solid arrows show the order of actions (action blocks) only at the first (upper) level U-1 of the corresponding circuit variant, and at the underlying levels U-2 ... U- 6 sequentially performed actions (action blocks), detailing the corresponding block of actions of the previous level, are located next to each other closely (butt). An exception is the situation when, due to the lack of space to accommodate the entire sequence of rectangles corresponding to the detailed block, a part of the corresponding subsequence of rectangles with increasing numbers differing by one is removed from it, which is replaced by an ellipsis with an arrow in the direction of the corresponding actions (action blocks) . For a similar reason, some blocks of actions as a result of their detailing at the underlying level were presented in one copy, while in the context of the previous level they are mentioned more than once.

Considering the above, between the indicated numbers (71) - (193) in the general case of actions and action blocks of the proposed method nested into each other on the basis of the "nested doll" principle, their names and graphic representations can establish a one-to-one correspondence, with the exception that in some In cases, the sequence of two or three simple actions, which is essentially a block of actions, is disclosed only in its name, and in FIGS. 1a and 1b, as such, the individual numbered dashed rectangle is not identical fitsiruetsya. Such a correspondence is characterized below by a structured taking into account the nesting of actions and action blocks by a statement of the claims of the claimed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel. In this statement, functionally equivalent to the claims presented in claim 1, without dividing it into restrictive and distinctive parts, the nesting of action blocks and the actions that form them is identified by the corresponding indentation of the text on the left. Moreover, if in the corresponding context of the description of this scheme the same thing, essentially the action (block of actions) already indicated above by its corresponding serial number and name, is mentioned again, then each such mention in the text is accompanied by a corresponding number and the name, and the action block separately detailed below or above this context - also by reference to its first relevant description.

Thus, in accordance with the proposed description and claim 1 of the claims, the inventive integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, graphically illustrated by the variants of its structural logic diagram shown in figa and fig.1b, is carried out by performing the following blocks of actions and forming them action:

71 - the formation of the initial state of the computer database files by performing the following actions and action blocks:

72 - the formation of the first information block of information for the database by performing the following actions:

73 - determination of the number, composition and organizational structure of local groups of RIUS personnel subject to automated training;

74 - the formation of a list of CIS in which the learner will act in the implementation of the professional activities of the relevant persons of the personnel of the system in question;

75 - compilation of descriptions of the CMM corresponding to such CIS;

76 - determination of the list of training materials to be theoretically and practically mastered by the relevant trainees, using conventional and / or electronic textbooks and / or study guides and / or technical documentation and / or other sources of information on professional knowledge and skills which must be possessed by the relevant persons of the system personnel;

77 - structuring the descriptions of CIS, KIM and training materials to be mastered by extracting from the information contained in them the conventional units of knowledge, skills and abilities to be studied;

78 - assessment of the differentiated and integral complexity of the specified descriptions and training materials by counting the partial and total quantities of the indicated arbitrary units and their corresponding particular and general difficulties using knowledge quanta as a conditional unit of knowledge, and individual steps of the algorithm as a conditional unit of skills subject to the development of individual and / or group activities, while the complexity of each assessed knowledge quantum is characterized by the number of symbols or we take into account the knowledge contained in it (in points), and the complexity of a single step of the individual and / or group activity algorithm - by the number of typical elementary operations to be performed during this step and its significance in the corresponding algorithm, which is estimated experimentally, or by computer simulation of activity, or exported and characterized by a regulatory time interval required to complete this step;

79 - the formation of a set of relevant tasks for relevant students to perform the relevant acts of FTD, which include the use of learners of conventional units of necessary knowledge, and / or skills, and / or skills of information processing, and / or decision-making in the corresponding CIS, and / or coordinated their respective operations;

80 - the creation of a number of specific SAPs of trained personnel, including at least two scenarios of individual training of students, two scenarios of group training of local groups of students and two scenarios of group training of all trained personnel in the corresponding main operating modes of the claimed complex, while determining the duration of the total time training, the number of relevant UKZ conducted in the respective modes of its work, their duration and sequence of conduct, and each lesson The turn, in turn, is presented in the form of a set of corresponding tasks for the corresponding trainees to fulfill the relevant acts of FTD, and each set of tasks corresponding to a separate UKZ includes at least two tasks for each student, or at least two tasks for each local group trainees, or at least two tasks for all trained personnel;

81 - assessment of the differentiated and integral complexities of each task formed, each set of such tasks in each main mode of operation of the claimed complex when implementing the corresponding SAPs, while the differentiated complexity of each task is characterized by an ordered set of complexity estimates to be mastered by the trainees when performing this task, conventional units of knowledge, and / or skills, and / or skills, and the integral complexity of the task - the sum of the estimates of the complexity of the specified conventional units;

82 - the formation of the initial time diagrams of the issuance of individual tasks to appropriate students during the relevant UKZ, while the corresponding KIS are characterized by the corresponding CMM, which is supplied with reference codes (pointers) to the corresponding PSD for its formation on the information display devices of the corresponding student panels;

83 - the formation of the second information block of information for the database by performing the following actions:

84 - establishing two-way communication with each potential learner using communication tools, which are used as any known means of exchanging information between its remote sources and consumers;

85 - receipt from each student of his primary personal data, which is used, in particular, last name, first name, patronymic, location, sample personal signature;

86 - giving each student the appropriate authority to use the resources of the complex by supplementing his primary personal data with secondary personal data corresponding to his authority, which is used as a password and / or electronic signature;

87 - informing each student about his credentials and relevant personal data;

88 - converting the first and second generated information blocks into corresponding source sequences of binary codes;

89 - fixing these sequences on the corresponding intermediate storage media, which are used, in particular, removable magnetic disks, or electronic notebooks, or microcomputers;

90 - reading fixed on these media information source sequences of binary codes;

91 - converting them into the corresponding resulting sequence of binary codes using the appropriate known software for processing data, generating the corresponding computer files, establishing information links between them and controlling their combination;

92 - fixing the indicated resulting sequences of binary codes on the first computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer database files and deciding on termination of work or on its continuation by generating computer files of the JMP library;

93 - the formation of computer files library SPM information processing and management by performing the following steps:

94 - determination of the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students, algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions, building equations for predicting their future values, forming LU, making management decisions, as well as other information processing and control algorithms, including at least one individual performance indicator and group training of local groups of students and all trained personnel, according to one appropriate algorithm for calculating their current values, after swarming equations to predict their future values, calculation of such values, the formation of Latvia and the adoption of management decisions;

95 - inclusion in these lists as additional at least one indicator of the effectiveness of individual and group training of trained local groups and all trained personnel, one indicator of the effectiveness and stability of functioning under the conditions of typical EFs of individual FSE and the whole RIEC corresponding to such groups as a whole, according to one corresponding algorithm for calculating the current values of functions corresponding to the indicated additional indicators of preparedness of students and quality of fun tioning system, forming respective LU, appropriate control decisions, as well as one algorithm of optimizing the conversion of specific SAP trainees in corresponding scenarios and resulting calculations refined thresholds used indicators fitness trainees;

96 - the formation of a list of PSDs included in the library of such modules, including, in particular, PSD for calculating the current values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of training students, constructing equations for predicting their future values, calculating such values and making decisions on managing the UTP based on the results of verifying the truth of LU;

97 - inclusion in this list of additional PSDs for calculating the current values of additionally used indicators of student training effectiveness, the efficiency and stability of the RIUS and its individual FSE, as well as for optimizing the conversion of specific SAP students to the corresponding resulting scenarios and for calculating the specified threshold values of the indicators used preparedness of students;

98 - creation of source codes for computer programs corresponding to each PSD using well-known languages and software design technologies for systems operating in RMB;

99 - fixing the specified source codes of computer programs in the form of corresponding information blocks on intermediate storage media, which are used, in particular, removable magnetic disks or electronic notebooks, or microcomputers;

100 - reading the specified information blocks from intermediate storage media;

101 - the conversion of the read information blocks into the corresponding source sequence of binary codes of the source codes of computer programs using well-known software and computer technologies for automating the processes of creating individual programs and program modules;

102 - the conversion of these sequences into the corresponding resulting binary code sequences of the computer files of the JMP library using well-known software and computer technologies for automating the processes of creating libraries of program modules and their corresponding computer files, establishing information links between them and controlling their totality;

103 - fixing the indicated resulting sequences of binary codes on a second computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer files of the JMP library and making a decision to stop work or to continue it by implementing the complex initialization mode;

104 - implementation of the initialization mode of the complex immediately before the start of each UKZ conducted with its use or a sequence of several consecutive sessions without long breaks of such classes by performing the following actions:

105 - monitoring the health of the local blocks of the complex and the permanent software modules used by them by appropriate testing;

106 - installation in the first and second blocks of information input complex of the corresponding machine-readable media;

107 - reading previously recorded on them in the form of corresponding computer files of sequences of binary codes;

108 - checking the correctness and completeness of the database and the JMP library formed by the read sequences of binary codes;

109 - the distribution of these sequences of binary codes between the respective blocks of memory, information processing, program control and the remote control of the training complex;

110 - monitoring the health of remotely remotes of the trainees and the corresponding blocks of information exchange with them by performing the following actions:

111 - the formation of the first tasks for each student to monitor the performance of the corresponding remote control of the student, to provide personal data for their control and identification of the student;

112 - the implementation of the processes of the initial exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remote control of the trainees, including the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks by them (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

113 - processing of data contained in the response messages of the trainees (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

114 - analysis of the results of students completing the first tasks;

115 - judgment (decision) on the health of the complex as a whole based on the results of control;

116 - determination of the composition of local groups of trainees and all trained personnel by counting the response messages received from trainees with the correct personal data;

117 - informing the student about the results of the initial exchange of messages with the student’s panels by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the student’s panel;

118 - providing the student with the necessary initial data for making appropriate control decisions by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the learning console;

119 - analysis of the data presented in the generated model, with a decision on the continuation or termination of the complex (if it is necessary to troubleshoot or make changes to the database or to the JMP library);

120 - making management decisions, in particular, about the main mode to be implemented (individual or group preparation) of the complex, about a specific SAP in this mode, about the start time of the first UKZ in accordance with this scenario, about the preparedness of students, about their forecasting algorithm future values and about LU for making decisions on the management of the preparation process in the selected mode of operation of the complex for at least one UKZ, about the threshold (required) values of the given readiness indicators trainees, about the parameters of the forecasting algorithm and LU for making decisions, about the frequency of assessing the preparedness of trainees, the formation and issuance of control actions on the corresponding USPs, about the starting values of other parameters of these processes and control actions on them;

121 - input of the source and control data corresponding to the adopted decisions into the corresponding elements of the CMM formed on the information display devices of the learning console;

122 - distribution of the entered data between the corresponding blocks of the claimed complex;

123 - setting up the local blocks of the complex to implement the selected main mode of its operation and the selected specific SAP in this mode by performing the following actions:

124 - extracting from the memory module stored in the third memory block of the JMP all the necessary software modules for operation;

125 - distribution of sequences of binary codes corresponding to those extracted from the JMP library between the corresponding software-implemented blocks of the complex;

126 - equipping them with the given training values of the variable parameters of the corresponding indicators, algorithms and LU;

127 - making a decision on the implementation of the selected basic mode of operation of the complex and the corresponding specific SAP of the trainees;

128 - carrying out the sequence of UKZ, corresponding to the adopted decision, consisting of at least one such lesson, in order to achieve the specified threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students by performing the following actions:

129 - reading from the third memory block of the set corresponding to the current (first, second, subsequent) UKZ of the second and subsequent tasks of the trainees, necessary for their performance of the PSD and the timing chart for the issuance of these tasks to the corresponding trainees in accordance with the specific SAP;

130 - the implementation of the adjustment of the totality of the read tasks and the time chart of their delivery to students, taking into account the composition of their local groups and all trained personnel by excluding tasks and their delivery to students who did not provide relevant personal data;

131 - optimization of the specific SAP to be implemented by appropriate conversion of its time diagram using the appropriate PSD to implement such a conversion;

132 - implementation of the timing diagram of the issuance in a given mode of operation of the complex of the second and subsequent tasks by the corresponding trainees by performing the following actions:

133 - the formation of appropriate management teams;

134 - the issuance of these commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex according to the corresponding signals of interruption of the program control unit using a programmable timer;

135 - execution of issued control commands by performing the following actions:

136 - the formation of the second and subsequent tasks for each student;

137 - the formation of applications corresponding to the tasks of each learner for the formation and sending of appropriate source messages;

138 - inclusion of such applications with relevant priorities in the queue of applications for their implementation;

139 - initiation of the corresponding processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding trainees' panels by extracting the corresponding applications from the queue taking into account their priorities and fulfilling the extracted applications;

112 - the implementation of the processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remote control of the trainees, including the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks by them (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

113 - processing of data contained in the response messages of the trainees (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

140 - interruption with a predetermined periodicity of the current mode of operation of the complex for the implementation of the assessment mode of preparedness of students and its development;

141 - storing the results of the assessment of the current preparedness of students and its development in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex;

Detailed description of action block 142:

142 - transfer of the complex to the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development and its implementation by performing the following actions:

143 - the formation of sequences of values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of the trainees completing the relevant tasks;

144 - calculation of the current values of the given indicators of individual and / or group preparedness of students in the course of the corresponding processing of a given amount of the last elements of these sequences;

145 - predicting the development of the corresponding UTP over the given amount of the following UKZ based on the construction of the equations for predicting the future values of the used indicators of preparedness of the students corresponding to the algorithm used, followed by the calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future classes;

146 - analysis of the behavior of the respective dependencies of these indicators on the preparation time;

147 - calculation of the current values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability of the functioning of the RIUS at the current and future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students by computer simulation of the relevant processes;

148 - forecasting future values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability by constructing prediction equations corresponding to the algorithm used, depending on the values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and the time of simulation of the functioning of the system and the subsequent calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and time imitations;

149 - calculation using the thus obtained predicted values of the indicators of efficiency and stability of the updated threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students;

150 - determination of the value (true or false) of the given LU for making appropriate management decisions;

151 - adoption of appropriate management decisions;

152 - implementation of decisions by forming the appropriate control actions in the form of commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex and issuing them formed teams;

153 - adjustment depending on the LU used and / or their obtained values in order to optimize the corresponding USP values of the variable parameters of the complex, and / or the parameters of the used indicators of preparedness of students, and / or the forecasting algorithm, and / or LU or leaving the values of these parameters unchanged , making a decision on the continuation of the current UKZ by resuming the interrupted mode of operation of the complex or on checking LU termination of the complex.

Detailed description of action block 112:

112 - the implementation of the processes of primary and secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees, including the fulfillment by them of the corresponding tasks, by performing the following actions:

154 - the formation of the initial message to the corresponding console of the student in the form of an appropriate sequence of binary codes containing the codes of the task to the student and the codes of the PSD to ensure the process of its implementation;

155 - implementation of the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

156 - adding to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student;

157 - transmission of a sequence of signals corresponding to a converted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel;

158 - receiving a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel;

159 - implementation of the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the initial form (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

160 - extracting from the converted to the original form the sequence of binary codes of the received task and the corresponding PSD ensuring the process of its implementation;

161 - the formation using the extracted PSD of the corresponding CMM assignment of the corresponding CIS in the information display devices of the corresponding console of the student;

162 - registration of the point in time of the beginning of the execution by the corresponding student of the received task;

163 - the implementation of support for the learner Д Д путем путем by performing, in accordance with the implemented SAP, any one, or any two, or all three of the following actions, namely:

164 - demonstration to the learner of the options for the correct or incorrect execution of the operations of manipulating the corresponding person of the personnel of the corresponding FSE RIUS by the relevant management bodies in the implementation of the studied acts of his individual activity and / or the logical schemes of his interaction with other personnel in the implementation of the studied acts of his group activity corresponding to the task being performed, by showing the corresponding dynamically generated information display devices on a student’s existing remote control using appropriate PSDs of the corresponding fragments of the current CMM, for example, video images with their corresponding audio accompaniment;

165 - encouraging the learner to perform or non-fulfillment of certain mental and / or motor operations in the process of implementing the relevant acts of his FTD to complete the received task, for which the learner is subjected to the appropriate DIM, programmed in the form of the corresponding fragments of the current CMM;

166 - fulfillment of a student-generated request for the initiative to provide him with additional information necessary to complete the task (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

167 - the perception of the learner data presented in the KIM;

168 - the implementation of the trainee relevant to the assignment of mental and motor operations;

169 - the adoption by the learner of the decision corresponding to the assignment;

170 - input by the learner of the data corresponding to the decision into the corresponding elements of the CMM formed on the information display devices of the learner's console;

171 - registration of the time point for completing the task by the corresponding trainee and the results obtained;

172 - the termination of support of the student's FTD for fulfilling the fulfilled task;

173 - determination of time duration codes and the obtained results of the student completing the corresponding task;

174 - memorizing codes for the length of time and the results obtained by the student;

175 - forming a response message in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes;

155 - implementation of the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below);

157 - transmission, using the electronic address of the console, of a training sequence of signals corresponding to the converted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel;

158 - receiving a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel;

159 - implementation of the second (inverse with respect to the first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the initial form (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see below).

Detailed description of action block 113:

113 - processing of data contained in the response messages of the trainees by performing the following actions:

176 - extracting from the resulting sequence of binary codes the execution time of the corresponding trainee tasks and the results;

177 - distribution of the extracted codes between the corresponding blocks of the complex;

178 - quality control of students ’UTD by determining the values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of their fulfillment of the corresponding tasks;

179 - storing the meaning of these signs and the results obtained in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex.

Detailed description of action block 155:

155 - the implementation of the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes using known software tools of the appropriate purpose by performing the following actions:

180 - compression (compression) of a sequence of binary codes;

181 - encryption of a compressed sequence of binary codes.

Detailed description of action block 159:

159 - the implementation of the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form using known software tools of the appropriate purpose by performing the following steps:

182 is the corresponding decryption of the obtained sequence of binary codes;

183 is the corresponding decompression of a decrypted sequence of binary codes;

Detailed description of action block 166:

166 - fulfillment of a student’s request generated on the initiative to provide him with additional information necessary to complete the received task by performing the following actions:

184 — generation of a corresponding initial message corresponding to the learner’s request to the program control unit in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes containing an additional information request code;

155 - implementation of the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see above);

157 - transmission of a sequence of signals corresponding to a converted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel (using the electronic address of the learning console);

158 - receiving a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel;

159 - implementation of the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the initial form (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see above);

185 - extracting from the received sequence of binary codes of the request code by the student additional information;

137 - the formation of the relevant request of the trained application for the formation and sending of the corresponding message;

138 - inclusion of this application with the corresponding priority in the queue of applications for their implementation;

139 - initiating the corresponding process of transmitting a message to the corresponding console of the trainee by extracting the corresponding application from the queue taking into account its priority;

186 - the formation corresponding to the request of the learner for additional information based on the extraction of relevant information from the corresponding memory block in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes;

155 - implementation of the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see above);

156 - adding to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student;

157 - transmission of a sequence of signals corresponding to a converted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel;

158 - receiving a sequence of signals corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes, using the corresponding information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel;

159 - implementation of the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the initial form (for a detailed description of this block of actions, see above);

187 - extracting from the converted to the original form a sequence of binary codes requested by the student additional information;

188 - the formation of the corresponding additional information received by the KIM fragments on the information display devices of the corresponding console of the student;

189 - check the control unit for the complex to stop working, in particular, due to the need to restore its operability by, for example, eliminating malfunctions or making changes (additions, adjustments) to the database or to the JMP library, or due to the expiration of a predetermined duration of the current UKZ, or the achievement during the current UKZ of the used indicators of the preparedness of the trainees of their required threshold values, or the completion of a predefined sequence of UKZ, or the expiration of a variable length of the total preparation time and a decision to transfer the complex to the mode of outputting the results of its work;

190 - implementation of the mode of outputting the results of the complex by performing the following actions:

191 - the formation in the form of appropriate computer files of the protocol of the complex in the implemented modes of its operation, in particular in the initialization mode, during the UKZ or sequence of UKZ, or training;

192 - fixing the generated protocol and the main results of the preparation on a paper medium;

193 - fixing the current state of the corresponding sections of the memory blocks of the complex on a third computer-readable storage medium in the form of corresponding computer database files used in subsequent UKZ, in particular, as the first computer-readable storage medium.

Separate actions and action blocks of an exhaustive multilevel hierarchical description of the claimed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, which is a detailed explanation of the structural logic diagrams illustrating it shown in Fig.1a and Fig.1b, are further used in the context of consideration of operating modes and algorithms the functioning of the proposed unified IFC for its implementation, described in paragraph 2 of the claims.

The structural diagram of the claimed complex is shown in figure 2. Its constituents, designated by numbers 201-226, are the following:

201 - learning console;

202 - remote control switch;

203 — first information input unit;

204 — second information input unit;

205 - information output unit;

206 - information exchange units;

207 is a first information processing unit;

208 - the third block of memory;

209 is a second information processing unit;

210 - student support blocks;

211 is a third information processing unit;

212 is a fourth information processing unit;

213 - remote trainees;

214 - block prediction of preparedness of students;

215 - block software control;

216 - block matches;

217 — third code dispenser;

218 - shaper control pulses;

219 - unit for assessing the preparedness of students;

220 - priority block;

221 - programmable timer;

222 — first code dispenser;

223 - the second distributor of codes;

224 - the first block of memory;

225 - unit for monitoring the actions of trainees;

226 is the second memory block.

Corresponding relationships between the said blocks of the claimed IFC according to claim 2 of the claims in figure 2 are shown by arrows.

Other figures show schematic illustrations of the options for building almost all the blocks of the claimed complex, private and general algorithms for its functioning, the above-mentioned results of computer simulation of private processes of its functioning, as well as the option of building the first stage of a unified IFC based on the global telecommunication network Internet, namely :

figure 3 - remote learning 201 and the remote student 213;

figure 4 - switchboards remotes 202;

figure 5 - block exchange of information 206;

figure 6 - one of the possible algorithms for the first block of information processing 207;

in Fig.7 - one of the possible operation algorithms of the second information processing unit 209;

on Fig - one of the possible algorithms of the support unit of the student 210;

figure 9 - one of the possible algorithms for the third block of information processing 211;

figure 10 - one of the possible algorithms for the fourth block of information processing 212;

figure 11 - one of the possible algorithms of the unit for predicting the preparedness of students 214;

on Fig - one of the possible algorithms for the operation of the program control unit 215;

in Fig.13 - block matches 216;

in Fig.14 - the third distributor of codes 217;

on Fig - driver control pulses 218;

in Fig.16 - one of the possible algorithms of the unit for assessing the preparedness of students 219;

on Fig - priority block 220;

in Fig.18 - programmable timer 221;

in Fig.19 - the first dispenser of codes 222;

in Fig.20 - the second distributor of codes 223;

in Fig.21 - one of the possible algorithms of the unit for monitoring the actions of trainees 225;

on Fig - General algorithm for the functioning of the IFC;

on Fig is a graph diagram of the processes of execution of the blocks of the complex in accordance with the claimed method when implementing the processes of functioning of the IFC;

on Fig - logical diagrams of the main cyclic processes of the functioning of the IFC in the implementation of the method;

on Fig - a typical dependence of the values of the preparedness indicator of students from the time of their preparation;

on Fig - typical results of forecasting changes in the values of the used indicators of the quality of functioning of a typical RIUS from the level of group preparedness of its staff and the general scheme for clarifying the required values of the corresponding indicator of its preparedness;

on Fig - a variant of the construction of the proposed unified IFC based on the global telecommunication network Internet.

As a general comment on the list of drawings and the following descriptions of the corresponding objects of the claimed group of inventions, we note that the following types of references to the objects in question are adopted in the text: formulas and other formalized expressions are indicated by numbers (1) - (67) in brackets, the actions performed in accordance with the claimed method, also with numbers (71) - (193) in brackets, the blocks of the complex with numbers 201-226 without brackets, other elements of the description with numbers 227-505. In this case, the elements of the blocks are indicated by the corresponding numbers without brackets, and the elements of the algorithms are indicated by the numbers in brackets. In all cases, below in the text, the use of each number (in brackets or without brackets) is preceded by the name of the object corresponding to it. On figa, 1b, 4-24, all elements are indicated by numbers without brackets, and in figure 3, illustrating the construction of two different blocks of the complex - the learning console 201 and the student 213.

The implementation of the invention

The inventive integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" for remote professional training of RIUS personnel, equipped with machine-readable storage media for storing the JMP library and database about specialist models, knowledge, skills, skills of students, scenarios and training results, in a static state is characterized by the above, as well as in .1 and claim 2 of the claims by sets of its essential features - actions performed and blocks of actions in accordance with the claimed integrated method Rowan preparation RIUS personnel units (nodes) standardized IFC for carrying out the method and the relationships between them, as shown in Figure 1a, 1b and 2 respectively.

The possibility of implementing the claimed group of inventions is confirmed by the designations of the parameters used below, their specific values, expressions for the used AD, ID, DD, CD, RD, typical indicators of the effectiveness and efficiency of individual and group automated preparation, prediction equations (predictions) of their values and LU for decision-making on the management of the relevant UTP vocational training of persons OTP RIUS in the interests of their optimization, as well as information on the content actions and action blocks in accordance with the integrated method according to claim 1 of the claims shown in figa and fig.1b, on the purpose, construction options and operation algorithms listed in claim 2 of the claims and shown in figure 2 of the unified blocks IFC for the implementation of this method, interrelated descriptions of the processes of the method and the corresponding functioning of the complex during the implementation of all modes of its operation and, in addition, information about the main features of the technical (hardware and software ) the implementation of almost all actions and action blocks of an integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel and units of a unified IFC for its implementation in the process of industrial creation of the mechanism and its application.

Bearing in mind the provision through the use of formal notation and expressions of a better understanding of the contents of the above, in claims 1 and 2 of the claims, as well as the actions of the claimed method shown in Figs. 1-23, corresponding to the structural scheme of the complex for its implementation, structural schemes of its individual blocks and algorithms for their functioning, by parameter W we will further agree to designate the current total number of students in the OTP of the particular RIUS under consideration, corresponding remotely 213 and information exchange blocks 206 between them and the remaining blocks of the claimed IFC, presented in the form of the corresponding messages repeatedly mentioned above - sequences of binary codes C (D) of different types of data D (numerical, textual, graphic, cartographic, multimedia, etc.) and SPM for their processing. For definiteness, it is further assumed that the current value of the variable W is satisfied by the LU W _min ≤ W ≤ W _max , which means that at least W _min = 2 and no more than Wmax = 2 ¹⁰ -5 = 1019 in total in the case of remotely remote from each other remotes of the students 213, structurally compatible and functionally integrated with the corresponding workstations of OTP persons of a particular RIUS. Moreover, if it includes N, N≥ 2, ergatic FSEs, which in the general case form a multi-level hierarchical functional-subject structure of such elements, nth, n = 1 ... N, of which includes W _{n of the} indicated AWPs, then further, depending on the relevant context, it is considered that

or W = W _n . The variable w, w∈ [0 ... W], further denotes the logical number (code) of the w-th console (learning 201, learning 213) as part of the claimed IFC. The value of the variable w = 0 in this case determines the logical number (code) of the learning console 201, and the values of the same variable satisfying the LU 1≤ w≤ W are the logical numbers (codes) of the corresponding information exchange units 206 identified by the corresponding elements of the set A = { A _w , w = 1 ... W} of the email addresses of the corresponding student panels 213 associated with them, forming the current functional-subject structure of the proposed IFC. In this structure, the learning console 201 corresponds to the electronic address A ₀ used as the return email address of the source of all messages addressed by the program control unit 215 to the corresponding learning console 213. The logical numbers (codes) of a number of other blocks of the claimed IFC are indicated below by the corresponding values of the variable w, large than 1019.

в течение которого, начиная с момента времени t₀, t₀≥ 0, начала первого УКЗ и до момента времени t_M=Т (например, T=120... 130 часов) планируется вести с необходимыми перерывами автоматизированную дистанционную подготовку обучаемых лиц ОТП конкретной РИУС с применением заявляемого МФК, в ходе которой регистрируют и накапливают в соответствующих компьютерных файлах БД значения характеризующих эти процессы временных параметров, кодов (номеров) принимаемых обучаемыми решений и другие результаты. Переменная (индекс) М, М≥ 1, в моменте времени t_M определяет общее количество подлежащих проведению в ходе подготовки УКЗ. Значение этой переменной определяется по правилу M=[T/Δ t₀], т.е. как целое общее количество не перекрывающих друг друга временных подинтервалов Δ t_m, m=1... М, исходного интервала Δ T, т.е. Δ t_m⊂ Δ T, длиной Δ t₀ каждый (например, 1 час), в совокупности образующих полуинтервал Δ T, т.е.

The variable R is further denoted by the number (code) of the operating mode of the claimed IFC from the typical list H = {H _R , R = 1 ... 5} of their names, including the following modes and their names: H ₁ - "Initialization", N ₂ - " Individual training ", N ₃ -" Group training ", H ₄ -" Assessment of preparedness ", H ₅ -" Conclusion of results ". The main of these IFC operating modes are H ₂ and H ₃ , and the auxiliary ones are H ₁ , H ₄ and H ₅ . Through Δ T = (t _{0 ...} T) hereinafter, a predetermined half-time interval of total time t ₀ <t≤ T,

during which, from the time t ₀ , t ₀ ≥ 0, the beginning of the first UKZ and up to the time t _M = T (for example, T = 120 ... 130 hours), it is planned to conduct, with the necessary interruptions, the automated remote training of the OTP students specific RIUS using the proposed IFC, during which the values characterizing these processes of time parameters, codes (numbers) of decisions made by students and other results are recorded and accumulated in the corresponding computer database files. The variable (index) M, M≥ 1, at time t _M determines the total number to be carried out during the preparation of the UKZ. The value of this variable is determined by the rule M = [T / Δ t ₀ ], i.e. as a whole total number of non-overlapping time sub-intervals Δ t _m , m = 1 ... M, of the initial interval Δ T, i.e. Δ t _m ⊂ Δ T, length Δ t ₀ each (for example, 1 hour), together forming the half-interval Δ T, i.e.

where Δ t _m-1 ∩ Δ t _m = ⌀, ⌀ is the symbol of the empty set. In terms of content, the sub-interval Δ t _m ⊂ Δ T of length Δ t ₀ can be interpreted as corresponding to one UKZ and determining its duration. The variable tm, the value of which is determined by the rule t _m = t _m-1 + Δ t ₀ , denotes the time t _m ∈ Δ T of the end of the m-th, m = 1 ... M, of the sub-interval Δ t ₀ = Δ t _m = (t _m -1 ... t _m ], Δ t _m ⊂ Δ T.

The variable tt _p , the initial value of which is t ₀ , indicates the relative current operating time of the claimed IFC in the main mode H _R determined by the value _R , the variable s is the number (code) s-th, s = 1 ... S _R , the original SAP of persons OTP of a specific RIUS selected by the teacher for its optimization and subsequent implementation in the corresponding main mode of operation H _R , variable S _R - the total number (for example, 5 ... 7) of such SAPs designed to implement in the main mode of operation H _R IFC, variable Ξ _Rs - description using the formalization tools used s th, s = 1 ... s _R , both of the initial and optimized scenarios, and the variable Ξ = {Ξ _Rs , R = 2,3, s = 1 ... S _R } is the set of SAPs to be implemented.

The variable ψ _{EI jRsw} (t _m ) further denotes the value determined at time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, the value of j-th, j = 1 ... J _EI , .J _ei ≥ 1, the used performance indicator (E) individual (I) training of the w-th, w = 1 ... W, the trained person of the OTP of a particular RIUS when practicing the s-th, s = 1 ... s _r , SAP in the main operating mode of H _R IFC, variable ψ _egnjRs (t _m ) - the same value of the j-th, j = j ... j _EG , j _EG ≥ 1, the used indicator of effectiveness (E) of group (G) training of students of the nth, n = 1 ... N, PSE, variables j and J _{ee eG} - amount (e.g., 5 3 ...) of the respective indicators and V nnym _0EIj ψ, ψ _0EIj> 0.0, j = 1 ... j _EI and _0EGj ψ, ψ _0EGj> 0.0, j = 1 ... j _EG -trebuemye (threshold) values used performance indicators (Oe) respectively individual ( I) and group (D) training of OTP persons of the considered RIUS (for example, 0.75), necessary, for example, to achieve superiority over the warring ergatic system. Similarly, hereinafter, the variable ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) denotes the value of the jth defined at the time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, j = 1 ... J _РИ , J _РИ ≥ 1, and the used performance indicator (P) individual (I) training of the w-th, w = 1 ... W, the trained person of the OTP of a specific RIUS when practicing the s-th, s = 1 ... s _R , SAP in the main operating mode H _r IFC, variable ψ _PГnjRs (t _m ) - the same value of the j-th, j = 1 ... J _РГ , J _РГ ≥ 1, the used indicator of effectiveness (Р) of group (Г) training of the corresponding trainees, variables j _РИ and J _РГ - the number ( e.g. 5 ... 7) corresponding ence and _0RIj variables ψ, ψ _ORIj> 0.0, j = 1 ... J _RI and _0RGj ψ, ψ _0RGj> 0.0, j = 1 ... J _WG - thresholds respectively used performance indicators (P) individually ( I) and group (G) training of individuals for OTP of a specific RIUS (for example, 0.85), necessary for making decisions on the possibility of completing training provided that the used performance indicators reach the specified threshold values.

In addition to the parameters of the automated training of OTP students of the considered RIUS defined in such a way that are performed in accordance with the claimed integrated method and complex for its implementation, we introduce notation for the rest of their parameters, which, like the variables ψ and _jRsw (t _m ), the indices R, s and w indicate, respectively, on the Rth, R = 2,3, the main mode of operation H _r IFC, on the sth, s = 1 ... S _R , SAP Ξ _Rs and on the wth , w = 1 ... W, of the learner, namely:

F _0Rsw (t _M ) - the total number of tasks to be performed by the corresponding trainees by the time t _{M the} end of its preparation;

F _1Rsw (t _m ) - the current number of tasks performed by the corresponding trainees at time t _m , i.e. during the time Δ t _0m = (t _{0 ...} t _m ], m = 1 ... M;

F _2Rsw (t _m ) - the number of recent tasks performed by the corresponding trainee at time t _m ∈ Δ t0m and taken into account when determining the values of the preparedness indicators used, 2≤ F _2Rsw (t _m ) ≤ F _1Rsw (t _m );

F _3Rsw (t _m ) = F _1Rsw (t _m ) -F _2Rsw (t _m ) +1 - the number of the first of F _2Rsw (t _m ) tasks taken into account when determining the current values of readiness indicators;

σ _Rswf , δ _Rswf - values ("0" ∨ "l") of signs of timeliness and correctness of the trainee's completion of the f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), tasks;

α _Rsw , β _Rswf , γ _n - respectively, the significance coefficients of the corresponding person in the composition of the trained personnel, the importance of the f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rcw (t _M ); the task performed by him, the significance of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE RIUS in its subject structure, α _Rsw ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0],

x _Rswf , y _Rswf , z _Rswf - respectively, the conventional units of knowledge, skills and abilities, extracted from the used training materials during their structuring and subject to theoretical and practical development by the corresponding students in the process of performing the _fth , f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), tasks;

X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf - the results of the complexity assessment of the corresponding conventional units of knowledge, skills of students, X _Rswf ≥ 0, Y _Rswf ≥ 0, Z _Rswf ≥ 0;

I ₀ , I ₁ , I ₂ , I ₃ - the minimum, maximum, actual number of indicators preceding the last of the already determined values of the indicator and the following predicted values of this indicator, I ₀ ≤ I ₂ ≤ I ₁ , ₁ ≤ I ₃ ;

ε _FI , ε _FP , ε _OP - threshold values of the results of assessing the proximity of actual and ideal (FI), actual and forecasted (FP) values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and the relative increment (OP) of these values, respectively, 0 <ε _FI ≤ E, 0 <ε _FP ≤ E, 0 <ε _OD <E, E is a fairly small value (for example, 0.1);

φ _UP = φ (t), p _WF = p _WF (φ _UP ), p _BB = p _BB (φ _UP ), ∂ _ВХ - given vector of characteristics of the simulated application conditions (UI) of the RIUS depending on the current time t∈ Δ _t their consideration, the vector of the probabilities of manifestation of external and internal EF, the vector of the probabilities of their impact (BB) on its personnel and APS, the vector of their psychophysiological and probability-time characteristics (BX), respectively;

τ _VOn (ψ _EGn , p _VF , p _BB , ∂ _VX ), p _DOn (ψ _EGn , p _VF , p _BB , ∂ _VX ), τ _PVn , p _PDn - random processing time (VO) and probability of reliable processing ( DO) information in the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of the considered RIEC from the moment it arrives at the corresponding inputs of this FSE until the results of processing at its corresponding outputs appear, depending on the group preparedness ψ _{EGn of} its personnel, evaluated using the used indicator, and from the above characteristics of the WF, APS and personnel, the set threshold (P) values of time (B) and reliability (D) of information processing in the nth FSE, respectively;

E (t, ψ _EG ), U (t, ψ _EG )), E _n (t, ψ _EGn ), U _n (t, ψ _EGn ), E _P (φ _UP ), _P (φ _UP ), Э _Pn (φ _UE ), U _Pn (φ _UE ) - time-dependent t ∈ Δ _T consideration (modeling) of the corresponding processes of the values of typical indicators of the efficiency and stability of the operation of a particular RIUS and its nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE with the corresponding values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of group training of their personnel, as well as the specified threshold values of these indicators depending on the vector of characteristics of the simulated conditions for their application, respectively.

Under the assumption that the default (start) values of the named parameters for all possible values of R, s, w and f are set as related to blood pressure and before preparation are placed in the corresponding computer database files, the calculated current values of the variables used, in particular indicators the effectiveness and efficiency of the preparation, the effectiveness and sustainability of the operation of the RIUS and its FSE, are determined in the preparation process using the appropriate PSD, the expressions for other placed in the database are defined below and processed in the N ₁ HELL mode, the IDs, DDs and CDs generated in this case, stored in the corresponding memory blocks of the claimed IFC, expressions for RDs, typical indicators of training efficiency and effectiveness, equations for predicting their values, LA for making decisions when managing automated preparation, as well as expressions for typical indicators of the efficiency and stability of the operation of the RIUS and its FSE used in other relevant modes of operation of the complex.

Considering that the f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), the task performed by the corresponding trainees when practicing the corresponding SAP Ξ _Rs in the corresponding main operating mode Н _R IFC, corresponds to the CIS, providing for the participation of the corresponding OTP person in her resolution, general and private AD g (Δ T) about such CIS, placed in the corresponding computer files of the database described above, are formally presented in the form

In this notation expression: g0 = (ψ _0EIj, j = 1 ... J _EI, ψ _0EGj, j = 1 ... j _EG, ψ _0RIj, j = 1 ... J _RI, ψ _0RGj, ψ _{0RGj ,} j = 1 ... J _RG , φ _UP , p _WF , p _BB, ∂ _ВХ , Э _П (φ _UP ), У _П (φ _UP ), (Э _Пn (φ _UP ), У _Пn (φ _UP ) , τ _PVn , ρ _PDn ), n = 1 ... N) - a set of threshold values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of individual and group training of students, general blood pressure on the conditions for using RIUS, manifestations of external and internal EF, their impact on its staff and APS, their characteristics, threshold values of typical performance indicators and functional stability Bani RIUS and its PSE, time and reliability of the information in their treatment; g1 _Rswf - a set of specific blood pressure necessary to generate a description of the CIS in the external and internal environment of RIUS corresponding to f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), the task performed by the corresponding trainees when implementing the corresponding SAP соответствующего _Rs in the corresponding operating mode H _R IFC; g2 _Rswf - a set of additional information (methodological, training, software and technical, etc.) in the field of use of the particular RIUS under consideration that may be required by the corresponding student for a more complete and successful assimilation of the knowledge and skills that he needs and which may if necessary, to request them in order to obtain appropriate support, in particular, to clarify the content and procedures in the developed CIS when performing the corresponding task.

The description of q (Δ T) generated using the appropriate AD from (1) the set of CISs, in which the trained persons are required to operate the OTP of the considered RIUS for the time interval Δ T when implementing the corresponding SAPs in the corresponding main operating modes of the IFC considered below, is formally presented in the form

In this expression, the following notation is used: q _0Rsw - list of specified CIS; q _Rswf - a set of IDs characterizing the CIS, corresponding to the _fth , f = 1 ... F0 _Rsw (t _M ), the task to be completed by the _wth , w = 1 ... W, trained in the implementation of the SAP П _Rs in the mode of operation of H _R IFCs, as well as those used in the formation and implementation of SIV and the relevant acts of support for the training of students. In turn, the data set q _Rswf used by the corresponding PSD when forming on the display devices of the student panels 213 the necessary CMMs, DIMs on the APS panels and the students, as well as in the implementation of the relevant acts of supporting their FTD, is formally described by the expression

in which qi _Rswf is the i-th, i = 1 ... I, the ID block, and I is the number of data types used in the formation of the CMC KIS, UIV and with the support of students.

The source data also includes the data used to determine the values of the performance indicators of group training of students and presented in the form of coefficients α _{Rsw of} individual significance of the corresponding students in the group of students of the OTP RIUS when implementing the corresponding SAP СА _Rs in the corresponding mode of operation of H _R IFC. The values of these coefficients are set as constants, i.e. α _Rsw = const, or rapidly changing during the preparation of IDs, i.e. α _Rsw = α _Rsw = (t _m ), R = 2,3, s = 1 ... S _R , w = 1 ... W, m = 1 ... M. In general, this data is a sequence W numbers, having the form

The set u (Δ T) of DDs generated by the corresponding PSD using the corresponding BPs by performing the appropriate algorithm optimizing the conversion of the initial time chart for the issuance by the corresponding trainees of the appropriate tasks for them to perform the corresponding professional operations (tasks) into the resulting time chart, which is a sequence of fives of numbers ordered ascending first three of them

determining that at time t0 _Rswf, on _student ’s w-remote control 213, in order to enable him to perform the fe task, it is necessary to issue the appropriate IDs in the form of a CMM of the corresponding CIS, the wording of the task corresponding to this situation to the learner and provide, if necessary, appropriate support for the student’s FTD.

The main recorded results of the work of the respective students during the implementation of the corresponding EPS in the corresponding IFC operating modes are the values of σ _Rswf and δ _{Rswf of the} signs of timeliness and correctness of the fulfillment of the corresponding tasks issued to them.

The value of σ _{Rswf of the} sign of timeliness is determined by the rule:

in which τ _Rswf is the determined execution time of the f-th one, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), assigning to the corresponding trainees when implementing the SAP Ξ _Rs in the operating mode H _R MFK, and Δ τ _Rswf is the control time allocated to this task. The time τ _{Rswf is} counted from the fixed moment t1 _{Rswf of the} time the student begins to execute the corresponding task by perceiving the CMM formed on the display devices of his console 213, containing all the necessary information about the corresponding CIS, to the fixed time t2 _{Rswf of the} time for entering the result of the given task (the decision made) , i.e.

The resource Δ τ _{Rswf of the} control time allocated to the corresponding student for the fulfillment of the corresponding task is characterized by the smallest τ _Rswf1 and the largest τ _Rswf2 values of the time τ _{Rswf of} performing the corresponding functions of the OTP RIUS person when working out the corresponding standard of his professional activity and is set in the form of a half-interval:

the boundaries of τ _Rswf1 and τ _{Rsw2 of} which satisfy _LN 0.0 <τ _Rswf1 <τ _Rswf2.

The value of δ _{Rswf of the} correctness _flag is determined by the rule:

in which r _Rfswf is the registered code (number) of the decision made by the corresponding student as a result of the implementation of the f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), tasks during the implementation of the SAP Ξ _Rs , in the operating mode Н _{R of the} claimed IFC, a η _Rswf - control code (number) of the correct decision in the corresponding CIS.

In addition to the aforementioned, when performing the task in the general case, other results of automated preparation can be obtained that have a specific applied character and are subject to documentation and subsequent analysis. Such results are further denoted by p _Rswf and are considered to be corresponding to the named main.

The set ν _{Rswf of the} named _RDs , which are the results of the trainees completing tasks in the corresponding CIS over the time interval Δ T, is represented in the form of ascending values of the parameters R = 2,3, s = 1 ... S _R , w = 1 ... W and f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _m ) datasets

and the set d _Rswf used in determining their CD values is in the form of sets of triples of numbers ordered in the same way

including the value of the coefficient β _{Rswf of the} importance of the corresponding timely and correctly completed task when implementing the corresponding EPS in the corresponding operating mode of the IFC.

Described by the expressions (1) - (11) AD, ID, UD, RD and KD are used in the process of the claimed IFC to determine the values of the used indicators of individual and group preparedness of persons of OTP RIUS in accordance with the claimed method of their preparation.

The individual preparedness of the w-th, w = 1 ... W, trained at time t _m ∈ Δ t _0m , can be estimated using performance indicators characterizing, for example, timeliness ψ _EI1Rsw (t _m ) and correctness ψ _EI2Rsw (t _m ) fulfillment of F _2Rsw (t _m ) of the last tasks worked out in the corresponding CIS during the implementation of the corresponding SAP Ξ _Rs in the corresponding operating modes H _R IFC. The current values of such indicators can be found using F _2Rsw (t _m ) of the last values σ _Rswf and δ _Rswf determined at the time t _m ∈ Δ t _{0m that} show the timeliness and correctness of the corresponding tasks. As expressions for calculating the values of ψ _EI1Rsw (t _m ) and ψ _EI2Rsw (t _m ) of these typical indicators, for example, the following can be used:

For the value of these indicators, LUs of their belonging to the corresponding intervals [0.0 ... 1.0] are fulfilled, i.e. ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0], j = 1,2, while the left borders of these intervals correspond to the untimely and incorrect completion of all the relevant tasks, and the right ones correspond to the timely and correct completion of them.

In order to be able to evaluate not only the timeliness and correctness of completion by the current moment of time t _m ∈ Δ t0m wth, w = 1 ... W, by the trainees of the corresponding tasks, but also the timeliness (correctness) of the correctly (timely) completed tasks, as well as take into account the aggregate importance of such tasks, the relevant training performance indicators depending on the values of the attributes σ _Rswf , δ _Rswf and β _Rswf can be used. The values ψ _{EI jRsw} (t _m ), j = 3,4 of such indicators can be determined using the same F _2Rsw (t _m ) values of these signs, for example, in accordance with the following expressions:

The values of these training performance indicators, which also satisfy the corresponding LU ψ _{EI jRsw} (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0], j = 3.4, can be used in certain situations as additional characteristics described by expressions (12) and (13) individual preparedness of students OTP RIUS. An example of such a situation is the achievement by the main indicators (12) and (13) of values sufficient to complete their individual automated preparation, while the timeliness (correctness) of correctly (timely) completed tasks and / or the combined importance of correctly and timely completed tasks remain relatively small quantities. This reduces the significance of the results of individual training obtained at time moment t _m ∈ Δ t0m and requires its continuation in relation to more important tasks and the corresponding functions of the trainees of OTP RIUS.

In addition to expressions (12) - (15), other ratios can be used to determine the effectiveness of individual training of students. For example, if it is necessary to take into account all the F _1Rsw (t _m ) tasks completed by the current time moment t _m ∈ Δ t0m and, therefore, use all the characteristic values σ _Rswf and δ _Rswf determined according to expressions (6) and (9), the corresponding formulas will be differ from those described by expressions (12) - (15) in that a unit is used as the initial value F _3Rsw (t _m ) of the summation index f. Moreover, the total number J _{EI of} possible indicators of the effectiveness of individual training of students in the framework of the proposed integrated automated mechanism is not limited.

The values of the indicators of the effectiveness of individual training of OTP persons of the considered RIUS determined in accordance with the above or other expressions can be used in assessing the preparedness of a local group of W _n persons of OTP of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of a particular RIUS according to the weighted average of all or some from J _EI used indicators of the effectiveness of the implementation of the relevant tasks in the respective IFC operating modes when implementing the corresponding EPS. Using coefficients of the form (4) and values ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ), j = 1 ... 4, considered typical indicators (12) - (15), the corresponding values of ψ _EGnjRs (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0] , j = 1 ... 4, typical performance indicators of group training of students can be determined, for example, in accordance with the expression:

in which the summation operation is performed with respect to the values of ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ) corresponding to the trained persons of the nth nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE. In addition to this expression, other relationships can be used to determine the values of the named typical indicators of the effectiveness of group training of students. For example, in the case when the group of trainees consists of W = W _n equivalent persons of the OTP of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of a particular RIUS, which is formally described by the _LA α _Rs1 = α _Rs2 = ... = α _RsW = W ^-1 , then expression (16) should be adjusted by placing a constant coefficient α _Rsw = W ^-1 , w = 1 ... W, before, and not after, the summation sign, and setting the sequence of the form (4) and changing it into during the preparation excluded. Moreover, the total number of J _{EG of} possible indicators of the effectiveness of group training of students is also not limited.

When creating and applying the proposed IFC, instead of or in addition to the described expressions (12) - (16), other specific indicators of the effectiveness of individual and group training of students can be used, in particular, as an indicator for assessing the coherence of the actions of W _n students of the OTP of n = 1 ... N, ergatic FSE, which is part of the considered RIUS, the expression can be used

in which W = W _n , and ψ _EGn5Rs (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0]. This expression characterizes both individual and group preparedness of the respective trainees. When using expression (17), the values of ψ _EI1Rsw (t _m ) of the corresponding individual training efficiency indicator can be calculated by formula (12) using the signs σ _{Rswf of the} timeliness of the students to complete the corresponding tasks, determined in accordance with expression (6) in relation to the interval Δ τ _Rswf control time (8) with almost coincident boundaries of its beginning τ _Rswf1 and the end τ _Rswf2 . This is one of the signs of strict regulation of group activities of students, in particular its time aspects and resources allocated to the implementation of the relevant tasks. Another such sign may be the coincidence of the moments when the corresponding individual tasks were completed by one student of the nth, n = 1 ... N, group from the moment the other individual students of the same group or another group of students started performing the corresponding individual tasks. Fulfillment of the relevant tasks with time constraints corresponding to the named and other possible signs is a prerequisite for the students to work out the coherence of their joint actions in the group (s).

Using assessments of the coordination of actions of members of the local group of trainees of the OTP of the nth, n = 1 ... N, ergatic FSE of the particular RIUS under consideration, obtained in accordance with expression (17) or other relevant characteristics used, an assessment of the coordination of actions of all its personnel can be obtained as a result of finding, in relation to the corresponding operating modes of the claimed IFC and SAP, for example, the weighted average values of the used indicator of coordination of actions of the students of their respective local groups. In relation to indicator (17), the corresponding expression can have the form

If γ _n = N ^-1 , n = 1 ... N, then this expression can be obviously corrected, and the specification of γ _n values is canceled.

To provide an opportunity to assess the effectiveness of individual and / or group training of students of individual local groups and all RIUS personnel by the aggregate of implemented SAPs in each of the two main operating modes of the claimed IFC or in all implemented modes of its operation, or by the aggregate of implemented modes and scenarios, for example, by simple or weighted averaging of the obtained values of the corresponding indicators of individual and / or group training in the considered main operating modes of the claimed IFC, when implementing the appropriate EPS and / or their respective aggregates, in the considered list of used performance indicators, the total number of J _EIG = J _EI + J _{EG of} which is not limited, appropriate expressions should be included to determine their values.

Taking into account the foregoing and the definition of indicators for assessing the effectiveness of individual and group training of RIUS personnel, according to the three main aspects considered ("knowledge", "skills", "skills"), as well as their combination (see below), first of all, we agree to assume that the values of the variables X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf introduced above for storing the results of the complexity assessment, respectively, of the conventional units of knowledge, abilities and skills to be mastered wth, w = 1 ... W, trained when performing the fth, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), assignments in the operating mode H _{R are} claimed When _{IAP при Rs is} implemented, IFCs are determined using specific functions X = X (x _Rswf ), Y = Y (y _Rswf ), Z = Z (z _Rswf ) to find quantitative values of complexity estimates for the corresponding conventional units of knowledge x _Rswf , skills y _Rswf and skills z _Rswf . In relation to these conventional units, as such functions in the formation of the database on the first computer-readable storage medium, the corresponding formal rules for determining the complexity of the estimated conventional units or procedures can be used, for example, by directly or by appropriate formulas for calculating the corresponding objects contained in them, or by simulation modeling of relevant acts of activity, or by their expert evaluation. In particular, when assessing the complexity of x _Rswf knowledge quanta to be studied, such objects can be considered, for example, individual characters of the corresponding text, in which case their number X _Rswf in the estimated quantum characterizes its complexity. When assessing the complexity of conventional units (acts) of practically mastered activities of trainees - skills y _Rswf and skills z _Rswf - typical elementary operations (mental, motor, etc.) to be performed by trainees can be considered as defined (counted, estimated) objects OTP persons in the implementation of the relevant act (algorithm step) of the activity. Non-negative values of Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf , characterizing the number of such operations in the assessed acts, are the main results of the corresponding assessment procedures using the corresponding functions Y = Y (y _Rswf ), Z = Z (z _Rswf ) to determine the complexity of the arbitrary units of skills and skills. As additional results of such assessments, non-negative values of the assessed acts of activity L _Rswf , Q _Rswf in the corresponding algorithm, as well as the corresponding time resources necessary for their execution, determined in accordance with expression (7), can be considered.

Without imposing special restrictions on the types of functions (formulas, rules, procedures) under consideration X = X (x _Rswf ), Y = Y (y _Rswf ), Z = Z (z _Rswf ) and methods for calculating (determining) their values X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf , except as already noted above (they cannot be negative), when choosing (constructing) these functions, the only principle must be observed: an objectively larger estimated value (the number of characters in the quantum of knowledge, elementary operations in the activity) of the considered unit correspond to the greater value of the function used, which , in fact, characterizes the complexity of the estimated conventional unit. In the absence of formal rules for obtaining some of these estimates and, accordingly, the possibility of their software implementation in the form of appropriate software modules used in the formation of the database, expert and purely heuristic procedures for evaluating (determining, setting quantitative values) complexity can be used objects under consideration, for example, the corresponding number of points in accordance with pre-determined scales of point estimates.

In the interests of a meaningful and formalized description of typical performance indicators of individual and group activities of students using the results of the assessment of the considered conventional units of knowledge, skills, as well as the type functions used to assess the complexity of the tasks to be performed by students, the results of calculating the values of such functions are formally presented in the form :

Using the functions defined in this way, a differentiated (vector) estimate Δ _{Rswf of} complexity f, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), assignments to the corresponding learner, we agree to characterize by an ordered set of complexity estimates to be mastered when it is completed, the corresponding conventional units of knowledge, skills, i.e.

In connection with this presentation of the results (19) of assessing the complexity of the tasks by the learner, we emphasize that the individual components of the vector Δ _Rswf can take zero values, which indicates the absence in _fth , f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), the estimated task corresponding conventional units. If all three components of vector (20) take zero values, i.e. X _Rswf = Y _Rswf = Z _Rswf = 0, then from a formal point of view the corresponding task is “empty”, i.e. not requiring the student to perform any active operations of its FTD. Such "empty assignments" can be included in the number of issues to be given to the corresponding trainees with the aim of implementing, for example, certain SIVs on them, as well as to support their FTD. In addition, the need to take into account "empty tasks" is due to the proposed geometric interpretation of the set of tasks for students in the form of corresponding points in the three-dimensional space XYZ of the results of evaluating their complexity with coordinates X, Y, Z, corresponding to the complexity of the conventional units of the knowledge, skills and abilities mastered by them and the functions used to evaluate them. With such an interpretation, the "empty task" corresponds to the origin of the XYZ space, i.e. point with coordinates X _min = Y _min = Z _min = 0, which determine the position in it of the "zero" vertex of the corresponding box. The position of the vertex of the same parallelepiped farthest from it, corresponding to the most difficult of the set of all fundamentally possible tasks, is characterized by a point whose coordinates X _max , Y _max , Z _max are determined in accordance with an expression of the form

where the symbol V is used only to write one expression instead of three. Note that in the general case, only a hypothetical task, which is absent among the real ones, can correspond to this vertex of the parallelepiped. Thus, taking into account the “empty task” and expression (21), the vector estimate (20) of the complexity of an arbitrary task for the student completely determines the position and geometric dimensions of the specified box. Its interior, including its faces, is the XYZ space.

A differentiated complexity estimate Δ Σ _{Rsw of the} totality of all tasks to the _wth , w = 1 ... W, trained in the main mode of operation H _R when implementing the sth, s = 1 ... S _R , SAP Ξ _Rs , can be determined in accordance with the expression:

Using similar expressions, the complexity of all tasks for the wth, w = 1 ... W, trained in both basic IFC operation modes, or for all SAPs, or for their other combinations, can be differentially evaluated. In particular, differentiated estimates of the complexity Δ Σ (t _M ) of all tasks to the wth trainee, which must be performed by him in both main IFC operating modes for all scenarios of automated training for the entire time of its implementation, can be obtained in accordance with the expression:

where Σ Σ Σ (t _M ) conventionally denotes the summation operation

The integral (scalar) estimate ϑ _{Rswf of} complexity f-th, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), assignments to the student can be obtained using the above geometric interpretation of the corresponding results of determining the values of expressions (19). For this, a certain metric is defined in the XYZ space — a function for finding the distance between individual points located inside the corresponding box. So, when using the linear metric ∧ (X, Y, Z), the distance ϑ ∧ _Rswf between the “zero” vertex of the parallelepiped and any of its internal points Δ _Rswf with coordinates determined according to (20), which characterizes the total complexity of the corresponding task, is in accordance with expression

in which χ, υ and ξ are normalization coefficients having dimensions inverse to the dimensions of the quantities X _Rswf , Y _Rswf and Z _Rswf, respectively, and, in particular, the same, for example, unit values, i.e. χ = υ = ξ = 1. Using the vectorized estimate (20) of the complexity of an individual task that is _scalable in this way allows us to determine the dimensionless aggregate complexity ϑ ∧ _{Rswf of the} corresponding different types of arbitrary units (knowledge, skills). The scalar estimate of the complexity of the "empty task" is obviously equal to zero, since for Δ _Rswf = (0, 0, 0) ϑ ∧ _Rswf = 0, and the complexity of the task corresponding to the point farthest from the origin is determined in accordance with the expression

in which the values of X _max , Y _max , Z _max are calculated according to the relation (21).

When using the normalization coefficients χ, υ, ξ for their other values or other metrics to calculate the distance between the points inside the specified parallelepiped, of course, quantitatively other integral (scalar) estimates of the complexity of the tasks for students can be obtained. So, for example, if in expression (24), as the coefficients χ, υ, ξ, we use the quantities defined as χ = X $\genfrac{}{}{0ex}{}{\text{-1}}{\text{max}}$ , υ = Y $\genfrac{}{}{0ex}{}{\text{-1}}{\text{max}}$ , ξ = Z $\genfrac{}{}{0ex}{}{\text{-1}}{\text{max}}$ , then this is equivalent to the operation of linear mapping (conversion) of the original parallelepiped into a unit cube in which all estimates of the complexity of tasks are presented in a normalized form, while the quantitative values of X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf can be reduced to the corresponding intervals [0.0 ... 1.0 ].

The value of the integral measure ϑ Σ ∧ _{Rswf of the} complexity is the same as in expression (22), the set of tasks for students using a linear metric of the form (24) can be determined in accordance with the expression

Taking into account that, taking into account relation (24), this expression is equivalent to its less cumbersome notation, i.e.:

a number of similar expressions can be given to assess the total complexity of the tasks to be performed by students in the implementation of all EPS in the corresponding basic IFC operating modes, as well as in the aggregate of both main modes. In particular, the integral (total) complexity ϑ Σ ∧ _w (t _M ) of all tasks of the wth, w = 1 ... W, to the student, which must be completed by him in all the main operating modes of the IFC for all SAPs for the entire preparation time can be estimated in accordance with the expression:

and the total complexity of all tasks by all the different content of the corresponding activity by the student, the data on which is contained in the database of the proposed IFC, in accordance with the expression:

in which W ₀ is the number of trainees, differing in the content of the activities of the corresponding individuals of the OTP of the particular RIUS under consideration, W ₀ ≤ W.

In addition to integral expressions based on the linear metric (24) for assessing the difficulties of the corresponding sets of tasks for students, the values of which can be determined in accordance with the above relations (26) - (29), similar expressions based on other, more complex metrics can also be determined. For example, when using the Euclidean metric E (X, Y, Z) to determine the distances in the source box or in the cubed box, the corresponding expression for the integral measure of complexity ϑ _{ERswf of a} separate task for the student can be obtained on the basis of the well-known formula for calculating the distance in three-dimensional space. Using the aforementioned formula, the dimensionless distance between the origin of the XYZ space and the point Δ _Rswf (20) corresponding to the task being evaluated, the conventional units of knowledge, skills of which are characterized by the values X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf , are in the form

The vector estimate (20) scalable in this way (20) of the complexity of an individual task can also be used as an integral expression for evaluating the dimensionless aggregate complexity ϑ _{ERswf of the} corresponding conventional units of knowledge, skills, and trainees' skills. Based on this expression, using similar methods used to obtain expressions (26) - (29), corresponding analogous expressions can be determined for the corresponding integral estimates ϑ Σ _ERsw (t _M ), ϑ Σ _Ew (t _M ), ϑ Σ _E (t _M ) the total complexity of the corresponding sets of tasks.

Using the functions defined by expressions (20), (22) - (24), (26) - (29) and similar functions for assessing the differentiated and integral complexities of individual assignments by students and their respective aggregates, and taking into account the above general definition of the effectiveness of automated training of students, in addition to the considered typical indicators of the effectiveness of individual (12) - (15) and group (16) - (18) training of RIUS personnel, we will define a number of indicators to assess the effectiveness of the corresponding USP when they are implemented within the framework of the declared the integrated method using the proposed IFC for its implementation. For this, assuming that certain tasks by certain ideal learners are completed in a timely and correct manner, the expression for typical indicators is thus idealized in this way, i.e. at time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, individual training performance of the wth, w = 1 ... W, of the person trained in the technical training of a particular RIUS when practicing the sth, s = 1 ... S _R , SAP in the main mode of operation of N _R IFC on the considered main aspects of preparation we define in the following general form:

In this expression, by analogy with expression (21), the variable V _{jRswf is used} , which denotes the expression χ × X _Rswf , υ × Y _Rswf , ζ × Z _Rswf , _respectively , for the considered aspects of “knowledge”, “skills”, and “skills”. Three particular performance indicators of training defined in this way characterize the parts (fractions) of the total volumes (difficulties) of completed tasks for the development of the corresponding conventional units of knowledge, or skills, worked out by the time moment t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M characterized by the first factor (divisible) on the right side of expression (31), in their total corresponding volumes (difficulties), characterized by the second factor (divisor). Taking into account relation (24), using expression (31), it is formally possible to determine four more performance indicators of automated training, evaluated by the totality of any two of its three aspects considered, as well as by the totality of all three aspects. Corresponding expressions for the “aggregate” particular and general performance indicators of preparation can easily be obtained from expression (31) by using the corresponding expressions instead of the variable V _jRswf . So, to obtain an expression for evaluating the effectiveness of automated training of students in the totality of the aspects of “knowledge” and “skill”, instead of the specified variable, it is necessary to use the expression χ × X _Rswf + υ × Y _Rswf , the aspects of “knowledge” and “skills” - the expression χ × X _Rswf + ζ × Z _Rswf , aspects of “skill” and “skills” - the expression υ × Y _Rswf + ζ × Z _Rswf , and in the aggregate of all three aspects, i.e. and “knowledge”, and “skills” and “skills” are the right side of expression (24) for determining the value ϑ ∧ _Rswf , i.e. χ × X _Rswf + υ × Y _Rswf + ζ × Z _Rswf . Note that the values of all seven expressions defined in this way for the corresponding performance indicators of training satisfy LU ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0], j = 1 ... 7.

From the above rules for the formation, on the basis of general expression (31) of particular expressions for training performance indicators for the considered aspects and their combinations, it is easy to conclude that they are equivalent to setting the appropriate combinations of the "0" or "1" values of the coefficients χ, υ, ζ in the expression (24) to determine the value ϑ ∧ _Rswf , which, after the corresponding indexing of the variables χ, υ, ζ by the index j, i.e. according to the scheme χ = χ _j , υ = υ _j , ζ = ζ _j , it is actually used as an expression for determining the values of the variable V _jRswf , due to which it is possible to obtain expressions for seven indicators ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) from expression (31) , j = 1 ... 7, the effectiveness of training students in separately considered aspects and in their totality. A one-to-one correspondence can be established between the expressions obtained in this way for determining the values of ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) and the values of the index j = 1 ... 7. For this, given that all possible combinations of the values "0" and "1" of the three variables χ _j , υ _j , ζ _j form a closed collection of eight three-digit binary codes, in which the combination χ _j = υ _j = ζ _j = 0 corresponds to situations when the right-hand side of expression (31) vanishes for any values of X _Rswf , Y _Rswf , Z _Rswf , bearing in mind that with this combination, any assignment to the learner, whatever its aspects of preparation and how complex it may be , in fact, becomes equivalent to the "empty task" (see above), putting this combination in accordance Wie value of the index j = 0 and using the binary codes the values of the index j as code combinations coefficient values χ _j, υ _j, ζ _j, the values "1" - as indicators such kinds with a suitable job aspect of preparation, and the values "0" - as indicators of not practiced aspects, the desired correspondence between the values (codes) of indices j = 0 ... 7, codes (combinations) of the coefficients χ _j , υ _j , ζ _j and indicators of the worked out aspects of preparation, together defining expressions for calculating the values ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) of the considered indicators (31) of the effectiveness of the preparation, can be represented in the form shown in table 1.

Table 1 Consistency between aspects and performance indicators of training Value (code) j Code (combination) χ _j , υ _j , ζ _j Indicators of training aspects "knowledge" "skills" "skills" 0 (000) 000 (0,0,0) 0 0 0 1 (001) 001 (0,0,1) 0 0 1 2 (010) 010 (0,1,0) 0 1 0 3 (011) 011 (0,1,1) 0 1 1 4 (100) 100 (1,0,0) 1 0 0 5 (101) 101 (1,0,1) 1 0 1 6 (110) 110 (1,1.0) 1 1 0 7 (111) 111 (1,1,1) 1 1 1

As a comment on this table, it should be noted that the codes of the values of index j, the codes of combinations of the values of the coefficients χ _j , υ _j , ζ _j and the corresponding values of the indicators of the considered aspects of training students describe the location (coordinates) in the XYZ space of the corresponding vertices of the above unit cube, and the corresponding values of the index j are the numbers (numbering order) of these vertices.

Concluding a very detailed consideration of expression (31), it is necessary to recall that the performance indicators of the processes of individual automated training of students described by him and Table 1 were obtained under the assumption that they would carry out the corresponding tasks in a timely and correct manner, i.e. without taking into account the actual effectiveness of these processes, evaluated using the corresponding features (6), (9) and indicators (12) - (15), and thus characterize only the theoretically possible (ideal) options for its development that are most favorable for achieving the training goals. At the same time, expression (31) can also be used as the basis for constructing expressions for typical performance indicators of the automated training of real students, i.e. taking into account the actual (real) values of the signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and the correctness of δ _Rswf of their fulfillment of the corresponding tasks, the values of which are determined in accordance with expressions (6) and (9). For this, the right-hand side of expression (31) is enough to modify in such a way that when finding the value of its first factor (dividend), the values of these signs are used. As a result of such modifications, the expressions for three typical performance indicators of individual training, taking into account its real effectiveness when practicing only one aspect, for example, “knowledge”, which is identified by index j = 4 in table 1, can be easily obtained in the following form:

In the left parts of these expressions for the respective performance indicators, for definiteness, it is assumed that their relative numbers j = 8 ... 10 continue the numbering of indicators used in the first column of table 1. We also explain that the indicators (32) - (34) defined in this way can be used in evaluating the effectiveness of theoretical training of the wth, w = 1 ... W, trained in working out the sth, s = 1 ... S _R , SAP in the main mode of operation of H _R IFCs, taking into account, respectively, timeliness, correctness, timeliness (correctness) correctly (its temporarily) made them targets for the development of relevant knowledge quantum. It is easy to show that the values ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) ∈ [0.0 ... 1.0], j = 8 ... 10, indicators (32) - (34) can only in principle reach t _m = t _{M the} right boundary of the interval changes in their values. For this, it is necessary to fulfill the LU σ _Rswf = δ _Rswf = 1, in which expressions (32) - (34) coincide with their corresponding expression (31) with j = 4 to evaluate the effectiveness of training in the aspect of “knowledge”. It is also obvious that analogous to the described expressions (32) - (34) typical performance indicators of individual training can be determined for other values of the index j, j ≠ 4 used in them, i.e. for other aspects of training and their aggregates considered (see table 1).

By way of summarizing the foregoing, it is easy to show that similarly relevant indicators of individual training performance can be determined in the aggregate of training scenarios implemented in each of the main operating modes of the proposed IFC, in the aggregate of modes and EPS, as well as in the aggregate of aspects, modes and EPS. For this, by analogy with expressions (23) and (28), on the right-hand sides of the corresponding expressions of the form (31) - (34), for the corresponding performance indicators of the preparation, it is necessary to introduce the corresponding additional summation operations, and from the left-hand sides, exclude the indices by which these operations are performed . According to this general scheme, from expression (31) with j = 7 for the indicator ψ _ri7Rsf (t _m ) of individual training of students according to the totality of all three aspects under consideration, for example, the corresponding expression for the indicator of the individual automated training of wth, w = 1 ... W, trained on the same set of aspects in both main IFC operation modes for all SAPs implemented in them, having the form:

in which j = 11, the notation Σ Σ Σ (t _M ) adopted in expression (23) is used in the first factor (divisible) with respect to t _m , and in the second factor (divisor) - in accordance with the definition.

Based on the above and expressions (24), (28), (29), an expression can be generated to determine the current relative personal contribution of the wth, w = 1 ... W, trained in the total potential effectiveness of individual preparation of all W ₀ differing in content the activities of the relevant OTP persons of the particular RIUS under consideration trained in the aggregate of all aspects in both the main IFC operating modes for all SAPs implemented in them for the entire time t _M training. For this, the right-hand side of expression (24), taking into account the data in Table 1, is denoted by the same as in expression (35), the variable V _7Rswf , we substitute this variable in the right-hand side of expression (28) instead of the variable ϑ ∧ _Rswf , the resulting expression for the variable ϑ Σ ∧ _w (t _M) in turn substituted in the right side of the expression (29) for the total complexity of all the tasks w ₀ differing contents of the respective individual OTP particular considered RIUS trained define reciprocal of the thus obtained permanent (for a fixed sost yanii database and its corresponding value W ₀₎ values are expanded expression for the variable θ Σ ∧ (t _M), using this value as a factor in the right side of the expression (35) and agree to consider obtained resulting expression as an expression for the generated indicator having view

in which j = 12. From expressions (35) and (36), as above from expression (31), by taking into account the data of table 1 the values of the coefficients χ, υ, ζ in expression (24), a series of expressions can be obtained for the corresponding indicators of the current effectiveness of individual training trainees and their relative personal contributions to its overall result. Similar expressions can be formed in relation to expressions (32) - (34), as well as to similar ones for the corresponding performance indicators of individual training, taking into account its effectiveness for other aspects of training and their combinations. In this connection, however, it is necessary to emphasize the following. When forming the performance indicators of individual training, the total number of J _{RI of} which is not limited, and especially when determining with their help the relative personal contributions of each of the W students to the combined effectiveness of their individual training, it should be borne in mind that even if two different students are among those , the content of the activities of the respective persons of the OTP of the considered RIUS which does not differ, this does not mean at all that their personal contributions should also take the same deciduous meanings. This is possible only under an almost unbelievable condition: independently of each other, they equally (timely or untimely, right or wrong) perform the same sequence of the same individual tasks, that is, they have the same quantitatively efficiency and effectiveness. Only in this case, the quantitative estimates of their personal contributions to the combined effectiveness of their individual training can turn out to be identical. The reverse, of course, is not true, since practically coinciding personal contributions of students to the combined effectiveness of their individual training can be obtained with completely different sequences of tasks and the effectiveness of their implementation.

Considering the above, let us proceed to the formation of typical performance indicators of group training of students, primarily, bearing in mind that N local groups, each consisting of W _n students, are subject to group training, and based on the assumption that the content of individual activity is wth, w = 1 ... W _n , persons of the OTP of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of a particular RIUS from the corresponding group does not coincide with the content of the individual activities of other persons of the OTP of the same group of trainees. The basis of the expression for the current indicator being formed, i.e. at time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, the group preparation _efficiency ψ _РГnjRs (t _m ) n-th, n = 1 ... N, of such local groups as applied to the j-th, j = 1 ... 7, from the combinations of the aspects of training considered above in the corresponding main operating mode H _{R of the} proposed IFC when implementing the corresponding SAP of the students Ξ _Rs, we put the expression (29) already used above to assess the total complexity of the set of all tasks for the students, differing in the content of individual activities relevant OTP persons. Putting W ₀ = W _n in this expression and using expression (31) as the basis of the expression for estimating the total complexity of all tasks w-th, w = 1 ... W _n , to the learner, who are to be executed by him in the corresponding main operating mode of the IFC with the corresponding SAP for a time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, as well as for the whole time t _{M of} training, for the formed group training performance indicator ψ _РГnjRs (t _m ) n-th, n = 1 ... N, of the local group of trainees, we obtain the following general expression

in which the corresponding sum of the coefficients α _{Rsw of} individual significance of the trainees in the composition of their local group is 1. We also note that in this expression all the values of V _jRswf are calculated by formula (24) with the corresponding indices j = 1 ... 7 values of the coefficients χ = χ _j , υ = υ _j , ζ = ζ _j only in relation to the trainees of the nth, n = 1 ... N, local group, although this fact is not explicitly indicated by the corresponding index n in V _jRswf . In addition, the consequence of the use of expression (31) is the limitation (assumption), which consists in the fact that individual tasks by ideal learners of the nth, n = 1 ... N, local group are performed by them in a timely and correct manner. This restriction is removed, as above in the case of indicator (31), by using instead of it the corresponding expressions of the form (32) - (34).

Note that, based on expressions of the form (37), corresponding expressions can be obtained for the performance indicators of group training of students of the nth, n = 1 ... N, local group according to the corresponding sets of aspects under consideration in both main IFC operating modes for all them SAP. For this, by analogy with the formation of an expression of the form (35), on the right-hand sides of the expressions for the corresponding performance indicators of group training of the form (37), it is necessary to introduce the corresponding summation operations and exclude the indices corresponding to these operations from the left-hand sides.

Using the thus obtained indicators of the effectiveness of group training of local groups of students, as above, when determining the indicators of the effectiveness of group training of all the trained personnel of the considered RIUS (see, for example, expression (18)), appropriate expressions for indicators of the effectiveness of training of all personnel can be formed of this system. An example of such an expression is the following.

обозначен порядковый номер этого показателя в общем перечне из J_PГ формируемых рассмотренными или иными способами типовых показателей результативности групповой подготовки обучаемых, обозначения Σ Σ Σ (t_m) и Σ Σ Σ (t_M) имеют такой же смысл, как и в выражении (35), а при выполнении внешней операции усреднения значений соответствующего показателя результативности групповой подготовки n-й, n=1... N, локальной группы использованы те же, что и в выражении (18), значения коэффициентов значимости γ _n соответствующего ФСЭ РИУС в ее предметной структуре.in which the index

the serial number of this indicator is indicated in the general list of J _PG formed by the considered or other methods of typical performance indicators of group training of students, the notation Σ Σ Σ (t _m ) and Σ Σ Σ (t _M ) have the same meaning as in expression (35 ), and when performing the external operation of averaging the values of the corresponding performance indicator of group preparation of the nth, n = 1 ... N, local group, the same values as in expression (18) were used, the values of the significance coefficients γ _{n of the} corresponding FSE RIUS in subject structure.

Summarizing the above, it should be noted that in order to provide an opportunity to assess the effectiveness of individual and group training of students of individual local groups and all RIUS personnel using other indicators in their pre-formed list of J _RIG = J _RI + J _RG indicators, the total number of J _{RIG of} which is not limited, appropriate expressions should be included to determine their meanings.

The values of typical indicators of the efficiency and effectiveness of individual (12) - (18) and group (31) - (38) automated training of students calculated in accordance with the above expressions can be used to optimize the considered UTP both before the implementation and situationally, t. e. directly in the process of preparation. A necessary prerequisite for this is, first of all, the optimality in a certain sense of the SAPs realized at the same time. In order to optimize the real trainees' SAPs to be implemented, in accordance with the claimed automated mechanism for distance training of RIUS personnel, we will use the assumption about the timely and correct completion of tasks by ideal trainees when determining a number of performance indicators. This assumption allows us to build idealized models of the corresponding USP and use them in the management of these processes to achieve real training goals. The essence of these models and the general order of their construction are as follows. Directly from expressions (12) - (18) and (31) - (38), it can be seen that before the start of automated training at time t _o , when the trainees have not yet completed a single task, i.e. F _1Rsw (t ₀ ) = 0, w = 1 ... W, the values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of the preparation are equal to 0.0, and after the time t _{M of the} preparation, i.e. when F _1Rsw (t _M ) = F _0Rsw (t _M ) and if all the tasks by the corresponding trainees are completed in a timely and correct manner, the values of the indicated indicators of efficiency and effectiveness will be equal to 1.0. This allows, guided by the well-known principles of individualization of training and optimization of the corresponding USPs, even before the start of preparation, for example, at time t ₀ using the appropriate PSDs from their pre-formed library, to generate time-optimal diagrams of the implementation of pre-designed EPSs corresponding to the specified condition (assumption) specific students and build the corresponding a priori dependencies of the values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness and individual preparation of time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, determining the largest (upper) estimates of their respective real values. In the course of the automated preparation of specific trainees, the constructed dependencies should be used as potential (limit) trajectories for the development of the corresponding UTP in time, to which their real trajectories need to be brought closer from the bottom, automatically or automatically adopting and implementing the corresponding control decisions. For this, it is necessary to periodically determine the real current values of the indicators used, to predict their values at future time points and thereby the development options for the corresponding private USPs, to assess the degree of closeness of the real dependences of the indicators used to the preparation time for the corresponding ideal dependencies of their values, to predict the outcome of each implemented in accordance with the SAP of the process as a whole optimized in this way and on this basis to manage the totality of such processes in sah achieve the overall training objectives. The real trajectories of changes in the values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of the processes of automated preparation in the XYZ space, obtained in this way, have every reason to be considered as appropriate SAPs optimized in this sense.

Optimal in this sense, SAPs, their corresponding timing diagrams and a priori limit (ideal) dependences of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of automated training on time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, training in the implementation of the proposed mechanism of automated training are formed in accordance with the well-known principle of accessibility and a high level of difficulty of learning, prescribing "to learn, moving from the known to the unknown, from less difficult to more difficult, from complex to more difficult "(see Military Psychology and Pedagogy: Textbook / Ed. by P.A. Korchemny, L.G. Laptev, V.G. Mikhailovsky. - M.: Perfection Publishing House, 1998. - S. 146-148). When implementing the proposed method for automated training of RIUS personnel using IFCs, this principle is implemented using the data presented in Table 1 and the Euclidean metric of the form (30) to determine the distance from the origin of the XYZ space to its arbitrary point with the coordinates of the form (20) corresponding to a separate task .

We will consider one of the possible optimization algorithms for private scenarios of individual training of individuals of OTP RIUS in accordance with the indicated principle with respect to the s-th, s = 1 ... S _R , initial private scenario Ξ _Rs from their set Ξ formed at the stage of preparing the first machine-readable information carrier for storing the database of the proposed IFC. The description of the original particular scenario Ξ _RS ∈ Ξ that is extracted from it, which is, in particular, the set (set) Γ _{Rsw of tasks assigned to the wth} w = 1 ... W learner, designed for use in the process of its individual preparation in the main operating mode Н _R , is subjected to the following four-stage transformation algorithm to the corresponding optimized scenario with the optimal time diagram of the form (5) at time t ₀ .

At the first stage of conversion, the initial set of tasks _{R Rws for the} corresponding student using the data in Table 1 is automatically divided in the general case into eight particular sets Г _jRsw , j = 0 ... 7, the j-th of which includes tasks designed to implement the corresponding j the th row of table 1 of the training aspects and their aggregates, characterized by the corresponding conventional units of knowledge and / or skills and / or skills to be mastered. The set Г _0Rsw , for example, includes “empty tasks”, i.e. not containing any acts of its _technical training subject to completion by the relevant student, in the aggregate Г _1Rsw - tasks for working out only the corresponding conventional units of skills, in the aggregate Г _2Rsw - only the corresponding conventional units of skills, in the aggregate Г _3Rsw - only the corresponding conventional units of skills and t .d. As a result of such a partition, the set of Г _7Rsw , for example, will include tasks for the development of conventional units of knowledge, skills and abilities to be mastered. The partial sets of tasks obtained as a result of such a partition of the initial set of tasks Γ _Rsw obviously satisfy

in which, as above, ⌀ is the symbol of the empty set. It should be noted that as a result of performing this stage of the optimization algorithm with respect to specific scenarios, less than eight sets of tasks under consideration can be generated, since in the initial scenario, in the general case, there may be no tasks corresponding to some lines of table 1.

At the second stage of transformation of the optimized scenario, for each set obtained as a result of the partition, Г _jRsw , j = 0 ... 7, containing Ф _j , Ф _j ≥ 0, tasks, the ordering of the related to it the tasks γ jf∈ Г _jRsw , f = 1 ... Ф _j , in increasing their complexity, characterized by the distance from the corresponding point Δ _Rswf (20) of the space XYZ with coordinates determined in accordance with expressions of the form (19 ), before coordinates so this space. A particular algorithm for performing this step is that the variable j sequentially takes values from 0 to 7 with step 1, and for each of its values, the Ф _j -1-step procedure of successively finding among Ф _j -k + 1, k = 1 ... Ф _j -1, not yet ordered tasks corresponding to the current values of the variables j and k, one for which the used objective function of the form (30) receives the smallest possible value. Using the designation f _jk different from the one used in (5) for the number of the desired job, the generalized expression for finding its value can be represented in the form of the following formal notation of the essence of the particular algorithm under consideration

, оставшийся после выполнения Ф_j-1-го шага этой процедуры. Формируемая в результате ее выполнения последовательность имеет видin which E (XYZ _Rswi ) = E (X _Rswi , Y _Rswi , Z _Rswi ). The number f _jk found in this way is written to the first free (not yet occupied) position in the sequence _{f jRsw of} such numbers formed in this case. Closes this sequence number

remaining after performing Ф _j -1st step of this procedure. The sequence formed as a result of its execution has the form

in which the fragment "f _jk-1 f⇒ f _jk " conditionally indicates the fact of following the k-th, k = 2 ... Ф _j , of the task immediately after the k-1st. As a result of the implementation of this procedure, the obtained numbers of the corresponding tasks for the corresponding student, forming the jth sequence (chain) Ф _jRsw , j = 0 ... 7 thus formed, are located in the order of increasing complexity (in the sense of the metric used) of the tasks on mastering the corresponding conventional units of knowledge, and / or skills, and / or skills.

At the third stage of the described optimization algorithm, from the eight partial sequences Ф _jRsw , j = 0 ... 7, task numbers corresponding to the learner, automatically generated or with the participation of the trainer, their general ordered sequence Ф _Rsw is formed from the generally obtained at the second stage. In this case, the following, for example, a typical arrangement of partial sequences Φ _jRsw , j = 0 ... 7, numbers of ordered tasks and individual elements of these sequences of numbers of tasks in their generated common sequence Φ _Rsw can be implemented. At its beginning, one of the ordered sequences of job numbers is placed, for example, Ф _4Rsw ("knowledge"), after them is another one, for example Ф _2Rsw ("skills"), followed by a third one, for example Ф _6Rsw ("knowledge", "skills""), then the fourth, for example Ф _3Rsw (" skills "," skills "), after them, the fifth, for example Ф _1Rsw (" skills "), then the sixth, for example Ф _5Rsw (" knowledge "," skills ") and, finally, the seventh Ф _7Rsw ("knowledge", "skills", "skills"), "Empty tasks", at the first stage included in their corresponding private sequence Ф _0Rsw , having zero complexity and not affecting the total complexity In this and other possible schemes, the completeness of all tasks to the corresponding student can be embedded in the resulting sequence Ф _Rsw as necessary in almost any of its positions. This fact can be formally reflected by placing the private sequence Ф _0Rsw at the last position of the generated general sequence Ф _Rsw . The result of the implementation of this stage of the described algorithm with this scheme of its implementation can be formally presented in the following form

имеет аналогичный указанному выше смысл. Имея в виду, что возможны и иные схемы реализации этого этапа описываемого алгоритма и учитывая комментарий к таблице 1, небезынтересно отметить, что такую схему весьма полезно геометрически интерпретировать как описывающую соответствующий ей порядок (маршрут) "обхода" пронумерованных вершин упомянутого выше единичного куба в процессе оптимизации САП, а получаемый при этом сценарий представить в рассматриваемом пространстве XYZ в виде соответствующей трехмерной фигуры, наглядно описывающей наиболее предпочтительный (оптимальный) порядок овладевания обучаемыми соответствующими знаниями, умениями и навыками.in which fragment

has the same meaning as above. Bearing in mind that other schemes for implementing this stage of the described algorithm are possible and taking into account the commentary on table 1, it is interesting to note that such a scheme is very useful to interpret geometrically as describing the corresponding order (route) for “traversing” the numbered vertices of the above unit cube in the process optimization of SAP, and the resulting scenario in XYZ in the space in question in the form of a corresponding three-dimensional figure, clearly describing the most preferred (optimal) order ok mastery of students with relevant knowledge, skills.

At the final, fourth, stage of the described algorithm, using the index i to identify the specific sequence construction scheme implemented at its third stage of the form (42), given that the jth, j = j _i , i = 0 ... 7, an element of this of the sequence, in turn, is itself a sequence of the form (41) of numbers f _jk , k = 1 ... Ф _j , of individual tasks, substituting these elements in expression (42) and replacing the symbol “⇒” with a comma, an optimized sequence (chain) of tasks w -mu, w = 1 ... W, the student will receive in the following form

или Σ Ф=F_0Rws(t_M).in which the index Σ Ф the numbers of the last job in their sequence thus obtained is defined as

or Σ Ф = F _0Rws (t _M ).

Describing the described algorithm for optimizing the SAP of individual students as a whole and the given schemes for the implementation of its stages, it should be noted that, in essence, they provide the possibility of implementing an approach to learning, the essence of which, taking into account the above principle, can be defined as the following informal appeal of the student to the student: "Mastering knowledge, reinforce their skills and reinforce skills!". It should also be emphasized that the indicated principle of training and the proposed optimization algorithm for individual SAPs do not exhaust the possibility of using and constructing other objects corresponding to them. In addition, when using the principles and algorithms of optimization of EPS considered and similar to them as applied to the practical FTD of local groups of students and all personnel of a particular RIUS, it is necessary to take into account the need to ensure the simultaneous (coordinated) fulfillment of the corresponding tasks by individual students. For this, when optimizing the scenarios of their group training, it is necessary to design them on the basis of the corresponding sets of previously optimized private individual training scenarios. This observation allows further consideration to lead primarily to such scenarios.

The fact that sequences of the form (43) of numbers of the tasks ordered by increasing complexity of the wth, w = 1 ... W, learner are formed from the corresponding initial sequences of such examples f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ) corresponding to the original The SAP of the trainees at the initial time diagrams of the form (5) allows us to assume that tasks with numbers f ₁ from their optimized sequences of the form (43) are issued by the corresponding trainees, starting from the moment t _{0 of the} general time interval Δ T = (t ₀ ... T ) preparation and execution of tasks such fΣ _F placentas telnostey be completed no later than the time t _M = T time. Under these assumptions, the initial time diagrams of the form (5) of the implementation of the initial EPSs are unambiguously converted into time diagrams of their implementation corresponding to optimized scenarios, differing only in specific quantitative values of the numbers of tasks given in accordance with them to the corresponding trainees and the times of their issuance. In this regard, it should be noted that if, in advance, even before the proposed IFC was placed in the database, all training scenarios for students were optimized in accordance with the algorithms considered and similar to it, then the need for it to be repeated directly during the preparation process can only arise in the case of assigning training to the trainer different from that implemented at its third stage, a sequence formation scheme of the form (42).

окончания выполнения им соответствующего задания. Такое расширенное использование определенных выше и других возможных показателей эффективности и результативности автоматизированной подготовки является корректным при условии, что в течение каждого УКЗ продолжительностью Δ t₀ каждым обучаемым выполняется не менее одного задания. Практически же количество заданий, выполняемых каждым обучаемым на каждом таком занятии, существенно больше одного, в связи с чем для их общего количества Σ Ф заведомо выполняется ЛУ Σ Ф>>М. Это позволяет применительно, например, к показателям результативности вида (31) привести следующее эквивалентное ему выражениеUsing initially optimal or situationally optimized time diagrams of the form (5) of individual preparation of the corresponding students in the corresponding main mode of operation H _R and the corresponding sequences of the form (43) of the numbers of tasks to be completed during the implementation of the corresponding EPS, it becomes possible to construct the idealized models mentioned above for the corresponding UTP in relation to almost any of the above indicators of the effectiveness and efficiency of preparations sheep Such a model can be built not only in the form of a dependence of the values of each specific indicator on the preparation time t _m = t _m-1 + Δ t ₀ , m = 1 ... M used as its argument, during the corresponding UKZ and / or number m , m = 1 ... M, the corresponding sub-interval Δ t _m , the total preparation time interval Δ T = (t ₀ ... T), as provided for in the corresponding expressions (12) - (18) and (31) - ( 36), but the index k, k = 1 ... Σ f, f _k job number in their respective type sequence (43) to be performed appropriately trained and ispolzuemog in the expression (7) points in time

the completion of his assignment. Such an expanded use of the above and other possible indicators of the efficiency and effectiveness of automated training is correct provided that at least one task is performed by each student during each UKZ with a duration of Δ t ₀ . In practice, the number of tasks performed by each student in each such lesson is substantially more than one, and therefore, for their total number Σ Ф, LU Σ Ф >> M is certainly performed. This allows us to apply, for example, to performance indicators of the form (31) the following equivalent expression

имеет такой же смысл, как и в выражении (31), а конечное значение Σ Ф индекса суммирования у второй суммы равно f_0Rsw(t_M). Аналогичные приведенному выражения для других показателей результативности подготовки, соответствующих формируемым на основе выражения (31) с использованием данных таблицы 1, в частности, описываемым выражениями вида (32)-(38), могут быть сформированы применительно к оптимизированным САП персонала рассматриваемой РИУС в результате реализации рассмотренных выше соответствующих процедур и алгоритмов.in which the index k of the task in their sequence of the form (43) is used as an argument, the indexed variable f _i indicates its corresponding element, the variable

has the same meaning as in expression (31), and the final value Σ Ф of the summation index of the second sum is f _0Rsw (t _M ). Similar to the above expressions for other training performance indicators corresponding to those generated on the basis of expression (31) using the data in Table 1, in particular, described by expressions of the form (32) - (38), can be generated in relation to optimized SAP staff of the considered RIUS as a result of implementation the relevant procedures and algorithms discussed above.

окончания их выполнения. Этим обеспечивается возможность не только ситуационно применять различные варианты маркировки оси абсцисс при представлении результатов оценки эффективности и результативности подготовки обучаемых в виде графиков соответствующих зависимостей, а именно: временными отметками t_m, t=1... М, моментов окончания проводимых УКЗ, соответствующими им номерами m, m=1... М, индексами k, k=1... Σ Ф номеров f_k отработанных на них заданий и моментами времени

окончания их выполнения, не только анализировать получаемые зависимости с соответствующих этим маркировкам точек зрения, но и более адекватно формировать соответствующие уравнения предсказания и точнее определять их значения в будущем не только применительно к следующим за текущим УКЗ, но и применительно к выполняемым на них отдельным заданиям. В свою очередь это позволяет значительно повысить точность прогнозирования вариантов дальнейшего развития рассматриваемых УТП и их исходов, а в конечном счете - создать и использовать новые предпосылки и возможности для оптимизации управления этими процессами.Summarizing the above, it is necessary to emphasize that the above interpretation of the indicators used is not alternative to the previously considered and characterized by indicators of the form (12) - (18) and (31) - (38), but its significant extension, since it allows one to establish mutually unambiguous correspondence between the values of these indicators and their arguments, which can be used as the ending time t _m , m = 1 ... M, individual UKZ, their numbers m, m = 1 ... M, indices k, k = 1 ... Σ P, f _k corresponding job numbers and trained in corresponding to sequences of the form (43) and instants

the end of their implementation. This provides the opportunity not only to situationally apply various options for marking the abscissa axis when presenting the results of evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of training students in the form of graphs of the corresponding dependencies, namely: time marks t _m , t = 1 ... M, the completion moments carried out by UKZ, corresponding to them indices m, m = 1 ... M, indices k, k = 1 ... Σ Ф numbers f _{k of the} tasks worked out on them and moments of time

the completion of their implementation, not only to analyze the obtained dependencies from the points of view corresponding to these markings, but also to more adequately formulate the corresponding prediction equations and more accurately determine their values in the future, not only with respect to the current ones, but also with regard to individual tasks performed on them. In turn, this allows one to significantly increase the accuracy of forecasting options for the further development of the considered UTP and their outcomes, and ultimately to create and use new prerequisites and opportunities for optimizing the management of these processes.

Taking into account that particular algorithms for calculating the values of specific indicators of efficiency of the type (12) - (18) and the effectiveness of the type (31) - (38) for individual and / or group automated training of RIUS personnel, including those described by expressions of the form (44), are fully and are unambiguously determined by the corresponding formal expressions given above, and given that the possibilities of determining their values in the process of functioning of the inventive integrated automated mechanism are remote professional The training of RIUS personnel depends on the availability of the appropriate software modules necessary for this in the preformed library of PSDs, as well as on the availability of the necessary constant and variable IDs entered from the database, recorded during the operation of the claimed IFC and stored in its corresponding memory blocks, that the need for a detailed review of these algorithms and PSD for their implementation in this context is absent. This allows us to move on to a summary of the essence based on the use of the introduced standard indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of the automated preparation of the proposed algorithms for the automated control of the considered USP. For the sake of clarity and concreteness, we agree that the registration of the ID necessary to determine the current values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of the processes of automated preparation, storing them in the corresponding memory blocks of the claimed IFC and calculating the current values of the used indicators are carried out during its functioning during the current UKZ on as the ID appears, and the current management decisions are automatically taken and implemented as appropriate situations. At the same time, we also agree to believe that the analysis of the results of automated training of students accumulated over the past UKZ, forecasting the further development of the relevant USPs, as well as the adoption of management decisions aimed at optimizing the relevant USPs during the subsequent UKZ and achieving the general goal of automated training, are carried out at the end every lesson.

Under these assumptions, the purpose of automated training in accordance with the claimed automated method of training and the IFC functioning algorithm considered below for the implementation of its implementation in terms of content, we agree to consider achieved, and therefore, the possibility of making a decision on its completion if if at time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, the end of the relevant UKZ is guaranteed to provide the required levels of individual and group preparedness of students, assessed using the used performance indicators of the corresponding USP, and at the same time, predetermined threshold values of the used indicators of their effectiveness are exceeded. From a formal point of view, it is logical to consider the above conditions met if all the logical variables (LPs) corresponding to them take the value "true"("true"). Otherwise, when at least one of such conditions is not satisfied, i.e. the corresponding medicinal product takes the value ″ false "(" false "), the goal of automated training is considered to be not yet achieved, and therefore, the automated training of personnel of the considered RIUS should be continued for at least one more UKZ.

A significant part of the formulated in this way LU form J _EIG = J _EI × W + J _EG conditions describing the situation in which at some point in time t _m ∈ Δ T, m = 1 ... M, the preparation of all W students using the claimed IFC values ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ), j = 1 ... J _EI , all J _{EI of} individual performance indicators used and ψ _EGnjRs (t _m ), j = 1 ... J _EG , and all J _{EG of} used performance indicators group training, belonging to the range [0.0 ... 1.0] by virtue of their determination using expressions of the form (12) - (18), turn out to be no less than their corresponding of the required quantities ψ _0EIj , j = 1 ... J _EI , ψ _0EIj , j = 1 ... J _EG . From a formal point of view, it is logical to expect that, starting from a certain point in time t _m , t _m ≤ T, all J _EIGs characterizing the specified situation of the LA of the form

where J _EIG ≥ W + 1, and the index "EIG" is used to record one LU instead of J _EIG .

In addition to performing LU of the form (45), in order to achieve the stated goal of automated training of students, it is also necessary to exceed the values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of individual and group training of their predetermined threshold values. Therefore, the other part of the corresponding LNs is formed by J _RIG = J _RI × W + J _{RG of} conditions characterizing a situation similar to that described by LU (45), in which the values ψ _RIjRsw (t _m ), j = 1 ... J _RI , of all J _RI used individual performance indicators and the values ψ _RGjRs (t _m ), j = 1 ... J _RG , all J _{RG of the} used group training performance indicators, which also belong, by virtue of their determination using expressions of the form (31) - (38) to the interval [0.0 ... 1.0], turn out to be at some point in time t _m ∈ Δ T no less than their corresponding required quantities ψ _0Ріj , j = 1 ... J _RI , ψ _0РГj , j = 1 ... J _РГ . As above, from a formal point of view, it is also logical to expect that starting from a certain moment in time t _m , t _m ≤ T, in addition to conditions (45), all j _rigs characterizing the specified situation of LAs of the form

where J _RIG ≥ W + 1, and the RIG index is used to record one LU instead of J _RIG .

Putting in correspondence with the jth, j = 1 ... J _EIG , LU of the form (45) LP U _ЭRsj , j = 1 ... J _EIG , and the jth, j = 1 ... j _RIG , LU of the form (46) - LP U _PRsj , j = 1 ... J _RIG taking the above values, the set of U _ЭPRs defined in this way LP will formally be presented in the following form

To achieve the above goal of automated training of students and the adoption of an appropriate management decision on the possibility of its completion on the basis of the analysis of the set (47) of the meanings of the U U _ERsi , U _ERsj ∈ U _ERs , j = 1 ... J _ER containing J _ER = J _EIG + J _RIG , J _ER ≥ 2 × (W + 1), LN, calculated according to relations (45) and (46), in the course of the UTP in the general case, in all appropriate predefined and situationally optimized SAPs, all predefined and situationally optimized EPSs should be implemented , in accordance with them should be carried out in advance provided У UKZ, during each UKZ, timely assignments should be given to each trainee and appropriate support should be provided for the processes of their implementation, with a certain frequency or as necessary (according to the decision of the trainer), the current efficiency and effectiveness of these processes should be evaluated, their current statuses analyzed, private or management decisions appropriate to their current conditions, aimed at optimizing auto processes, are automatically or automatically adopted and implemented matized training.

Taking into account that the corresponding actions shown in FIGS. 1a and 1b according to the claimed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel are further explained in the context of the description of the structural schemes of individual units and the unified IFC for its implementation, as well as in the context of the description of private and general algorithms for their functioning, here we restrict ourselves to the consideration of the main features of the formation, adoption and implementation of private control decisions aimed at optimizing the process automated training RIUS.

The management of individual and group automated training of students in accordance with the claimed method in the appropriate operating modes of the proposed IFC is based on a rational combination of automatic and automated, i.e. with the participation of the trainer, performing the relevant functions and procedures. Such procedures include, in particular, analysis of the proximity of the obtained actual dependencies of the used indicators from the considered parameters to their respective ideal dependencies, the actual and predicted values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of training, directions (trends) in the development of the corresponding USP and the adoption of necessary or automatic training decisions in the interests of their optimization. In this case, various rules (algorithms, procedures, etc.) can be used to develop (justify) and make such decisions. Such rules can be based, for example, on the results of assessing the proximity of the actual dependencies of the indicators used to ideal dependencies, analyzing the preceding decision making time and the predicted future values of the used effectiveness indicators and the effectiveness of individual and group training of students, assessing the degree of coincidence (discrepancy) of their current values with previously predicted values, comparisons of relative increments of current and forecasted values, as well as based on the results of automatic determination and analysis of the set (47) of the LP values calculated according to the LA of the form (45), (46) and others. According to the results of such an analysis, management decisions can be made automatically or with the participation of a trainer, taking into account, for example, that for some indicators conditions of the form (45) and (46) can be fulfilled “with a margin”, for others - “barely”, and for third - not done at all.

, окончания их выполнения, к их соответствующим идеальным зависимостям от соответствующих аргументов. Необходимые для такой оценки формальные соотношения рассмотрим, например, применительно к идеальной зависимости показателя результативности индивидуальной теоретической подготовки w-го, w=1... W, обучаемого, формируемой в соответствии с выражением вида (44) по отношению к четвертой, т.е. j=4, строке ("знания") таблицы 1, и соответствующим этому выражению фактическим зависимостям результативности подготовки, характеризуемым выражениями вида (32)-(34), от номера k выполненного задания в их оптимизированной последовательности вида (43). Для этого вместо фигурирующего в левых частях этих выражений значения t_m и используемого в их правых частях значения F_1Rsw (t_m) используем соответствующие им значения номера k выполненного задания в их последовательности вида (43), вместо индекса f суммирования - индекс i, вместо номера f задания - его номер f_i в этой последовательности, а вместо значения F_0Rsw(t_M) - значение Σ Ф. Преобразуя таким образом, например, выражение (32) для оценки результативности подготовки w-го, w=1... W, обучаемого с учетом фактической своевременности выполнения им соответствующих заданий, близость Σ Δ _РИ4Rsw(k) соответствующей ему зависимости от номера k задания к соответствующей идеальной зависимости вида (44) оценим на основе вычитания из ее значений соответствующих значений фактической зависимости. При этом ее близость Σ Δ _РИ4Rsw(k) к идеальной зависимости для k уже выполненных к моменту времени t_m, w=1... М, заданий можно определить, например, в соответствии с выражениемIf there are LPs in set (47) with false values indicating that at the time t _m ∈ Δ T not all the corresponding LLs have been fulfilled, and therefore there are no formal grounds for making appropriate decisions, automatic or automated analysis can be subjected to evaluation results obtained proximity actual dependency indicators used on their arguments consideration - specific moments of time t _m, m = 1 ... M, the respective closure UKZ, their numbers m, m = 1 ... M, ind ksov k, k = 1 ... Σ F, numbers running jobs f _k, time points

, the end of their execution, to their respective ideal dependencies on the corresponding arguments. We will consider the formal relationships necessary for such an assessment, for example, in relation to the ideal dependence of the performance indicator of the individual theoretical preparation of the wth, w = 1 ... W, trainee, formed in accordance with an expression of the form (44) with respect to the fourth, i.e. . j = 4, the row (“knowledge”) of Table 1, and the actual dependencies of training performance, characterized by expressions of the form (32) - (34), corresponding to this expression, on the number k of the completed task in their optimized sequence of the form (43). For this, instead of the value of t _m appearing on the left-hand sides of these expressions and the value F _1Rsw (t _m ) used in their right-hand sides, we use the corresponding values of the number k of the completed task in their sequence of the form (43), instead of the summation index f, the index i, instead the task number f is its number f _i in this sequence, and instead of the value F _0Rsw (t _M ) it is the value Σ F. Thus, for example, transforming expression (32) for evaluating the preparation _{efficiency of the wth} , w = 1 ... W, trained taking into account the actual timeliness of their implementation evaluating tasks, the proximity Σ Δ _РИ4Rsw (k) of the corresponding dependence on the task number k to the corresponding ideal dependence of the form (44) is estimated based on subtracting the corresponding values of the actual dependence from its values. Moreover, its proximity Σ Δ _РИ4Rsw (k) to the ideal dependence for k tasks already completed by time moment t _m , w = 1 ... M, can be determined, for example, in accordance with the expression

используется в определенном выше смысле. Непосредственно из этого выражения, в частности, видно, что, если все задания соответствующему обучаемому из последовательности вида (43) выполняются им своевременно, т.е.

, i=1... Σ Ф, то определяемая таким образом мера близости рассматриваемых зависимостей принимает максимальное значение 1.0, а в противном случае, т.е. когда все задания выполняются не своевременно, ее значение минимально и равно 0.0, так как в этом случае

, i=1... Σ Ф. При других исходах значения Σ Δ _РИ4Rsw(k) определяемой таким образом мера близости (48) рассматриваемых зависимостей удовлетворяют ЛУ 0.0<Σ Δ _PИ4Rsw(k)<1.0. Это позволяет формировать соответствующие абсолютные и/или относительные критерии принятия направленных на оптимизацию соответствующих УТП управляющих решений с учетом результатов выполнения соответствующим обучаемым k-го задания из их оптимизированной последовательности вида (43). Примером относительного критерия, соответствующего выражению (48), может служить ЛУin which the variable

used in the sense defined above. Directly from this expression, in particular, it is clear that if all the tasks for the corresponding student from a sequence of the form (43) are completed by him in a timely manner, i.e.

, i = 1 ... Σ Ф, then the measure of proximity of the considered dependencies thus determined takes the maximum value of 1.0, otherwise, i.e. when all tasks are not completed in a timely manner, its value is minimal and equal to 0.0, since in this case

, I = 1 ... Σ F. For other outcomes values _RI4Rsw Σ Δ (k) determined in this way close the measure (48) The dependence satisfy LU 0.0 <Σ Δ _PI4Rsw (k) <1.0. This allows the formation of appropriate absolute and / or relative criteria for the adoption of control decisions aimed at optimizing the corresponding USP, taking into account the results of the corresponding trainee's kth task from their optimized sequence of the form (43). An example of a relative criterion corresponding to expression (48) is LU

the fulfillment of which can serve as a basis for the educator to draw a conclusion about an acceptable approximation of the actual considered dependence to the corresponding ideal one and make an adequate decision on this basis.

можно расширить это множество и, следовательно, возможности использования его элементов при принятии соответствующих управляющих решений.Obviously, similarly, on the basis of the standard indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of individual and group training of students studied above, expressions can be obtained to assess the closeness of their actual dependencies on other arguments to the corresponding ideal dependencies for other aspects of training and their combinations defined by Table 1, as well as Criteria and corresponding LU are defined for adoption of corresponding managing decisions As above with respect to expressions of the form (45) and (46), setting the PL U _FIRsj , j = 1 ... J _FI , where J _FI is the total number of used LAs of the form (49), in accordance with each of them and adjusting the definition (47) the set of U _{ERs of the} considered LPs by adding a logical component

it is possible to expand this set and, therefore, the possibility of using its elements in the adoption of appropriate control decisions.

окончания их выполнения в интересах прогнозирования соответствующих УТП и управления ими в соответствующих основных режимах работы заявляемого МФК в соответствии с оптимизированными САП.Given the foregoing, we turn to the consideration of algorithms for constructing equations for predicting the future values of the considered typical indicators of RIUS personnel preparedness depending on the values of specific moments of time t _m , m = 1 ... M, the end of the corresponding UKZ, and / or their numbers used as their arguments m, m = 1 ... M, and / or indices k, k = k ... Σ Ф, numbers of tasks f _k, and / or time points

the completion of their implementation in the interests of predicting the corresponding USP and managing them in the corresponding main operating modes of the proposed IFC in accordance with optimized EPS.

The variables or conditionally constant IDs necessary to construct the equations for predicting the further development of the implemented USP with the considered arguments of the used indicators of their efficiency and effectiveness and the corresponding options for marking the abscissa axis when presenting the results of assessment and prediction of preparedness of students in the form of graphs of the corresponding dependencies are I ₂ , I ₀ ≤ I ≤ I _{2 1,} the latter already defined values used by each particular performance indicator and / or D ultativnosti individual and / or group of the automated preparation of students, and the result of the prediction I _3, I 1≤ _3, the future values of this index. The predictive model corresponding to the specified ID, results, and a specific prediction equation can be constructed using a number of well-known methods, algorithms, and programs for solving similar problems. In particular, when using the widely known method of group accounting of arguments (see, for example, Ivakhnenko A.G., Zaichenko, Yu.P., Dimitrov V.D. Decision-making on the basis of self-organization. - M.: Soviet Radio, 1976, p. 117-139) and the algorithms and programs that implement it, the corresponding prediction equation (P) can be, in particular, in the form:

The left-hand side of this equation shows the predicted value of ψ _{Пω +1} (I) corresponding to the considered indicator of the function ψ (ω, I) of the used argument ω, calculated according to the expression in its right-hand side using I of the previously determined actual and / or predicted values of this functions, I is the automatically calculated value of its parameter, numerically equal to the number of its values preceding the determined value ψ _{Пω +1} (I) and taken into account when analyzing the corresponding IDs, 2≤ I≤ I ₁ , ab _i , i = 0 ... I , - also matically calculated prediction coefficients of equation (50). When using other well-known forecasting methods, for example, using spline functions, appropriate algorithms and programs for solving similar problems, the forecasting model can be constructed in the form of the corresponding dependences of the predicted value ψ _{Пω +1} (I) of the used indicator (function) on the calculated actual and / or values predicted by him (her).

i=1... I₃, соответствующей этому показателю функции ψ _jRs(ω ,I), определим следующие формальные ЛУHaving agreed further to the integer variable ω to designate the current value of any of the possible arguments defined above for any of the used J _ERIG indicators of effectiveness (E) and / or effectiveness (P) of individual (I) and / or group (G) training of students, to ensure the possibility of adoption necessary control decisions, taking into account the results of comparing the last I ₃ , 1 ≤ I ₃ calculated actual (Ф) values ψ _ФjRs (ω -I ₃ + i), i = 1 ... I ₃ , j-th, j = 1 .. . J _ERIGO used indicator, including, of course, its current value _FjRs ψ (ω), with anee predicted values

i = 1 ... I ₃ corresponding to this indicator of the function ψ _jRs (ω, I), we define the following formal

in which abs (h) is the function of determining the absolute value of the value of h. If under these notations for all j = 1 ... J _ERIG and all i = 1 ... I ₃ LUs of the form (51) are satisfied, then this indicates that the compared values practically coincide. In turn, this can serve as a training basis for the conclusion on the stabilization of the values of the indicators used at the level ψ _ФjRs (ω) and the adoption of an appropriate control decision.

с пороговым значением ε _OП тaкиx приращений. Величины соответствующих приращений для j=1... J_эриг и i=1... I₃ при этом могут определяться согласно выражениям вида:If the LA of the form (51) is not fulfilled, an automatic analysis or with the participation of a trainer can be subjected, for example, to a comparison of the relative increments of the last I ₃ actual values ψ _ФjRs (ω -I ₃ + i), i = 1 ... I ₃ , used indicators j = 1 ... J _ERIG and / or their previously predicted corresponding values

with the threshold value ε _OP takix increments. The values of the corresponding increments for j = 1 ... J _erig and i = 1 ... I ₃ can be determined in accordance with expressions of the form:

соответственно.In these expressions, the actual and previously predicted according to the equation of prediction of the form (50) i-th, 1 ... I ₃ , values of the j-th, j = 1 ... J _ERIG , and the preparedness indicator of the trainees are denoted by ψ _ФjRs (ω -I ₃ + i-1) and

respectively.

значений j-го, j=1... J_ЭРИГ, используемого показателя на основе автоматизированного анализа последовательности результатов сравнения этих приращений с их пороговым значением ε _ОП. Такие решения могут быть приняты или не приняты, если, в частности, для одного, нескольких или всех сравниваемых величин относительных приращений для одного, нескольких или всех используемых показателей подготовленности выполняется одно, несколько или все заданные ЛУ, записываемые в следующем общем виде:Control decisions aimed at optimizing the training of students can be made using the increments of the actual Δ ψ _ФjRs (ω -I ₃ + i) and predicted according to expressions of the form (52) and (53)

values of j-th, j = 1 ... J _ERIG , of the used indicator based on an automated analysis of the sequence of results of comparing these increments with their threshold value ε _OD . Such decisions may or may not be made if, in particular, for one, several, or all of the compared relative increments, for one, several, or all of the preparedness indicators used, one, several, or all of the specified LUs are written in the following general form:

Here (·) denotes the arguments (indices) of the left-hand sides of expressions (52) and (53), and the symbol ¤ is a specific operation from their set Θ = {<, ≤, =, ≈, ≠, ≥,>}.

, можно вновь расширить это множество и, как и выше, возможности использования его элементов при управлении рассматриваемыми УТП. Получаемое такими образом расширенное множество (47) ЛП обеспечивает возможность принятия различного рода управляющих решений, направленных на оптимизацию УТП, достижение цели автоматизированной подготовки и ее успешное завершение (исход).In addition to those described by expressions (51) - (54), when making management decisions in order to optimize the automated training of personnel for a specific RIUS in accordance with the claimed training method using the proposed IFF, other similar conditions and rules can be used for its implementation. Putting, as above with respect to expressions (45), (46) and (49), in correspondence with each LN of the form (51), (54) _LF U _FPRsj , j = 1 ... J _FP , where J _FP is the total the number of LNs of the form (51) and (54), and again adjusting the definition (47) of the set U _{ERRs of the} considered _{LRs by} adding the components to it

, you can again expand this set and, as above, the possibility of using its elements in the management of the considered USP. Obtained in this way, the expanded set (47) of LP provides the possibility of making various kinds of control decisions aimed at optimizing the USP, achieving the goal of automated preparation and its successful completion (outcome).

A number of management decisions for the implemented UTP can be made on the basis of an automatic or automated analysis of the results of assessing the impact of the current values of the used indicators of personnel training of a typical RIUS on the quality of its functioning under the conditions of typical WF. Such an assessment can be obtained using the well-known and widely used in assessing the quality of functioning of complex systems, the method of their simulation (see, for example, Buslenko NP Modeling complex systems. - M .: Nauka, 1978. - P.75- 113). The typical modeling algorithm corresponding to this method, which provides the opportunity to obtain the necessary results, is a sequence of software-implemented procedures for assessing the quality of functioning of the N components of a typical RIUS and the system as a whole by computer simulation of their operation under the conditions of typical WF over a sufficiently long model interval (m) time t _m ∈ Δ T _m their consideration as ergatic systems. At the same time, it is assumed that their APS and personnel possess predetermined probabilistic-temporal and psychophysiological characteristics, and personnel also have certain attained by the current time t _m ∈ Δ t _0m , Δ t _0m = (t ₀ ... t _m ], m = 1 ... M, of automated training by the level of professional readiness. In the software implementation of the described algorithm in the general case, various indicators of individual and group preparedness of students and various indicators of the quality of functioning of individual FSE and p considered by RIUS as a whole, limiting itself to consideration of the possibility to assess the quality of functioning of FSE and RIUS as a whole, depending, for example, on achieved levels ψ _EGn = ψ _EGn (t _m ), n = 1 ... N, and ψ _EG = ψ _EG ( t _m ) the effectiveness of group training of their personnel, determined using indicators of the form (17) and (18), respectively, to characterize the quality of functioning of the FSE and RIUS, we will use the indicators of efficiency and stability of their work under the conditions of typical WF. As applied, for example, to the efficiency indicator _{n n of the} functioning of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of a typical RIUS, we agree to assume that its current value is a certain function not only of the model time t _m ∈ Δ T _{m of} program simulation processes i.e. Э _n = Э _n (t _m ), not only from the value reached at the time of the start of the corresponding computational experiment ψ _{EGn of the} used indicator of the effectiveness of group training of system personnel, i.e. E _n = E _n (ψ _EGn ), but also from a given vector φ _{UP of the} characteristics of the conflicting conditions for using RIUS, which determine the values of the components of the probability vectors p _WF manifestations of WF, the probabilities p _{BB of} their impact on its personnel and APS, and from the vector ∂ _ВХ their specified characteristics, represented in the form of values of the corresponding parameters, i.e. E _n = E _n (t _m , ψ _EGn , φ _UP , ∂ _ВХ ). In other words, in the general case, the current one, i.e. at an arbitrary moment of model time t _m ∈ Δ T _m , the functioning efficiency of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of the considered typical RIUS can be estimated in accordance with the following formal expression

in which the value ψ _EGn = ψ _EGn (t _m ) of the used indicator of the effectiveness of group training of personnel of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE at the time t _{m of the} end of the mth, m = 1 ... M, UKZ is determined, for example, in accordance with an expression of the form (17). The individual elements of expression (55) are used further depending on the respective context.

For definiteness, we agree further to assume that a software simulation of the processes of functioning of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE and a typical RIUS as a whole in the conflicting conditions of its application defined by the vector of characteristics φ _UP , which in the general case requires very significant real-time costs and computing resources used by the PC, is usually carried out outside the UKZ, i.e. begins, for example, not earlier than the time moment t _m ∈ Δ t _{0m of the} end of the current m-th, m = 1 ... M, UKZ, is carried out on a time scale substantially accelerated with respect to the RMW of UKZ, and continues taking into account the resources real time until the full results are obtained that are necessary for the adoption of appropriate management decisions on the merits of the next lesson, or until the time it begins. In the course of the corresponding computational (simulation) experiment, as applied to the ergatic process of information processing in the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of the considered RIEC under the indicated conditions of its application, φ _UP as a function of the form (55) can be used, for example, the conditional probability that the random duration τ _VOn (t _M , ψ _EGn , p _WF , p _BB , ∂ _BX ) of the model time of this process does not exceed its predetermined threshold value τ _VPn , i.e. in fact, under the assumption that the processing of information in the FSE under consideration with the participation of its staff is carried out with the required speed, and the reliability of such processing, characterized by the corresponding probability p _DOn (t _M , ψ _EGn , p _WF , p _BB , ∂ _BX ), is not less than a given threshold value p _PDn . With this interpretation of the concept of efficiency, E _n = E _n (t _M , ψ _EGn ) of the functioning of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE, a formal expression for the corresponding indicator of the efficiency of information processing provided that its required reliability can be provided, for example in the following form

in which group preparedness ψ _EGn = ψ _EGn (t _m ) of the staff of the simulated FSE is determined in accordance with an expression of the form (17), Prob (·) - programmatically, i.e. using the corresponding PSDs from their library, the procedure for evaluating the conditional probability of an event described by its corresponding argument in brackets (·) indicated by the well-known simulation method, and the sign | reads as "provided that ...". In this case, the values of the indicated probability are calculated by averaging the product of the values of the corresponding signs of timeliness and the correct implementation of the simulated process, which is used to determine the values of the indicator (14), determined using rules similar to those described by expressions (6) and (9).

Using the values of the coefficients γ _n , n = 1 ... N, the significance of the corresponding FSE in the functional subject structure of the considered RIUS, already involved above in expression (18), the functioning efficiency of this system as a whole with the level of group preparedness ψ _EG determined with its help = ψ _EG (t _m ) of its personnel can be determined (calculated), for example, using the following similar expression of the form

Taking into account expressions of the form (55) - (57), similarly, expressions can be determined for the stability indicators of a typical RIUS in the conditions of its application characterized by the vector φ _UP , the values of which are also calculated during the above simulation experiment. For this, in terms of content, we agree to assume that the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of the considered RIUS functions stably if the fraction of time δ _T , δ is close to zero over a sufficiently long interval of model time Δ T _{m of} simulation of the processes of its operation _T ⊂ Δ T _m , during which its current efficiency is E _n = E _n (t _m , ψ _EGn ), determined, for example, in accordance with expression (56), is less than its predetermined threshold value E _Pn = E _Pn (φ _UP ) With this determination of the stability of functioning of the _n nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE of the considered RIUS, as a corresponding indicator, a function of the same parameters can be used as an efficiency indicator of the form (55), i.e.

Corresponding to this specific function should provide an opportunity to assess the probability of an event consisting in the fact that the current value of an indicator of the form (56) of the functioning efficiency of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE in the considered time interval Δ T _{m of the} simulation is not less than a given threshold value of E _Pn . The corresponding formal expression for such a function can have, for example, the following form

in which, as above, the procedure for calculating the right-hand side is implemented using the corresponding PSD simulation modeling of the functioning of the FSE and RIUS as a whole. Note that in calculating the values of the function Prob (

Using the thus obtained values of the index of stability of functioning of individual FSEs of the considered RIUS, the stability of its functioning as a whole in the conditions of its application characterized by the vector φ _UP by analogy with the evaluation of efficiency can be estimated in accordance with the expression similar to that defined above (57), i.e.

The values determined in accordance with the described algorithm for the sequential calculation of performance indicators (55) - (57) and stability (58) - (60) of individual FSE and the considered RIUS as a whole, their values are used in predicting the outcome of automated training of students using the form described by the expression ( 50) equations for predicting the future values of these indicators, depending on the values of their main arguments, as well as when managing processes of automated group preparation of their rsonalov. Taking into account the previously formulated private and general goals of automated training of the personnel of the RIUS under consideration, a favorable outcome of the considered USP is their development and their subsequent completion, in which the values of all the performance indicators defined above (56) - (57) and stability (59) - (60) the functioning of the FSE and RIUS as functions of time t _M ∈ Δ t _M modeling and the corresponding values of the used indicators of group preparedness of their personnel ψ _EGn , n = 1 ... N, and ψ _{eG are} guaranteed to exceed their given threshold values _{П Pn} , _{П Pn} , n = 1 ... N, _{П P} = _{П P} ( _УП )) and _П = = _П (( _{УП УП} ). Bearing in mind, however, that the condition for exceeding the threshold values of Э _Пn with the corresponding performance indicators (56) of the functioning processes of individual FSEs of the considered RIEC has already been used to determine the corresponding indicators of the stability of their functioning (59), believing in this connection that reuse of the same LU does not lead to qualitatively new results, and also taking into account that these indicators are of a particular nature with respect to the corresponding integral indicator (60), in the future confine ourselves to the possibilities of achieving a favorable outcome of the above understanding of the respective TSS based excess current or predicted values of the performance indicators (57) and resistance (60) of the operation under consideration RIUS corresponding threshold values E _n and Y _n. Corresponding to a favorable outcome in this sense, automated training of LU have the following general form

in which the value of ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t _m ) is determined in accordance with an expression of the form (18). It is clear that the fundamental possibilities for fulfilling these LUs exist as applied to future t _m1 , t _m2 , t _m3 , ..., where t _m1 <t _m2 <t _m3 <..., with respect to the current t _m ∈ Δ T _m , t _m ≤ t _m ≤ t _m1 , the moments of the model time of the software simulation of the processes under consideration, and with respect to future ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t), where t = t _{m + 1} , t _{m + 2} , ..., t _M , in relation to the current ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t _m ) the values of the used indicator of the form (18) the effectiveness of group training of personnel RIUS. This directly follows from the possibility of predicting the development of simulated processes corresponding to the left parts of the above expressions (61) and (62), also based on the construction of prediction equations of the form (50). Moreover, as the argument ω of the corresponding equations, the values of one of the arguments of the corresponding functions indicated in the left-hand sides of the expressions (61) and (62) calculated in the modeling process can be used in turn, while the value of the second argument should be fixed and used as a parameter. Thus, in this situation, in fact, we are talking about predicting the values of the functions E (t _m , ψ _EG ) and U (t _m , ψ _EG ) as functions of two variables - the time t _{m of the} simulation of the processes of functioning of the RIUS and the efficiency ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t), where t = t _{m + 1} , t _{m + 2} , ..., t _M , group training of its staff. It should be noted that in the development of the corresponding PSD simulation modeling, of course, the obvious circumstance should be taken into account that in the general case the professional preparedness of the RIUS personnel changes, in particular, increases not only during the UKZ during its preparation with the use of IFCs, but also during relevant officials of their professional activities using appropriate workstations. This circumstance makes it possible, ceteris paribus, to improve the quality of management of the relevant USP by taking into account the relevant results of forecasting the possibility of achieving a favorable outcome and, on this basis, fully utilize the potential capabilities of the proposed integrated automated mechanism for the professional training of RIUS personnel. To this end, as above, the medicines corresponding to LUs (61) and (62) can be determined in a similar way, as well as to the results of predicting the values of the performance indicators of the RIUS corresponding to their left parts, such drugs can be included in the set (47) and corresponding used in the adoption in the general case with the participation of the trainer of the relevant control decisions.

Examples of training solutions for training content can include, in particular, the following (decision symbols are marked with "<" and ">" on the left and right): "Set the following control parameters: <I ₀ = 4, I ₁ = 6, I ₃ = 5, E _p = 0.90, V _p = 0.75>"," Generate and issue a UIV <Virus> to the student’s panels <Ivanov, Petrov>"," Carry out <multimedia> support for the students <Sidorov, Efimov>"," Predict the change <effectiveness, efficiency> training of students <Fedorov, Mikhailov> after they perform the following <5> tasks "," Predict development of technical training courses for <3> classes ahead "," Assess the expected quality of RIUS functioning in the given conditions with the current level of preparedness of its personnel "," Predict the outcome of automated training of students "," Individual training of students to stop, start group training "and others. Taking into account that some of the above and other examples of the adoption and implementation of control decisions are discussed below in the context of the description of the functioning algorithms of the respective units and the proposed IFC as a whole when carrying out the relevant actions of the described method of training the RIUS personnel, here we restrict ourselves to considering the essence and the algorithm for implementing one of the most important management decisions, also aimed at optimizing the considered USP with the aim of guaranteed achievement of their desired the outcome. In terms of content, this decision can be formulated, for example, in the following general form "Refine the threshold value of the indicator <efficiency> of group training of RIUS personnel". The prerequisites for such a decision can be, in particular, the achievement or non-achievement in the course of preparation of a threshold value of a specified indicator, predetermined, for example, without taking into account the results of predicting the quality of the operation of the RIUS.

According to the indicated solution, a predetermined threshold value of the indicator used, for example, the efficiency ψ _{0EG of} group preparation of the form (18) can be refined, in particular, using the results of predicting the dependences of the effectiveness of E (t _m , ψ _EG ) and stability U (t _m , ψ _EG ) the functioning of the RIUS from the level ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t), where t = t _{m + 1} , t _{m + 2} , ... t _M , group preparedness of its staff. The updated threshold value ψ _{TEG of} this indicator is determined as follows. First of all, the inverse with respect to E (t _m ) = E (t _m , ψ _EG ) and Y (t _m ) = Y (t _m , ψ _EG ) dependences of ψ _EG on E (t _m ) and Y ( t _m ), which, to distinguish between them, are identified by the corresponding characters "E" and "Y" and are formally written as

Then, using the predetermined threshold values of E _P and U _{P of the} used indicators of the efficiency and stability of the operation of the RIUS of the form (57) and (60) under the conditions of its application φ _UP using the obtained dependences of the form (63), specific quantities ψ corresponding to these threshold values are found _EP = ψ (E _P) and ip _UP = ψ (y _n) the effectiveness of group training of its personnel. Further, taking into account that the values ψ of _EP and ψ of _CP obtained in this way can be different in the general case, to eliminate possible ambiguity, the specified required level ψ of _{TEG of the} effectiveness of group training of the personnel of the considered RIEC is assumed to be the largest of them, i.e.

Taking into account the specified value of the required efficiency of the group training of RIUS personnel obtained in this way, estimated, for example, using an indicator of the form (18), if necessary, threshold values ψ _0EGn , n = 1 ... N, the effectiveness of group training of its individual employees can be determined FSE and specified the required levels of effectiveness of individual training of its individuals ψ _0EInw , w = 1 ... W _n . In the simplest case, the threshold value ψ _0EGn estimated with the help of an indicator of the form (17) of the effectiveness of group training of personnel of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE, which is part of RIUS, can be set as equal to the value determined in accordance with the expression (64), i.e. ψ _{0EGn =} ψ _TREG , n = 1 ... N. Taking into account the multiplicative nature of the relationship between the performance indicators of group and individual training of personnel of the nth, n = 1 ... N, FSE, described by expression (17), the required level of individual preparedness of his w-th, w = 1 ... W _n , faces can be determined according to the expression

wherein the degree of W = W _n extracted from the root ψ _0EGn values determined by the total number of factors in the right side of the form (17).

The achievement of threshold values determined in accordance with expressions (63) - (65) of the used indicators of the effectiveness of group and individual training of personnel of the RIUS under consideration in the course of the relevant TSS is a necessary formal prerequisite for the guaranteed fulfillment of the corresponding LUs of the form (45), obtaining the corresponding drugs from their set of the form (47) of values of "true" ("true") and the adoption on this basis of management decisions about the possibility of completing the automated training of students in connection with the achievement of formulated above its purposes and the desired outcome.

Concluding the review of the content and relevant formal provisions of the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, determining its essence and illustrated by the structural diagram shown in figa and fig.1b, and preceding the description of the proposed IFC for the implementation of this method, we make some important remarks. The first of these is as follows. As can be seen from the above, illustrated by this scheme, the proposed method of automated training of RIUS personnel is initially invariant to specific functional and structural features of the construction of the ergatic systems under consideration, the conditions and features of their application and operating modes, performance indicators in normal and conflict conditions, composition and organizational structure personnel subject to training, requirements for the level of their initial professional training (knowledge skills, indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of its automated preparation, as well as to many other private characteristics of the system, conditions of its use, APS and its OTP persons that are to be taken into account when training RIUS personnel. The possibilities of implementing the proposed method in the form of a unified IFC implementing it below, the structural diagram of which is statically shown in Fig. 2, in relation to specific situations of its practical use in training personnel for various types of RIUS are determined, first of all, by the availability of relevant data in the database of the claimed IFC (information, information). When implementing this method using this IFC, specific values formally described using expressions of the form (1) - (12) of the above HELL, ID, UD, RD and KD, as well as other characteristics of a particular RIUS and its parameters can be determined mainly using the results professiogramming the workplaces of relevant specialists in its operation, which can be carried out using the above-mentioned computer program "Profiography". For the automated conversion of the professions of the relevant persons of the OTP of a particular RIUS into the appropriate computer files of the database located on the first computer-readable storage medium, appropriate software must be used to perform the corresponding actions of the method both at the stage of forming the database and directly during the operation of the IFC to implement the method by performing his other actions and operations.

A second remark is connected with this, the essence of which is that in addition to the database previously formed and fixed on the first computer-readable storage medium, on the second same storage medium by properly performing the appropriate actions of the proposed method, the generated PSD library necessary for processing information stored in the database by performing other relevant actions of the proposed method. The composition of this library may include, in particular, and these software tools for the formation and transformation of professiograms. Integrally characterizing this library, it is necessary to emphasize that, using the PSD included in it, in appropriate situations, not only all the data previously prepared and recorded on the first machine-readable storage medium must be processed accordingly, but all the operating modes of the claimed IFC and its corresponding processes must be implemented functioning in the RME in accordance with optimized scenarios (39) - (43), the current values of the used indicators are calculated in a timely manner the effectiveness of the type (12) - (18), the effectiveness of the type (31) - (38), (44) of individual and group training of students, the corresponding LUs of the form (45), (46), (49), (51) - (54), (61), (62) the elements are the set of drugs (47), the values of the used indicators of efficiency (55) - (57) and stability (58) - (60) of the operation of the RIUS are calculated and predicted, updated as necessary in accordance with expressions (63) - (65) predetermined without taking into account the results of predicting the quality of the operation of RIUS threshold values of the used efficiency indicators group and individual training of its staff, to accumulate in the memory blocks of the proposed IFC the current training results, at the end of the UKZ or a sequence of several UKZ, the accumulated results to be further analyzed and used should be recorded on a third computer-readable storage medium, which can then be used as the first machine-readable information carrier, as well as documented with the help of the appropriate information output unit preparation results from the decree by those IDs at which they are obtained.

And, finally, the third observation related to the first two is that in order to ensure the correct execution of the appropriate actions in the implementation of the proposed method and computational operations, in particular, operations of averaging the results of evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of preparation in accordance with expressions (12) - (18) and (31) - (38), the number of tasks to be performed by students in each of the two main operating modes of the proposed IFC when implementing the corresponding EPS should be at least two, at m in the aggregate of all implemented SAPs, developed during the formation of the database and its fixation on the first machine-readable storage medium in accordance with the method, should include at least two scenarios for individual preparation of students, two scenarios for group preparation of local groups of students of OTP corresponding to at least two FSE RIUS under consideration and two scenarios of group training of all trained personnel of this system, supported, of course, by the corresponding PSD, the library of which, as already repeatedly noted, formed by known methods in the form of computer files on a second computer-readable storage medium.

Given the above and going on to consider the purpose and construction features included in the inventive unified IFC for the implementation of a comprehensive method for the automated training of RIUS personnel of individual units, as well as the processes of its functioning in the implementation of the above-mentioned typical operating modes, it is first necessary to emphasize that in industrial implementation of this IFC, all of its hardware blocks can be made (manufactured) using standard elements (nodes, blocks, devices) digital computing technology (see, for example, Handbook of Digital Computer Engineering: Electronic Computing Machines and Systems / B.N. Malinovsky, V.Ya. Aleksandrov, V.P. Boyun. - K .: Technika, 1980), unified microprocessor sets and kits (see, for example, Handbook of microprocessor devices / A.A. Molchanov, V.I. Korneychuk, V.P. Tarasenko, D.A. Rossoshinsky. - K .: Technics, 1987), standard input devices - information output (keyboards, manipulators, displays, drives on flexible and hard magnetic and optical disks, device st documenting, etc.) that are part of the PC and microcomputer (see, for example, Personal computers and microcomputers. Organization Basics: Directory / A.A. Myachev, V.N. Stepanov. - M .: Radio and communications, 1991), well-known means of information exchange (see, for example, Application of microprocessor means in information transmission systems / B.Ya. Sovetov, O.I. Kutuzov, Yu.A. Golovin, Yu.V. .Avetov. - M.: Higher School, 1987), widely used in the construction of various kinds of multifunctional complexes of the corresponding purpose (see, for example, Educational machines, systems and complexes: Reference book / V.K. Samofalov, V.G. Slipchenko, V .A. Novikov, V.I. Korneychuk, V.N. Soroko. - K.: Vishcha school, 1986) based on computer systems, systems and networks (see, for example, Computer systems, systems we and networks / AM Larionov, S. A. Mayorov, G. I. Novikov. - L .: Energoatomizdat, 1987), as well as in the design and unification of automated (computerized) training complexes and systems (see, for example, Training systems / V.E. Shukshunov, Yu.A. Bakulov, V.N. Grigorenko et al. - M .: Mashinostroenie, 1981), including those created using artificial intelligence technologies (see, for example, RF patent №2018966 "Intellectual method supporting the activities of the crew of the aircraft ") and virtual reality (see, for example, RF patents No. 2149462" Virtua helicopter simulator ", No. 2191432" Aircraft virtual simulator ").

Integrally characterizing the possibilities of creating (forming) a database and library of PSDs, which are the basis of special IO and software of the proposed unified IFC, and recording of computer files corresponding to them, respectively, on the first and second machine-readable storage media, which are integral parts of the proposed complex automated Drainage mechanism distance training of RIUS personnel, it should be emphasized that with its industrial implementation, the DB and the JMP library could Ut can be created using well-known methods, algorithms, technical solutions and extensive experience in the practical use of modern information technologies for designing knowledge and data bases, software for information processing and control systems in RMB, expert systems, artificial intelligence systems and intelligent decision support systems (see ., for example, Artificial Intelligence: In 3 books, Book 1 Communication systems and expert systems: Handbook / Ed. E.V. Popova. - M .: Radio and communication, 1990, p. 261-342, 388-399; RF patents No. 2092895 “Device for the representation and use of knowledge”, No. 2092900 “System for obtaining creative artificial intelligence”, No. 2133498 “System for the intellectual support of the commander of a ship”, etc.). In this case, the most effective known methods of computer-aided design of various types of previously mentioned scenarios for the implementation of traditional and distributed UTLs, very complex software products for spatially dispersed distance learning systems, generally equipped with so-called software shells, can be used (see, for example, RF patent No. 2211482 "Methods and systems of software shells"), modern means of maintaining the database and software-implemented processes for processing information the state of affairs in the current state, their protection against various types of EF, deliberate influences and malicious programs used in this case (see, for example, RF patent No. 2137185 "A way to comprehensively protect information processing in computers from unauthorized access, software bookmarks and viruses"), as well as backup and recovery tools for IO and software after such actions (see, for example, RF patent No. 2208834 "Method and system for restoring database integrity in a partitioned database system without sharing ores using shared virtual drives and machine-readable media for them. ")

Turning to the considerations of the individual functional blocks of the proposed unified IFC for the implementation of the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, it should be emphasized that the current state of industrial implementation of the proposed integrated automated mechanism "Drainage" for remote training of RIUS personnel equipped with machine-readable media information for storing removable library frame modules and databases on the models of specialists, knowledge, skills of trainees, scenarios and results of training of RIUS personnel (see below), gives sufficient reasons to continue the description of the considered group of inventions under the assumption that the databases and library of MPS are formed, properly equipped with appropriate means of protection and restoration of their performance and recorded in the form of computer files on the first and second computer-readable media, respectively.

The learning console 201, having a logical number (code) w = 0, defining its email address A ₀ as one of the main FSE of the proposed IFC, is designed to provide the learner with the ability to perform its automated actions to manage the training of students in accordance with the claimed method using the proposed IFC for its implementation. Using the described learning console, he fulfills all his control functions (actions) for making decisions, in particular, about the starting values of all the system parameters listed above, about the specific operating mode of the claimed IFC from the list of N modes to be implemented during at least one UKZ, about a specific scenario of automated training in this mode, about the start time of the first UKZ in accordance with the selected scenario, about the values of the variable parameters of the corresponding USP (for example, periodicity and assessments of preparedness of trainees), on indicators for assessing the preparedness of trainees and the quality of RIUS functioning, on an algorithm for predicting their future values and on LU for making decisions on managing the preparation process in the selected mode of the complex, on the relevant parameters and threshold values of the selected indicators, forecasting algorithm and LU for the adoption of appropriate control decisions, the formation and issuance of appropriate control actions on the relevant USP, about the values of control parameters of these processes and their effects, etc. The actions of the trainer are provided by his described console by receiving 202 messages addressed to him from the switchboard of the panels, containing the PSD and data necessary for performing his functions, displaying them on the corresponding devices, and taking appropriate control decisions from the training correcting (setting) specific values of control parameters, generating response messages containing the corresponding data, and issuing them to the first code dispenser 222, f formulating and issuing 215 messages addressed to the program control unit with requests for current results of actions to control the activities of students, assessing and predicting their individual and group preparedness according to the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness, evaluating and predicting the quality of functioning of the RIUS according to the used indicators of efficiency and stability, clarifying the required level the effectiveness of individual and group training of its personnel, the calculation of the values of uemyh PL, etc. Monitoring the progress of the IFC functioning processes and teaching them is carried out using the described remote control by analyzing the results obtained and making appropriate decisions in the interests of optimizing individual and group training of students of the OTP RIUS, performing actions to form the appropriate control decisions and messages containing the appropriate commands and data , and upon their issuance to the first distributor of codes 222. In order to enable the student to perform his functions (actions) the learning console 201 contains a programmable controller 227, a functional keyboard 228, an alphanumeric keyboard 229, a timer 230, a data and command code generator 231, a numerical and text data display device 232, a graphic (cartographic) data display device 233 and a storage device 234 connected as shown in FIG. During the operation of the IFC, a programmable manager 227, the functional purpose of which is completely determined by the composition of the PMD and the learning actions coming from the program control unit 215 of the PSD, receives messages from the first output of the console 202 switch, records the PSD and data contained in them in areas (zones, areas) ) a storage device 234 allocated to store the PSD of the formation of the CMM and the corresponding data issued to the respective display devices 232 and 233, informs about learning about the current training time of students by determining its values using a timer 230 and issuing them to the display devices 232 and 233, it also generates and outputs to the first input of the first code distributor 222 response messages containing the data to be distributed and the commands generated by the generator 231 the signals from the keyboards 228 and 229, with the help of which the data and decisions made by them are input to the students. The learning console 201 can be made on the basis of a typical PC equipped with the necessary software and quickly replaced by the PSD providing the managerial activities (actions) of the student.

The switchboard 202, having a multi-valued logical number (code) w, w∈ [0 ... W], is designed to receive and execute 21 “Remote Control” (C1) commands coming to its first input from the first output of the program control unit (C1). Each of these commands includes the corresponding logical number (code) w = 0 of the learning desk 201 or w∈ [1 ... W], which determines the corresponding email address A _w , w = 1 ... W, of the student’s wth desk 213, physically connected to the first (at w = 0) or through the corresponding blocks of information exchange 206 and student support 210 to one of the second outputs of the described block (when w∈ [1 ... W]). Command C1 is performed by logically connecting the learning console 201 (for w = 0) or corresponding to a given value w (for w∈ [1 ... W]) information exchange unit 206, respectively, to the first or to the corresponding one of the W second outputs of the described block. This makes it possible to distribute messages arriving at its second input from the first output of the first information processing unit 207 and addressed to the learning console 201 (at w = 0) or the corresponding learning console 213 (at w∈ [1 ... W]) between the corresponding by a logically connected learning console 201 or information exchange units 206. To transmit distributed messages from the second input of the commutator switch 202 to its respective outputs, the described unit contains two input buffer registers 235 and 236, a logical numbers 237, W + 1 (by the number of destinations) of the copy circuits 238 and W + 1 of the output buffer registers 239 connected as shown in FIG. 4. During the operation of the IFC, the input buffer register 235 of the described switch receives messages from the first information processing unit 207 addressed to one of the switched panels (training 201 or trainees 213). The code identifying the C1 command of the logical number w of this console is recorded by the program control unit 215 in the input buffer register 235, from where it enters the console logical number decoder 237, which converts this number into a W + 1-bit code, all digits of which, except w- go, w∈ [0 ... W], receiving the value "1", get the value "0". The W + 1-bit code thus formed from the output of the logical number decoder 237 of the consoles goes simultaneously to the inputs of all W + 1 copy circuits 238, of which only the w-th, w∈ [0 ... W], is activated, transferring what is in the input buffer register 236 message to the corresponding output buffer register 239. From the output of this register, the transmitted message then goes to the input of the learning console 201 (at w = 0) or to the first input of the w-th information exchange unit 206 (when w∈ [1 ... W]).

The first information input unit 203, having a predetermined logical number (code) w = 1020, is designed to execute the “Enter SPM library” command (C2) received at its first input from the first output of the program control unit 215. During the work of the proposed IFC, this command performs operations (actions) to enter computer files of the JMP library to ensure its functioning processes, located on the corresponding removable computer-readable storage medium inserted into the described unit through its second input, which is the second input of the IFC, as well as recording ( write) of this library to the corresponding zone of the third memory block 208 through its second input. The described block can be made on the basis of a standard software-controlled device for reading data from a computer-readable storage medium (flexible or hard magnetic or optical disk), on which computer files of the JMP library must be placed in advance, which enable the proposed IFC to be used in all modes of its operation the proposed method.

The second information input unit 204, having a predetermined logical number (code) w = 1021, is designed to execute the “Enter Database” (C3) command received at its first input from the first output of the program control unit 215. During the work of the proposed IFC, this command takes steps to enter the corresponding computer database files located on the corresponding removable computer-readable storage medium inserted into the described unit through its second input, which is the third input of the IFC, as well as entering (recording) the data contained in them the corresponding zone of the third memory block 208 through its third input. Like the first information input unit 203, the described unit can be made on the basis of a standard software-controlled device for reading data from a computer-readable medium (flexible or hard magnetic or optical disk), on which database computer files necessary for the operation of the described MFK should be placed in accordance with the claimed method of preparation.

The information output unit 205, which has a pre-recorded logical number (code) w = 1022, is designed to execute the “Data output” (C4) commands received at its input from the first output of the program control unit 215 to carry out actions to document the results of preparation. During the operation of the IFC, this command captures the values of the constant and varied parameters of the preparation process contained in it, AD (1), ID (2) - (4), DD (5), RD (10), CD (11) , intermediate (12) - (17) and final (in the form of corresponding tables and graphs of the growth of preparedness of students) the results of the training of RIUS personnel on the appropriate information carrier. The described block can be made on the basis of a standard software-controlled data storage device on a computer-readable storage medium (flexible or hard magnetic or optical disk), the data from which can subsequently be printed using a standard printing device (for example, a printer). Such a device can be included in the composition of the claimed IFC instead of or along with the specified drive and directly used as an information output unit 205 or its corresponding component. Using this unit, with any version of its implementation, during the functioning of the proposed IFC, a full protocol of its operation should be obtained during the considered time interval Δ T, which is the resulting document (electronic and / or paper) generated at the output of the described unit, which is the output of the entire claimed IFC.

The information exchange unit 206 is designed to carry out the exchange of source and response messages between the geographically concentrated blocks of the proposed IFC and, in the general case, remotely remote from them by the corresponding remote control of the student 213 (through the corresponding student support block 210). During the operation of the IFC, the actions for exchanging messages are carried out, in particular, by receiving remotes 202 from the corresponding second output of the switch and transmitting to the second output of the described block the student (or response) message addressed to the corresponding console 213 containing, in the general case, necessary for its operation or for the operation of the corresponding student support block 210 PSD and tasks to be performed with their help to the corresponding student, receiving training from the corresponding support block required 210 through the second input of this block of the response (or initial) message with the results of the task and the issuance of this message through its first output to the corresponding input of the third code distributor 217 for subsequent execution by him of the appropriate actions for the distribution of the data contained in the message between the control pulse generator 218 and the first dispenser of codes 222. The described block can be made in the form of a set of standard data used in standard systems of transmission, reception and teleprocessing interrelated technical means for implementing a duplex, i.e., simultaneous two-way communication between remotely remote computers containing a communication line 240, two converters 241 and 242 of the data in the message corresponding to the type of communication line 240, two transmitters 243 and 244 signals, two receivers 245 and 246 signals and two signal to data converters 247 and 248 connected as shown in FIG. Depending on the distance between the indicated classroom and the corresponding remote unit described by the student 213, the communication line 240 can be made in the form of two pairs of twisted wires (two for transmitting and receiving signals), or a coaxial cable, or fiber optic cable, or a telephone line (dedicated or public), or a power line, or an ultra-short-wave, or radio-relay, or short-wave, or satellite communication radio link. Depending on the type of communication line 240, converters 241 and 242, 247 and 248, transmitters 243 and 244, receivers 245 and 246, which are part of the described unit, can be made on the basis of standard devices of the corresponding purpose, and the totality of such devices for all W incoming the structure of the proposed IFC information exchange units 206 is based on a standard programmable data transfer multiplexer or a communication processor (see, for example, Computing complexes, systems and networks / AM Larionov, S. A. Mayorov, G. I. Novikov. - L. : Energoatomizdat, 19 87, p. 109-125).

The first information processing unit 207 is designed to execute the commands “Set up the block” (C5), “Set system parameters” (C6), “Convert a priori data” (C7), and “Send a message to the learner” (C8) from the program control block 215 “Issuing a message to the trainer” (C9) and “Issuing data” (C10) using the data necessary for this, read from the third memory block 208, and the PSD coming from the program control unit 215. The described block can be based on the processor and blocks memory PC equipped mymi for her work APM and SPM. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in Fig.6. Note that in this and subsequent flowcharts, the numbering of elements (logical, computational, etc.) of the operation algorithm of the described block continues the numbering of elements of previously considered blocks of the claimed IFC. In accordance with this algorithm, the first information processing unit 207 operates as follows (see FIG. 6). Upon receipt of the next command from the third output of the program control unit 215 to the first input of the first information processing unit 207, it is first of all checked (249) whether it is a C5 command. If the result of the check is “yes”, then using the appropriate MRP, the procedure for receiving (250) from the third output of the program control block 215 through the first input of the described block of all the PSDs necessary for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (251) by address code settings. The execution of the C5 command is completed by the reception procedure (252) from the program control unit 215 of all transmissions to the learning console 201 and the learning console 213 of the PSD and their recording in the internal memory of this block (253) with the subsequent transition to the "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, check (254) whether the received command of the program control unit 215 is a C6 command. If yes, then the reading procedure (255) from the third memory block 208 is performed through its second output and the second input of the described block of the set of starting values of all system parameters necessary for the operation of the IFC. These parameters, together with the corresponding DTM for forming the learning 201 on the display panel of the student 201 necessary for him, are used when performing (using the appropriate DTM) generation procedures (256) and sending a message (257) to the student by issuing it through the first output of the described block to the second input of the switch remotes 202 with the subsequent transition to the "Exit" from this algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, check (258) to see if the incoming command is a C7 command. If the result of the check is yes, then the reading procedure (259) from the third memory block 208 is performed through its second output and the second input of the described block of the next (first, second, etc.) set of g1 _Rswf specific ADs needed to form a description CIS in the external and internal environment of RIUS corresponding to the f-th task performed by the corresponding w-th trainees in the implementation of SAP Ξ _Rs in the main mode of operation of _{R R} IFC. Then, using the corresponding PSD previously received from the program control unit 215, the processing procedure (260) of the read ADs and their program conversion to the corresponding IDs (2), (3) and CD (11) are performed, which, by implementing the recording procedure (261) through the third the output of this block and the fourth input of the third memory block 208 are stored in its corresponding zone for use in the modes H _R , R = 2 ... 3. Then, the check "Are there any ADs to be converted?" (262). If yes, then the execution of elements 259-262 of the described algorithm is repeated in relation to the next set of blood pressure. Otherwise, the execution of the C7 command ends with the transition to "Exit" from this algorithm. If the received command is not a C7 command, i.e. “no”, then it is further checked (263) whether the received command is a C8 command. If "yes", then using the parameters w, f, s, μ of this command, the address w-th, w = 1 ... W, is formed and issued to the learner, the corresponding message containing at μ = 0 ("task") to be executed the task for them, with μ = 2 ("request") - the additional information requested by the student (data) necessary for him to complete the current task or to provide appropriate support for his FTD., and with μ = 3 ("impact") - the data for forming and the implementation of a specific TID in relation to the corresponding learner or APS of his console. In this case, the procedure (264) for determining the content of the message to be generated and sent to the corresponding console of the student 213 is implemented. In particular, if the primary message is to be formed and sent, as evidenced by the control unit f = s = μ = 0, then the task includes a readiness check the corresponding remote control of the student 213 to work, form and send a response message, including confirmation of his personal authority to work as a student using the proposed IFC. For other messages, this procedure (264) is implemented by reading from the third block of memory 208 a set of q _Rswf ID (3), d _Rswf CD (11) or a set of q2 _Rswf ADs corresponding to the _fth , f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), CIS, corresponding SAP П _Rs in the main mode of operation H _R IFC. A set of q _Rswf (for μ = 0 or μ = 3) or a set of g2 _Rswf (for μ = 2) together with the corresponding PSD using the message generation procedure (265) is included in the message intended for the w-th console of the student 213 or for the corresponding unit student 210 support. In this case, the first message intended for student 210 support block includes a vector p _{BB of} probabilities of manifestation of external and internal WFs read from the third memory block. Next, the compression and encryption procedure (266) of the corresponding binary code sequences is performed using the corresponding PSD, followed by the procedure of sending a message (267) through the first output of the described block to the second input of the console switch 202 and then through the w-th information exchange block 206 and the block support for student 210 to the appropriate remote control of student 213 or to student support block 210. Testing of the C8 command is completed by checking the LU "μ = 0" (268), performing (if yes) the issuing procedure (269) through the second output of this block to the fourth input of the first code distributor 222 of the current number R of the operating mode H _R , the number w of the student’s remote control 213, the number s of the SAP П _Rs , the number f of the task to be completed and the corresponding set d _Rswf KD, (11) and switching to the “Exit” from this algorithm . Otherwise, i.e. if the received command of the program control unit 215 is not a C8 command ("no"), then it is further checked (270) whether it is a C9 command. If yes, then using the appropriate PSD, the procedures for receiving from the third output of the program control unit 215 through the first input of the described data block to be issued to the student (271), generation (272) and sending (273) the corresponding message to the student by issuing it to the second input of the remote commander 202 with the subsequent transition to the "Exit" from the described algorithm. If the received command is not a C9 command (“no”), i.e. it can only be a C10 command, then the procedure (274) is read out from the third memory block 208 of all data of the form (20) characterizing the complexity of the conventional units of knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as the threshold values of the used indicators of efficiency and individual and group training of students, the effectiveness and stability of the operation of the RIUS and its FSE, and the procedure (275) for recording these data through the fifth output of the described block into the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 through it the fourth input, and then the procedure (276) of reading data from the third memory block 208 on the conditions of using the RIUS, the manifestations of external and internal EF, their effects on its personnel and APS, their characteristics, time and reliability of information processing in them, necessary for forecasting the outcome of the preparation, and the procedure (277) for issuing this data through the fourth output of the described unit to the third information processing unit 211 at its second input, followed by the transition to the “Output” from the described algorithm.

The third memory block 208, which has a pre-recorded logical number (code) w = 1023, is designed to store information received by the commands "Receive the JMP library" (C11) and "Receive the database" (C12) from the first 203 and second 204 input blocks, respectively information, its issuance to the first 207 and second 209 information processing units, receiving from them, storing and issuing them, as well as the program control unit 215 by its commands “Issuing PSD” (C13) and “Issuing results” (C14) of its processing. Structurally, the described block can be performed as consisting of four zones (A, B, C, D) of random access memory in the general case, intended for storage, respectively: A) information from the first input block 203 of the JMP library; B) coming from the second block of input information 204 DB; C) the results of the conversion of an AD of the form (1) to an ID of the form (2), (3) and a CD of the form (11) received from the first information processing unit 207; D) the results of SAP optimization coming from the second information processing unit 209. In the process of functioning of the proposed IFC, the described third memory unit 208 operates in accordance with the following general scheme for its interaction with the units directly associated with it. In accordance with those received in the operating mode N _{1, the} SI and C12 commands receive through its second and third inputs, respectively, from the outputs of the first 203 and second 204 information input blocks, respectively, the PSD library and data stored in the database . On commands C13 through the first output of the described block are issued to the fourth input of the program control block 215 requested by him PSD ensure the operation of programmable blocks of the claimed IFC. Through the second and third outputs of the described block, the data requested by them are issued to the second and first inputs of the first 207 and second 209 information processing units, and through the fourth and fifth inputs of the described block from the third and first outputs, respectively, of the first 207 and second 209 information processing blocks are received and the results of their processing issued by them for their storage are recorded in the zones corresponding to them. In operating modes N ₂ and H _{3, the} data requested by the first 207 and second 209 information processing units are issued to them similarly, and in operating mode H _{5, the} data stored in the third memory unit 208 and the results of their processing through its first output are issued by commands C14 to the program control unit 215 for use in the formation of the IFC operation protocol at the output of the information output unit 205. The third memory unit 208 in technical terms can be performed on the basis of commercially available random-access memory devices, functionality and character eristiki which are described in detail in a number of the above sources.

The second information processing unit 209 is designed to execute the commands “Setting the block” (C15) and “Formation of the optimal scenario” (C16) received from the program control block 215. These commands are executed using the PSD, also coming from the program control unit 215, and the data necessary for them, coming from the third memory block 208, and the results are sent to this block for storage, and also issued to the fourth information processing unit 212 for their further use. The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in Fig.7. In accordance with this algorithm, the described block operates as follows (see Fig. 7). When a second command is received at its second input from the fourth output of the program control unit 215, it is first of all checked (278) whether it is a C15 command. If the result of the check is “yes”, then using the appropriate PMP, the reception procedure (279) from the fourth output of the program control unit 215 is implemented through the second input of the described block of all the PSD necessary for its operation, after which the procedure for preparing them for work (280) by appropriate setting of address codes. The execution of the C15 command ends with the transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, then command C16 is executed. In this case, the reading procedure (281) from the third memory block 208 is implemented through its third output and the first input of the described block of the next (first, second, etc.) formalized description of the original SAP Ξ _RS persons of OTP RIUS in the main operating mode Н _{R of the} proposed IFC , next (first, second, etc.) formed by the first information processing unit 207 sets q _Rswf ID (3) and d _Rswf CD (11). Then, using the corresponding PSD previously received from the program control unit 215, the processing procedure (282) of the read data sets is performed by implementing the algorithm for optimizing the training scenarios of the RIUS personnel described in detail above, described by expressions (39) - (43), followed by the recording procedure (283 ) the results of optimization of SAP П _Rs through the first output of the described block into the corresponding zone of the third memory block 208 through its fifth input for storage, as well as the issuance of these results through the second output of the described block OKA fourth information processing unit 212 through its second input for subsequent use. Then a check is carried out "Are there any SAPs, IDs and CDs to be processed?" (284). If yes, then the execution of elements 281-284 of the described algorithm is repeated in relation to the following SAP, ID and CD, otherwise, the execution of the C16 command is completed by transferring control to the "Exit" from this algorithm.

The student’s support block 210 is designed to provide information interaction between the corresponding information exchange block 206 and the student’s console 213 when executing the commands “Issuing a message to the learner” (C8) addressed to it with the signs μ = 0 (“task”), for implementing various kinds of acts of support for its FTD when μ = 2 ("request") or SIV with μ = 3 ("impact") using the appropriate PSD and the data necessary for them coming from the first information processing unit 207 simultaneously with the specified PSD or in the form of corresponding ibutov (parameters) of said command with the corresponding attributes. The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation, which has two inputs for its initialization — by the corresponding information exchange unit 206 (“Input 1”) and the corresponding console of the student 213 (“Input 2”), is presented in Fig. 8. In accordance with this algorithm, the described block operates as follows (see Fig. 8). After initiating the process of executing the described algorithm through “Input 1”, messages are received from the corresponding information exchange unit 206 addressed to the corresponding learner 213 (285), decryption and decompression of the sequence of binary codes contained therein is performed using the corresponding PSD (286), after which verifies (287) the truth of the linear equation μ = 0. If this condition is satisfied, i.e. “yes”, the transformed sequence is transmitted (288) to the corresponding console of the trainee 213, and the control is transmitted to “Exit” from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. “no,” after checking the corresponding condition μ = 2 (289), the formation procedures are performed using the corresponding PSD and the corresponding console of the student 213 is given the appropriate support for its FTD (290) or the corresponding SID (291) to the input. Moreover, the types (types) of formed and implemented SIVs and external ones, i.e. in accordance with the implemented EPS acts support FTD respective learner determined during the formation of initial scripts based features included in the remote learner 213 devices and used for these purposes PSD of use of the library and respective initial data for them, in particular, the vector p _BB probability manifestations external and internal EF, as well as the content of specific tasks to be performed, including possible "empty tasks" to the appropriate student. The content of such “tasks” is determined during the formation of the SAP and the corresponding data of the form (3), as well as during the development of the corresponding PSD for their inclusion in the library used. Typical TID formed and carried out using such SPM and the vector of probabilities p _cc manifestations external and internal WF are primarily simulate the operation of various kinds of malicious software, issued to the corresponding display information corresponding remote learner device 213 via its MTA. Examples of the implementation, using the appropriate PSD, of acts of support for the training of students in such and other CIS information systems can be various static and dynamic (multimedia) CMMs formed on the corresponding display devices of the student panels 213 using the appropriate methodological, software, technical, educational and other information g2 _Rswf is essentially a student assignment. After initiation of the described algorithm through “Input 2”, the compression and encryption procedures (292) of the sequence of binary codes of the response message received from the corresponding console of the trained 213 are performed using the corresponding PSD, after which the procedure for issuing this message (293) through the first output of the described block to the second the input of the corresponding information exchange unit 206. The operation of the described algorithm, and with this variant of its initiation, ends with the exit from it.

The third information processing unit 211 is designed to execute the commands “Setting the unit” (C17), “Receive data” (C18) received from the first information processing unit 207 and from the program control unit 215, and “Data processing” received from the program control unit 215 (C19). The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. Anticipating the description of this block, we note its main feature that distinguishes it from others and consists in the fact that the number of alternative options for executing the last of the above commands in the described block is not fixed in advance. To ensure the possibility of choosing one of the alternative data processing options in accordance with the C19 command, its parameter π is used, which is assigned a value from the interval [1 ... P] in the program control unit 215, where P is a variable whose value determines the current the total number of alternative data processing options provided by the corresponding PSD in the described block. As new and new obsolete modules are created and included in the JMP library, the value of the variable P must be adjusted accordingly. With this in mind, an enlarged block diagram of one of the possible operation algorithms of the third block information processing unit 211 is shown in Fig. 9. In accordance with this algorithm, the described unit operates as follows (see Fig. 9). When the next command arrives at its first input from the eighth output of the program control unit 215, it is first of all checked (294) whether it is a C17 command. If the result of the check is “yes,” then using the appropriate PPM, the procedure for receiving (295) from the eighth output of the program control unit 215 through the first input of the described block of all the PSDs necessary for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (296) by appropriate setting of address codes with the subsequent transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if "no", it is checked (297) whether the incoming command of the program control unit 215 is a C18 command. If yes, then the procedure for receiving (298) data from their source is performed. Moreover, if the received command C18 is the first of the possible, then the data processing unit 207 is considered the data source. In this case, through its fourth output and the second input of the described unit, all the data used in predicting the outcome of the preparation is sequentially received. If the command being executed is the second, third, etc., then the program control unit 215 is considered to be the data source. In this case, through its eighth output and the first input of the described block from the program control unit 215, all the data necessary for calculating the LP values is sequentially received constituting the set (47). The received data is stored in the local memory of the described block (299). Then the check "Is all the data received from their source?" (300). If yes, then the execution of elements 298-300 of the described algorithm is repeated in relation to the next portion of incoming data. Otherwise, the execution of the C18 command ends with the transfer of control to "Exit" from this algorithm. If the received command is a C19 command, then it is executed using the previously received PSD from the program control unit 215 by appropriate processing of the previously received data. In order to select the appropriate alternative implementation of this command, the elements of the described algorithm with numbers 300 + π analyze the value of its parameter π by comparing it with the corresponding constants 1,2, ..., P. If the result of the analysis is yes, i.e. π = 1, or π = 2, ..., or π = P, this indicates the need for the implementation of the corresponding alternative implementation of the command C19 using the corresponding PSD. Restricting ourselves for definiteness to the value of P = 3, we consider the operation of the described block as applied to π = 1,2,3. In particular, when π = 1, in the described block, when the macroelement 304 of the considered algorithm is executed, a software simulation of the operation of all N FSE and the particular RIEC under consideration is carried out in general with the aim of determining by the method of simulation the values of the used indicators of the quality of their functioning in the conflicting conditions of the use of the RIUS characterized by the vector φ _UP , manifestations of the corresponding external and internal EF, their impact on its personnel and APS, their characteristics, time and reliability of information processing tion in them at the level of professional preparedness of the trainees reached by the time of the start of the execution of the team in question. The results obtained in accordance with expressions (55) - (60) of calculating the values of the efficiency and stability indicators of the RIUS function with respect to the current t _m ∈ Δ T _m and subsequent moments of the model time of the software simulation of the processes under consideration for the corresponding values of the used efficiency indicator ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t), where t = t _{m + 1} , t _{m + 2} , ..., t _M , group training of its personnel are stored and accumulated in the corresponding local memory arrays of the described block (305). These results are used in the described block with π = 2 when the macrocell 306 of the considered algorithm is executed. When this element is realized, prediction equations of the form (50) of the behavior of the dependences of the efficiency E (t _m , ψ _EG ) and the stability U (t _m , ψ _EG ) of the functioning of the RIEC on the efficiency ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t), where t = t _{m +1} , t _{m + 2} , ..., t _M ,, group training of its staff, as well as from model time t _m1 , t _m2 , t _m3 , ..., where t _m1 <t _m2 <t _m3,. .., simulating the processes of its functioning and forecasting the future values of the used indicators of the quality of functioning of the RIUS. In this case, the well-known computer program lp.exe for constructing a prediction equation of the form (50) published on the Internet can be used as the corresponding PSD (see Program for constructing and analyzing parametric prediction / URL: http://arbuz.narod.ru/ z_extrapol .htm, 10/20/2003), intended for free use by all comers, allowing to identify the dependencies of any functions on past moments of time, to determine with the help of such dependencies the values of such functions at future moments of time from their previous values and analysis ire their behavior. Using the obtained predictive estimates in accordance with expressions (63) - (65), the required level ψ _{TEG of the} effectiveness of group training of RIEC personnel is further refined, threshold values ψ _0EGn , n = 1 ... N, the effectiveness of group training of personnel of its individual FSE and the required levels ψ _0ЭИnw , w = 1 ... W _n , the effectiveness of individual training of its individuals are specified. As above, the results obtained are stored and accumulated in the corresponding local memory arrays of the described block (307). These results are also used in the described block at π = 3 when implementing the macrocell 308 of the considered algorithm. When this element is executed, the values of all drugs included in the set (47) are calculated by checking (establishing) the truth or falsity of the drugs corresponding to these drugs (45), (46), (49), (51) - (54), (61) , (62). The results of calculating the elements of the set (47) are stored and accumulated in the corresponding local memory arrays of the described block (309). The results of the execution of the considered command C19 from the output of the third memory block 211 are issued to the program control unit 215 at its fifth input for their further use (310), and control is transferred to the “Exit” from the described block.

The fourth information processing unit 212 is designed to execute the commands “Setting the unit” (C20), “Formation of control data” (C21) received from the program control unit 215, using the data necessary for this from the second information processing unit 209, as well as commands “Issue of control data” (C22) to the coincidence block 216. The described block can be performed on the basis of the processor and the PC memory blocks equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in figure 10. In accordance with this algorithm, the fourth information processing unit 212 operates as follows (see FIG. 10). Upon receipt of the next command from the ninth output of the program control unit 215 to the first input of the described unit, it is first checked (311) whether it is a C20 command. If the result of the check is “yes”, then using the appropriate MRP, the reception procedure (312) from the ninth output of the program control unit 215 through the first input of the described block of all the required PSDs for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (313) by appropriate setting of address codes. The execution of the C20 command ends with the transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, check (314) whether the received command is a C21 command. If yes, then the reception procedure (315) is performed from the second output of the second information processing unit 209 through the second input of the described unit to be implemented in the main mode of operation of the H _R MFK optimized SAP. Then, using the corresponding PSD, previously received from the program control unit 215, the formation procedure (316) of the U u _Rswf set corresponding to the given scenario UD (5) and its ordering by increasing values of the time instants t0 _{Rswf of} using its elements in this mode is _performed . Further, this set formed in this way is remembered by implementing the corresponding procedure for writing it (317) to the local memory of the described block. The execution of command C21 ends with the transition to "Exit" from this algorithm. If the executed command of the program control unit 215 is the C22 command, then using the corresponding PSD, the procedure for selecting (318) from the used ordered set u _{Rswf of the} next moment of time t0 _{Rswf of the} corresponding logical number (code) w∈ [1 ... W ] of the student’s console 213 and the number (code) f of the set q _Rswf ID intended for him, and then the procedure for issuing (319) this data to coincidence block 216. Next, the “Exit” from the described algorithm is performed.

The student’s console 213, having a logical number (code) w, w∈ [1 ... W], defining his electronic address A _w as a remotely remote FSE of the proposed IFC, is intended, first of all, to enable the corresponding student to carry out its FTD using corresponding PPM and PSD by receiving from the corresponding student support block 210 received through the information exchange unit 206 messages addressed to this console from the first information processing unit 207 generated by the corresponding commands of the software block board 215, forming CMM contained therein respective tasks, processes the registration timing of their execution trainees received their solutions, forming and outputting a corresponding information exchange unit 206 posts the response. The student’s remote control 213 can also be used to generate and issue to the corresponding student support unit 210 not only responses to previously received, but also initiative messages of the corresponding student containing requests for the implementation of acts of support for his ATD necessary for the successful completion of the current task. To distinguish between these two types of messages, the aforementioned attribute μ is used, which takes values μ = 1 ("decision") if a response message is generated, and value μ = 2 ("request") if the generated message is an initiative request for the implementation of the corresponding act supporting the student’s FTD. In addition, the student’s remote control 213 is also activated when he practices various types of TIDs received from the corresponding student’s support unit 210, as well as during the implementation of the mentioned external acts of support of his ATD together with this unit. The remote control of the student 213 is structurally identical to the remote control of the student 201 and contains the same functional units connected to each other by the same connections. Therefore, technically, the student’s remote control 213 is almost completely unified with the student’s remote 201 (see Fig. 3), and all their differences from each other as the FSE of the proposed IFC are in the software of their respective programmable controllers 227. The functional purpose of this node the student’s remote control 213 is completely determined by the composition of the PPM and the quickly replaceable PSD providing the student’s FTD and its support. In contrast to the operation of the programmable manager 227 considered above as part of the learner’s console 213, this functional unit during IFC operation receives messages sent to it from the second output of the corresponding student support unit 206 in the form of corresponding sequences of binary codes, records the PSDs contained in them and to be executed with with their help, jobs in the corresponding zones of the storage device 234, form using the corresponding PSD CMMs that describe the operations vnogo intervention of the individual OTP ICC in relation to which the student must perform the corresponding functions, and make decisions accordingly, outputs the generated PCM on display devices 232 and 233, registers with a timer 230 at time t1 _Rswf issuing w-th learner all the information it needs to execution using the keyboards 228, 229 and the shaper of data codes and commands 231 of the f-th task when implementing the optimized SAP Ξ _Rs in the main operating mode H _R MFK, as well as the time t2 _{Rswf of} accepting the corresponding solution being worked out by the CIS and entering its code (number) r _Rswf . In accordance with expression (7), programmable controller 227 also determines the time spent by the trainee to complete the task for practicing this CIS, τ _Rswf . In the general case, this time includes the loss of time due to the need to respond to 210 SIV issued by the corresponding student support unit and parry their consequences. These losses also include the time spent on the formation, sending an initiative message with the sign μ = 2 ("request") of the corresponding act of supporting the student's _ATD , waiting for the requested additional information g2 _Rswf , their receipt, perception and use. The initiative message includes only the attribute μ, and the response message with the attribute μ = 1 ("decision"), in addition, the code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made, the code (value) of the time spent τ _Rswf , as well as other results obtained when performing the appropriate task. If available, the corresponding data array p _{Rswf of} data can be included in the response message with the sign μ = 1. In the form of an appropriate sequence of binary codes, the generated message is transmitted to the second input of the learner 213 support unit for the learner 210 corresponding to the described remote for compressing, encrypting and issuing to the corresponding information exchange unit 206. Like the learning 201 remote, the learner 213 can also be executed on the basis of a typical PC equipped with the necessary PPM and SPM for its work ensuring the UTD of the trained person OTP RIUS.

The preparedness forecasting unit for students 214 is designed to execute the commands “Set up the block” (C23) and “Preparedness forecasting” (C24) received from the program control unit 215, for processing using the necessary control codes and data from the second code distributor for this 223 and from the first memory block 224, to record the results obtained in this case in this memory block. The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in Fig.11. In accordance with this algorithm, the unit for predicting the preparedness of students 214 operates as follows (see Fig. 11). Upon receipt of the next command from the seventh output of the program control unit 215 to the third input of the given block of the next command, it is first of all checked (320) whether it is a C23 command. If yes, then using the appropriate PMP, the procedure for receiving (321) from the seventh output of the program control unit 215 through the third input of the described block of all the PSDs necessary for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (322) by setting address codes. The execution of command C23 ends with the transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, then command C24 is executed, the parameter of which is the number of the sub-interval Δ t _m , relative to which it is necessary to carry out the corresponding calculations. It checks (323) the presence in the buffer internal memory (324) of the described block received through its second input from the third output of the second code distributor 223 of the control codes to be processed. Each such code is a number w of the student’s remote control equipped with the sign μ = 1 (“solution”) 21, i.e. ζ w, where ζ = "+". If at least one such control code has arrived at a given point in time, i.e. “yes”, then the reading procedure (325) is carried out through the first input of the described block from the first memory block 224 through its second output of the last I ₂ corresponding to the number w of the student's console 213 values ψ _{EIjRsw of} all J _{EI of} used performance indicators and values of ψ _{RIjRsw of} all J _RI used performance indicators of individual training of the w-th student. The read values are used further in their processing (326) by constructing the corresponding prediction equations of the form (50) using the corresponding PSD. Then, the calculation procedure (327) of the following (predicted) I ₃ values of the constructed prediction equations for each of the indicators of individual preparedness and the procedure of recording (328) of the obtained results through the output of the described block into the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 through its fourth input are performed. Next, we go on to check for the presence in the internal buffer memory (324) of other control codes (323) of the indicated form ζ w. If, as a result of this check, it is established that such codes have not been processed in the buffer internal memory (324) of the described block, there are similar procedures for reading (329) from the first memory block 224 of the last I ₂ values of ψ _EGnjRs (t _m ) of all J _{EG of} used performance indicators, ψ _RGnjRs (t _m ) values of all J _{RG of} used performance indicators of group training of the corresponding local groups of students, as well as ψ _EG (t _m ), ψ _RG (t _m ) of all used performance indicators and effective Aosti training of all staff considered RIUS. The read values are used further in their similar processing (330) by constructing the corresponding prediction equations of the form (50) using the corresponding PSD. Then, the calculation procedure (331) of the following (predicted) I ₃ values of each constructed prediction equation for each of the preparedness indicators used and the procedure of recording (332) of the obtained results through the output of the described block to the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 are performed, and the control is transferred to "Output "from the described algorithm. With its software implementation, the above-mentioned computer program Ip.exe can also be used as a SPM for constructing the corresponding prediction equations, provided that the parameters M, I ₀ , I ₁ , I ₂ and I _{3 of the} corresponding forecasting problems satisfy the identity

The program control unit 215 is designed to initiate the work of the proposed IFC by receiving and executing the external Start command (C0) received at its launch input, evaluating and distributing its resources, to control the IFC functioning process by forming and issuing the following commands to its respective blocks: " Connecting the remote control "(C1) - to the remote commander 202; "Entering the JMP library" (C2) - the first information input unit 203; "Enter DB" (C3) - the second block of input information 204; "Data output" (C4) - to the information output unit 205; “Block setup” (C5), “Setting system parameters” (C6), “Converting a priori data” (C7), “Issuing a message to the learner” (C8), “Issuing a message to the learner” (C9) and “Issuing data” (C10 ) - the first information processing unit 207; "Reception of the library of SPM" (C11); “Reception of the database” (C12), “Issue of PSD” (C13) and “Output of the results” (C14) - to the third memory block 208; "Setting the block" (C15) and "Formation of the optimal scenario" (C16) - the second block of information processing 209; “Block setting” (C17), “Data reception” (C18) and “Data processing” (C19) - to the third information processing unit 211; "Setting the block" (C20), "Formation of control data" (C21) and "Issue of control data" (C22) to the fourth information processing unit 212; “Setting the block” (C23) and “Prediction of preparedness” (C24) - to the block of forecasting preparedness of students 214; “Setting up the block” (C25) and “Assessment of preparedness” (C26) - to the block for assessing the preparedness of students 219; "Setting the start time" (C27) and "Setting the interrupt time" (C28) - programmable timer 221; “Setting the block” (C29) and “Control of actions” (C30) - to the block of control over the actions of students 225.

In the process of functioning, the described block receives from the third memory block 208 the SPMs requested by the C13 command, uses it for its intended purpose or distributes them between directly or indirectly associated software-implemented blocks, giving them the corresponding PSDs as parameters of the corresponding commands C5, C15, C17 , C20, C23, C25 and C29. Using the remaining commands, the described block situationally controls the indicated blocks, ensuring their timely operation in accordance with the purpose. An important function of the described block is the reception and processing with the help of appropriate MRP of interruptions coming from the priority block 220, controlled by the signals of the coincidence block 218 and the programmable timer 221 using data from the first code distributor 222. In addition, in the corresponding situations, the described block receives data coming from the third 208 and the first 224 memory blocks, uses them when performing their respective PSDs and / or prepares them in the appropriate form (text, tabular, graphical m, etc.) and gives out to the information output unit 205 AD (1), ID (2), (3), DD (5), CD (11), intermediate (12) - (18), (31) - (38), (43), (44), (56), (57), (59), (60), (64), (65) and the final (in the form of corresponding tables and graphs of the growth of preparedness of students) training results persons OTP RIUS during the considered time interval Δ T, thereby forming the full protocol of the IFC, which is its resulting document.

The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and memory blocks of the central computer of the proposed IFC. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for the operation of this block is presented in Fig.12. In accordance with this algorithm, the program control unit 215 operates as follows (see FIG. 12). After the external command С0 is received at its third (start-up) input, the procedure for automatically initializing the IFC hardware and loading system and MRP (333) necessary for the operation of the described unit is performed. Next, using the loaded software modules, the health monitoring procedure of the described block (334) is performed. At the same time, the state of its local technical means (storage devices, functional and alphanumeric keyboards, information display system devices, system timers, etc.) is evaluated, its local resources are identified and distributed, the correctness of the response to system requests of all blocks directly connected to it is checked (nodes) IFC. Next, the number of errors and malfunctions identified during the performance check of the monitored units is analyzed (335). If they are, i.e. “yes”, the corresponding diagnostic message is sent to the system information display device (336) for IFC service personnel, and control is transferred to the emergency “Output 1” from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if there are no errors, the variable R is assigned the value "1" (337) and thereby the IFC automatically switches to the auxiliary operation mode H ₁ .

This mode begins with the formation and issuance of the commands C2 (338) and C3 (339) using the corresponding MRP, respectively, to the first 203 and second 204 blocks for inputting information to enter the SDM and DB libraries, respectively, as well as the C11 (340) and C12 (341) commands a third memory unit 203 for receiving relevant information. These commands are issued through the first output of the described block to the first inputs of the named blocks, which execute them by loading the corresponding information into the corresponding zones of the third memory block 208. Then, the C13 command is issued to the first input of the third memory block 208 through the first output of the described block to issue all the PSD necessary for its operation (342). Then, using the appropriate PPM, the procedure for receiving (343) from the first output of the third memory block 208 through the fourth input of the described block of all the PSDs necessary for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (344) by appropriate setting of address codes. The subsequent operation of the described block is carried out using received from the third memory block 208 and tuned PSD. At the same time, with the aim of preparing for work (tuning) the first 207, second 209, third 211, fourth 212 information processing blocks, a student preparedness forecasting unit 214, a student preparedness assessment unit 219 and a student’s actions control unit 225, the formation and issuing procedures are performed (345, 348, 351, 354, 357, 360, 363) to the third memory block 208 C12 commands for issuing the described PSD block necessary for the operation of the custom blocks, receiving (346, 349, 352, 355, 358,361, 364) from the third memory block 208 requested PSD, formation and issuance (347, 350, 353, 356 , 359, 362, 365) of the tuning commands C5, C15, C17, C20, C23, C25 and C29, respectively, the first 207, second 209, third 211, fourth 212 information processing units, the preparedness forecasting unit for students 214, the unit for assessing the preparedness of students 219 and the control unit for the actions of the students 225, together with the corresponding PSD necessary for their work, received from the third memory block 208. The operation of the described block in H ₁ mode continues with the formation and issuance (366) of the commutators 202 of the C1 command for the logical connection of the learning console 201, the formation and issuance (367) to the first information processing unit 207 of the C6 command and the procedure for waiting for its execution (368) by this unit, the switchboard of the consoles 202 and the learning console 201. As a result of the execution of the C6 command from the learning console 201 through the first 222 and second 223 code distributors to the first input of the first memory block 224 are received and recorded in its corresponding zone, the training values adjusted by the training start values of all system parameters necessary for the operation of the IFC. Using their values read by the described unit through its second input from the first memory block 224 (369), then the C7 command (370) is generated and issued to the first information processing unit 207 to convert the AD of the form (1) contained in the loaded database into an ID type (2), (3) and CD (11) and the procedure for waiting for the execution of this command (371) is performed. After its execution, the C16 command (372) is generated and issued to the second information processing unit 209 to optimize the students selected in the training SAP Ξ _{Rs of the} students in the MFC operation mode H _R selected by it and the procedure for waiting for this command to be executed (373) is performed again. Then, the C10 (374) command is formed and issued to the first information processing unit 207, the first C18 (375) command to the third information processing unit 211, and the C21 UD command (376) to the fourth information processing unit 212. After completing the corresponding waiting procedure (377), a comprehensive check is made of the IFC’s readiness for operation in a given learning main mode H _R , R = 2 ... 3, its operation by conducting an initial exchange of messages with each remote student’s remote control 213 using updated training the number of W and email addresses A _w , w = 1 ... W. For this, the parameters fs, μ of the original message are assigned the value "0", i.e. f = s = μ = 0, and with respect to each, starting from w = 1 (378), the C1 commands 202 are formed and issued to the switchboard for the logical connection of the wth, -w = 1 ... W, the student's console 213 (379 ), and to the first information processing unit 207, the corresponding C8 commands for issuing the corresponding primary message (380) to the appropriate learner OTP RIUS. After issuing such messages to the addresses of all W remotes of the students 213 (381), i.e. when LU w> W (382) is executed, the procedure (383) is processed for processing the data contained in the corresponding response messages of the trainees. Next, the procedure for generating and issuing the C1 command to the switchboard 202 of the C1 command for the logical connection of the learning console 201 (384) is performed, then the procedure for issuing data to the first processing unit 207 for generating the C9 command with the corresponding message to the learning unit (385) and sending it to the learning console 201 Next, the procedure for waiting for his response message (386) is performed. The operation of the described unit in the current auxiliary mode is completed by the analysis of the training response message (387) containing the specified other mode H _R , R = 2 ... 5, the IFC operation, as well as the code of the optimized SAP Ξ _{Rs of the} students corresponding to the main one.

If as a result of the analysis of the new specified operating mode H _R MFK it is established that this is one of the main modes, H ₂ or H ₃ , the program control unit 215 in these modes operates as follows. First of all, the procedure of transferring the described block to the specified operating mode H _R , determining the initial value tt _R = t ₀ = 0 (restoring the previously reached value tt _R ) of the relative operating time of the IFC in this mode, setting the periodicity Δ τ of interrupting the operation of this block by signals from programmable timer 221, as well as the time t _pr next interrupt according to the rule t _np = tt _R + Δ τ (388). Then, the procedures for generating and issuing to the fourth information processing unit 212 the first C22 command (389), the programmable timer 221 of the C27 command with the parameter t _mek = tt _p (390) and the same - the C28 command with the t _np parameter (391) with subsequent resolution of interruptions are performed from priority block 220 (392) and transfer of control to the procedure for their expectation from relevant sources and analysis of the availability of applications from them in the queue for information processing (393). The essence of this procedure is to analyze the status of the queue for servicing applications until the next interrupt signal (“cn”) appears from priority block 220 or until at least one incoming request (“pz”) is found in the specified queue. When performing the first of these LUs (394), i.e. upon receipt of the expected signal, control is transferred to the procedure for processing the interrupt, identifying its source, generating the corresponding application, and assigning priority to it (395). When implementing this procedure, first of all, the current value tt _R of the MFK operating time is compared with the value of the variable t _m , i.e. with the end time of the current sub-interval Δ t _m ∈ Δ T. When LU tt _R > t _m is executed, a complex application ("KZ") is generated for the formation of teams C30, C26 and C24 with the parameter m _KZ = m and their subsequent execution by blocks of control over the actions of students 225, assessments of the preparedness of trainees 219 and forecasting the preparedness of trainees 214, respectively. This application is written to the queue for its execution with the lowest ("bottom") priority, the number m of the current sub-interval is increased by "1", i.e. m = m + 1, after which, according to the rule t _m = t _m -1 + Δ t ₀ , the end time of the new sub-interval Δ t _m ∈ Δ T. is determined. Further, as well as otherwise, i.e. at tt _R ≤ t _m , the source of interruption is determined. If it is a coincidence block 216, then the logical number w, w∈ [1 ... W], the student’s console 213, and the number f of the set q _{Rswf of the} ID corresponding to the _{fth one} , f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), the task to be issued to this remote control, is considered as the parameters of the corresponding application, which receives an average ("srd") priority. The highest ("high") priority is given to requests corresponding to interruptions from programmable timer 221, transmitting as its parameter the current relative time t _mek of MFK operation in the current main mode H _R , i.e. tt _R = t _mek . If the source of the interruption is the second code distributor 223, then the instruction of the student, the request or the decision of the student is converted into the corresponding application with the appropriate parameters. At the same time, applications from the student’s remote control 201, corresponding to his training process management teams, also receive the highest priority, and corresponding to requests for the issuance of information on the current results of the student’s actions monitoring, assessment and prediction of their preparedness — the lowest priority. Applications from trainees 213 receive the same priority. Each application thus formed is recorded in the queue for its servicing (395), and control is returned to wait for interruptions and analysis of the application queue (393). Upon detection of incoming requests for information processing (394), control is transferred to the procedure for selecting a service request (396). First of all, service requests are selected with the highest priority, and if there are none, among the remaining requests for execution, first of all, requests corresponding to coincidence block 216 are selected, and lastly, corresponding to remote controls 213. Next, the procedure for analyzing the priority of the selected application (397) is performed to initialization of the process of its processing. The process of processing applications of the highest priority, i.e. formed by interruptions from the programmable timer 221 (“pt”) or by control commands from the learning console 201 (“ko”) or by its requests (“zo”), it is implemented depending on the result of checking the corresponding control unit (398). Processing applications, the source of which is programmable timer 221, is to analyze the remaining time until the end of preparation (399). Moreover, if the LU tt _R <t _M is satisfied ("yes"), then the procedure for determining the time of the next interruption according to the rule t _np = tt _R + Δ τ, the formation and issuance to the programmable timer 221 of the corresponding C28 (400) command, and control returns to waiting for interruptions and analyzing the order of applications (293). Otherwise, i.e. if the preparation time has elapsed (“no”), the operation of the described unit is completed, and control returns to the formation and issue to the switchboard 202 of the C1 command for the logical connection of the learning console 201 (384) (see above). The processing of applications of the highest priority, formed by commands from the learning console 201, is carried out after checking the mentioned control unit (398) by executing the corresponding control command (401) followed by returning the control to waiting for interruptions and analyzing the order of applications (393), and by request of the training - by generating and issuing to the control panel switchboard 202 command C1 for logical connection of the learning console 201 (402), generating and issuing (403) to the first information processing unit 207 command C9 for forming a training message with a request the current results of the work of control units for students 225, assessing the preparedness of students 219 and predicting the preparedness of students 214. the results are read by the described unit through its second input from the first memory unit 224 through its second output and transmitted to the first information processing unit 207 together with the command C9, and control returns to wait for interruptions and an analysis of the queue of applications (393). Medium priority requests corresponding to interruptions from coincidence block 216 are executed after checking the corresponding LU (397). At the same time, the lowest priority application is generated and written into the queue for issuing to the corresponding console of the student 213 the corresponding task, the number of which is received from the coincidence block 216, with the subsequent implementation of the procedure for generating and issuing to the fourth information processing unit 212 the next C22 (404) command and returning control to the standby interruptions and queue analysis of applications (393). Applications of the lowest priority are executed after establishing their type (source) when checking the corresponding LU (405). If such an application is an integrated application, it is executed by implementing a procedure of forming and issuing commands C30, C26 and C24 with parameter m _kOe control action blocks 225 trainees, the trainees 219 readiness assessment and prediction fitness trainees 214 (406). Next, the condition for the formation and issuance of C19 commands to the third information processing unit 211 (407) is checked. This condition is the end of the current UKZ. If this condition is satisfied, that is, yes, then the corresponding procedure (408) is implemented. After its execution, as well as otherwise, i.e. “no,” control is transferred to waiting for interruptions and analyzing the order of applications (393). Other ("dr") applications of lower priority are executed using, in particular, the electronic addresses A _w , w = 1 ... W, the student consoles 213. In the general case, the C1 command is generated and issued to the console commander 202 to logically connect the corresponding w-th, w = 1 ... W, of the student’s console 213 (409), and the first information processing unit 207 - the C8 command to issue a message to the corresponding student with the task or with additional information requested by him g2 _Rswf necessary for the successful execution of the previously issued tasks (410). Then, control returns to waiting for interruptions and analyzing the order of applications (393).

If, as a result of the analysis of a given training mode, it is established that one of the other auxiliary modes is one, i.e. H ₄ or H ₅ , then the described block operates as follows. It is specified which specific auxiliary operation mode is set (411). If this is mode N ₄ , then, first of all, the control units for the actions of the trainees 225, the assessment of the preparedness of the trainees 219, the prediction of the preparedness of the trainees 214, and the third information processing unit 211 are formed and issued to the teams C30, C26 and C24 and C19, respectively (412), after which the procedure for waiting for the corresponding results is performed (413). Then, from the first memory block 224, the main results of the first three of the mentioned blocks (414) are read, and the output of the third memory block 211 receives the results of the C19 command received through the fifth input of the described block (415). Then, the procedures of forming and issuing (416) to the commutator switchboard 202 of the C1 command for the logical connection of the learning console 201, forming and issuing (417) the first information processing unit 207 of the C9 command to form a message to the student about the main applied training results received at the time of switching to the specified mode are performed work of the International Film Festival. The operation of the described unit in auxiliary mode H _{4 is} completed by the transfer of control to waiting for the response message of the training (386) (see above). If the auxiliary mode of operation H ₅ is specified, then the procedure for generating and issuing (418) through the first output of the described block to the first input of the third memory block 208 of the C14 command is executed to issue to it the described block of all ADs used during the operation of the MFK and the generated ID, UD and Cd. Then these data are received and processed, after which all the results of IFC operation accumulated in it are read from the first memory block 224, including the additional results obtained during the execution of the corresponding tasks, the arrays p _{Rswf of} which are then decompressed and decrypted using the corresponding PSD (419) . Next, using the data read from the first 224 and third 208 memory blocks, and received from the third information processing unit 211 of the results of its work, an output document (protocol) of the IFC functioning during the training of the RIUS personnel is generated (420). The operation of the described block is completed by the formation, issuing to the information output block 205 of the C4 command to output the received output document (421) and its execution (422) with subsequent transfer of control to “Output 2” from the described algorithm.

Coincidence block 216 is intended for comparing codes of time instants t0 _Rswf and current time tt _R of MFK operation, respectively, received from the fourth information processing unit 212 and programmable timer 221, and issuing priority block 220 corresponding to coinciding time instants of logical number w∈ [1 .. . W] the student’s remote control 213 and the number f of the set q _{Rswf of} ID intended for him, characterizing the CIS, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ), the task to be issued to this remote control by the first information processing unit 207 at the command of C8 block pro rammnogo 215. Control unit 216 matches the input register comprises a first 423, a second input register 424, the third input register 425, a comparison circuit 426, the copy circuit 427 and output register 428 are connected as shown in Figure 13. During the operation of the IFC, the first two input registers of the described block receive the codes w of the student’s console 213, numbers f of the set q _{Rswf to} be issued to the ID and the corresponding time t0 _{Rswf of} their issue to the first input of the priority block 220, coming from the output of the fourth information processing unit 212 . In this case, the codes of numbers w and f are recorded by the fourth information processing unit 212 in the first input register 423, and the time code t0 _Rswf - in the second input register 424. In the third input register 425 from the first output is programmable about timer 221, the current time code t _mek of the MFK operation in the current main mode H _{R is} constantly recorded, i.e. tt _R = t _mek . The comparison circuit 426 compares the codes t0 _Rswf and tt _R located in the second 424 and in the third 425 input registers, respectively. When they coincide, the output of the comparison circuit 426 generates an impulse according to which the copy circuit 427 is triggered, transferring the codes w of the student desk 213 and numbers f of the set q _Rswf IDs located in the first input register 423 to its output register 428 corresponding to the output of the described block, from where indicated codes are sent to the first input of priority block 220.

The third code distributor 217 is designed to receive messages from W information exchange units 206, as well as to distribute the codes (data) contained in them between the control pulse generator 218 and the first code distributor 222. Moreover, for each message received on any of the W inputs of the described the code distributor, the control pulse generator 218 are given only the value of the characteristic μ contained therein, and the values of the remaining parameters are given to the first code distributor 222. For μ = 1 (the “decision”), these are the code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made by the corresponding trainee, the amount of time spent by him to complete the corresponding task τ _Rswf, and, possibly, other results obtained in this case, i.e. array p _Rswf . With μ = 2 ("request"), there are no other parameters in the message. The third code allocator 217 contains W input buffer registers 429, W output two-bit registers 430, W output buffer registers 431, and a data distributor 432 connected as shown in FIG. During the operation of the IFC, the input buffer registers 429 receive messages from the corresponding student control panels 213, arriving at the corresponding inputs of the described code distributor through the corresponding student support blocks 210 and information exchange units 206. The data distributor 432 cyclically polls the states of all W input buffer registers 429, detects the incoming message, in the corresponding two-bit output register 430 transfers only the value of the characteristic contained in the message μ, and in the corresponding The th output buffer register 431 copies the incoming message in full and sets the served input buffer register 429 to its initial (zero) state. The output two-bit registers 430, through the corresponding first outputs of the described code distributor, provide the values contained in the message signs μ to the corresponding inputs of the control pulse generator 218, and the output buffer registers 431, through the corresponding second outputs of the described code distributor, give the incoming messages to the corresponding third inputs of the first code distributor 222 .

Shaper of control pulses 218 is designed to receive values of signs contained in messages from trainees 213 of the third distributor of codes μ, to analyze them and convert them into appropriate control codes, as well as to issue these codes to a second distributor of codes 223. Shaper of control pulses 218 contains W two-bit input registers 433, an analyzer-converter 434, an output register 435, and a copy circuit 436 connected as shown in FIG. During the operation of the IFC, the two-bit input registers 433 memorize and briefly store the characteristic values μ coming from the W first outputs of the third code distributor 217. The analyzer-converter 434 sequentially polls the state of the two-bit input registers 433, identifying those of them that at the time of the survey have non-zero values. For each such two-bit input register 433, the analyzer-converter 434 determines its number w, assigns the number ζ = ″ + ″ to this number if the value of the characteristic μ stored in it is “1” (“solution”) or the sign ζ = "-" if μ = 2 (“request”), writes the control code ζ w thus obtained in the output register 435, clears (zeroes out) the processed two-bit input register 433, and provides a control pulse to the input of the copy circuit 436. According to this pulse, the copy circuit 436 outputs control code written to output register 435 ζ w to the output of the described generator of control pulses, from which this code is fed to the second input of the second code distributor 223.

The unit for evaluating the preparedness of students 219 is designed to execute the “Unit Setting” commands (C25) received from the program control unit 215, for processing using the necessary control codes and data from the second code allocator 223 and the first memory block 224 to record the resulting preparedness assessment results in this memory unit, as well as to execute the “Assessed preparedness” commands (C26) received from the program control unit 215 (C26). The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in Fig.16. In accordance with this algorithm, the unit for assessing the preparedness of students 219 operates as follows (see Fig. 16). Upon receipt from the sixth output of the program control unit 215 to the first input of the given block of the next command, it is first of all checked whether it is a C25 command (437). If the result of the check is “yes”, then using the appropriate MRP, the reception procedure (438) from the sixth output of the program control unit 215 through the first input of the described block of all the PSDs necessary for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for operation (439) by appropriate setting of address codes. The execution of the C25 command ends with the transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if not, then command C26 is executed, the parameter of which is the number m = m _{ks of the} sub-interval of the initial interval Δ T, relative to which it is necessary to carry out the corresponding calculations. In this case, it is checked (440) that the described block is received in the buffer internal memory (441) of the described block received through its second input from the third output of the second code distributor 223 of the control codes to be processed. Each such code, as in the unit for predicting the preparedness of students 214, is equipped with the sign μ = 1 (“solution”) number w of the console of the student 213, i.e. ζ w, where ζ = "+". If at least one such control code has arrived at a given point in time, i.e. “yes”, then for each such incoming control code, read procedures (442) are performed through the third input of the described block from the first memory block 224 through its third data output, in particular, the last F _2Rsw (t _m ) stored in its corresponding zone the values of σ _Rswf , δ _Rswf , β _Rswf , f = F _3Rsw (t _m ) ... F _1Rsw (t _m ), which are necessary to calculate, in accordance with expressions of the form (12) - (15), corresponding to the number w of the student's console 213 values ψ _{EI jRsw} (t _m ) of all J _{EI of} used performance indicators, as well as complexity estimates X _Rswf , Y _Rswff , Z _Rswf , f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _m ), completed tasks necessary to calculate, in accordance with expressions of the form (31) - (34), the values of ψ _{РИjRsw of} all J _{РИ of the} used indicators of individual training performance of the w-th student, computing (443) and recording their results in the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 through its third input (444). These results and the coefficients α _Rsw , w = 1 ... W, stored in this memory block and read from it, are used in calculating, in accordance with expressions of the form (16), (17), (35) - (37), the values of ψ _EGnjRs (t _m ) of all J _{EG of} used performance indicators, values of ψ _RGnjRs (t _m ) of all J _{RG of} used performance indicators of group training of the corresponding local groups of students, and in accordance with expressions of the form (18), (38) - values of ψ _EG ( t _m), ψ _WG (t _m) of all of the indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of the training of all personnel races atrivaemoy RIUS (445). The obtained results are recorded through the output of the described block into the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 through its third input (446). As a result of such processing of each control code with the sign μ = 1 ("decision") of the fulfillment by the wth student, his tasks are updated (specified) not only the values of all used indicators of individual preparedness corresponding to him, but also the values of all used indicators of group preparedness, depending on them corresponding local group of trainees. Then, a transition is made to check for the presence of other control codes (440) in the buffer internal memory (441) of the described block. If at the same time it is established that there are no more such blocks in the internal buffer memory (441) that have not been processed, then control is transferred to "Exit" from it.

Priority block 220 is designed to receive requests from the coincidence block 216, programmable timer 221, and the second code distributor 223 for interrupting the operation of the program control unit 215 contained in these data requests, generating system requests for processing them, and issuing them to the program control unit 215 by appropriate signals interrupting his work. From the coincidence block 216, the logical number w∈ [1 ... W] of the trainee’s console 213 and the number f of the assigned set q _Rswf ID characterizing fe, f = 1 ... F _0Rsw (t _M ) to be issued to this console are _received task, from programmable timer 221 - time t _np = t _{mek of the} formation of the next system application, and from the second code distributor 223 - the next instruction of the training or the next control code ζ w. Based on this data, the described block generates requests for interrupting the operation of the program control unit 215 and issuing data to it in accordance with the priorities of the serviced blocks. The described block comprises a first input register 447, a second input register 448 and a third input register 449, an interrupt controller 450 and an output register 451 connected as shown in FIG. During the operation of the IFC, the first 447, second 448, and third 449 input registers receive the corresponding codes from the coincidence block 216, the programmable timer 221 and the second code allocator 223, respectively, the interrupt controller 450 analyzes the status of the input registers, generates interrupt signals to the operation of the program control unit 215 and gives them to him in accordance with their priorities through the output register 451 together with the data received from these blocks.

Programmable timer 221 is designed to receive from the program control unit 215 and execute the commands "Set start time" (C27) t _beg and "Set break time" (C28) t _np , generate the current time t _mek and issue it to the coincidence block 216 and the first distributor codes 222 and _mek time t and the signal of interrupting operation of the software of the control unit 215 - the priority unit 220. Programmable timer 221 comprises an input register 452, first counter 453, second counter 454, a first output register 455, the second output register 456, y Avitel 457 and the clock generator 458 connected as shown in Figure 18. During the operation of the IFC, the input register 452 receives from the program control unit 215 the initial value of time t _beginning with command C27, and with the command C28 the specified time t _{np of} interruption of its operation through priority block 220, the first counter 453 counts the time remaining until the specified t _np , the second counter 454 counts the current time t _mek , the first output register 455 gives the priority block 220 the time t _mek and a signal about the need to interrupt the operation of the program control unit 215, the second output register 456 gives the block matches 216 and the first code dispenser 222 current time t _mek . The manager 457 controls the counters and the output registers using the above data coming from the program control unit 215 through the input register 452 and the clock pulses issued by their generator 458. This is as follows. Each time code value received from the program control unit 215 is converted by the controller 457 into a binary-octal code with a low-order price equal to the period of the pulse output by the generator 458. The first tt _R value thus obtained is considered as the initial value of the current time t _mek in the current mode the operation of H _R MFK and is recorded in the second counter 454, and each subsequent one as the closest time to interrupt t _np operation of the program control unit 215 and is used to reinstall the first counter 453 by writing into it the difference between the received value and the current state of the second counter 454. For each pulse received from the generator 458, the controller 457 increases the value of the second counter 454 by 1, transfers the result to the second output register 456, thereby giving the current time to the coincidence block 216 and to the first dispenser of codes 222, and decreases by “1” the value of the first counter 453. Upon receipt of a zero value in this counter, the manager 457 writes to the first output register 455 the code for the current time t _mek and a signal to the priority block 220 о н need to interrupt the operation of the program control unit 215.

The first code dispenser 222 is designed to receive information from the learning console 201, from the programmable timer 221, from the third code dispenser 217 and from the first information processing unit 207, as well as to distribute the received codes (data) between the second code dispenser 223 and the second memory unit 226 . During the operation of the IFC from the remote control of the student 201, its commands and the data contained therein are received, in particular, the adjusted starting values of all system parameters necessary for the operation of the IFC from the first unit and information processing 207 is the current number R of the operating mode, the number w of the student remotes 213, which this unit issued tasks, the numbers s of the SAP, the numbers f of these tasks and their corresponding sets d _Rswf CD from the third distributor of codes 217 - messages from the panels of the students 213, always containing the parameter μ, and for μ = 1 (the "solution") there is also the code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made by the corresponding student, the amount of time spent by him to complete the corresponding task τ _Rswf, and possibly other results obtained with this, etc. e. array p _Rswf , and from programmable timer 221 - code (value) tt _R = t _{mek of the} current time in the current operating mode H _R. The second code dispenser 223 describes the current time tt _p codes, data received from the student’s desk 201, requests and decisions of the trainees and the corresponding numbers w of the trainees 213, as well as, possibly, other results they received from the corresponding tasks, i.e. p _{rswf array} . The second memory unit 226 receives data from the first information processing unit 207 and from the remote control 213, namely: the current number R of the operating mode, number w of the remote control of the student 213, to which the task is given, number s of SAP, number f of the task, and from the corresponding them a set of d _Rswf CD - the values of the real-time standard Δ τ _{Rswf of} the decision and the code (number) η _{Rswf of the} right decision, as well as the code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made and the value (code) of time τ _Rswf spent by the corresponding student . The first code allocator 222 comprises a first input buffer register 459, an input register 460, W of second input buffer registers 461, a third input buffer register 462, a data distributor 463, a first output buffer register 464, and a second output buffer register 465 connected as shown in FIG. .19. During the operation of the IFC, the first input buffer register 459 from the remote control of the student 201 receives its commands and the data contained therein, the current time codes tt _R = t _mek in the input register 460 from the programmable timer 221, and 461 from the third input buffer registers from the third code distributor 217 - messages of the corresponding trainees, and in the third input buffer register 462 from the first information processing unit 207 - the current number (code) R of the operating mode, number (code) w of the student's console 213, to which the task was given, number (code) s of SAP , number (code) f s Adania and their corresponding set of d _Rswf CD. A data distributor 463 forwards the named data from the input registers to the output. In this case, the value (code) of the current time tt _R = t _mek , the commands from the student’s remote control 201 and the data or requests contained in the student’s remote controls 213 are recorded in the first output buffer register 464, and the current number (code) in the second output buffer register 465 ) R of the operating mode, number (code) w of the student’s console 213 to which the task was given, number (code) s of SAP, number (code) f of the task, and from the corresponding set of d _Rswf CD - the value of the real-time standard Δ τ _{Rswf of} the decision and a code (number) η _Rswf the right decision, as well as the code (number) r _Rswf decision-making I value (code) time τ _Rswf, spent appropriately trained on its adoption.

The second code dispenser 223 is designed to receive data from the first code dispenser 222 and control codes from the control pulse generator 218, as well as to distribute the received codes (data) between the first memory block 224, priority block 220, the unit for monitoring the actions of students 225, and the unit for assessing preparedness fitness trainees 219 and prediction unit 214. In the process of trainees IFC operation codes from the first distributor 222 receives the value (code) of the current time tt _R = t _mek, team training the data contained therein, requests and decisions of trainees and numbers (codes) w their remotes, and other of the results obtained, ie, an array p _Rswf , and from the control pulse _generator 218, control codes ζ w, each of which contains the sign ζ = "+"("solution") or ζ = "-"("request") and the number (code) w of the student’s console 213, from which a corresponding message was received. As a result of the distribution of this data, the current time tt _R = t _mek , the data received in the corresponding instruction of the student, as well as other results received by the student — the array p _Rswf , are given to the first block of memory 224 — codes of the student’s commands, student requests, and numbers w remotes of trainees 213 who requested support (additional information), and control units of trainees 225, assessment of preparedness of trainees 219 and prediction of preparedness of trainees 214 — control codes ζ w with numbers of w remotes about uchaemyh 213, to make a decision, ie, when ζ = "+". The second code allocator 223 comprises an input buffer register 466, an input register 467, a data distributor 468, an output buffer register 469, a first output register 470 and a second output register 471 connected as shown in FIG. During the operation of the IFC, the input buffer register 466 receives training instructions from the first code distributor 222 and the data contained therein, the student’s requests and the numbers (codes) w of the control panels on which the students made decisions with the codes (numbers) r _Rswf , and other results obtained (array p _Rswf ), and the input register 467 receives control codes ζ w from the control pulse _generator 218. The data distributor 468 forwards the received data to the output registers. At the same time, the current time code tt _R = t _mek , the data contained in the training instructions and other results obtained by the learner (array p _Rswf ) are recorded in the output buffer register 469, the codes of the instruction commands, learner requests, and numbers of w remotes of the learners are in the first output register 470 213, who requested support, and in the second output register 471, codes of w numbers of the student panels 213 with the sign ζ = "+"("solution").

The first memory block 224 is designed to receive and store data coming from the first information processing unit 207, the second code dispenser 223, and the results from the control units for the actions of the students 225, assessing the preparedness of the students 219 and predicting the preparedness of the students 214 for issuing the last three of them necessary for their operation data, and dispensing them to the results, the current time tt _R = t _mek and other data block 215. The program control structurally described unit can be MY ying as consisting of three respective operating modes of H _1, H ₂ and H ₃ zones A, B and C of memory generally with autonomous addressing for receiving and storage respectively: A) entering the mode H ₁ from the second distributor codes 223 values of system parameters, and from the first block of information processing 207 - data on the complexity of conventional units of knowledge, skills and abilities, threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students, the quality of functioning of the RIUS and its FSE; B) arriving in operating mode H ₂ from control units for the actions of trainees 225, assessing the preparedness of trainees 219 and predicting the preparedness of trainees 214 results of their work; C) received in the operating mode N ₃ from the same blocks of the results of their functioning. The first of these memory zones can be partially organized, for example, in the form of a continuous array of storage elements for storing the starting values of system parameters, such as T ₀ , T, Δ t ₀ , M, W, A _w, received from the second code distributor 223 , R, H _R , S _R , tt _R , J _EI , J _EG , J _RI , J _RG , (ψ _{0 eij} , j = 1 ... J _EI ), (ψ _{0 EGj} , j = 1 ... J _EG ), (ψ _0Ріj , j = 1 ... J _РИ ), (ψ _0РГj , j = 1 ... J _РГ ), Э _П , У _П , (Э _Пn , У _Пn , τ _PVn , р _ПДn , n = 1 ... N), m, I ₀ , I ₁ , I ₂ , I ₃ , ε _FI , ε _FP , ε _OD , E, for all possible values of R, w and m. For other parameters and data, a more preferable organization of memory may be its representation as a set of appropriately indexed arrays of the corresponding dimensions for storing the values of the corresponding variables. In addition to the parameter (index) R, indicating all three zones of the described memory block, such arrays have several more indices used to identify the data corresponding to the _fth , f = 1 ... F _1Rsw (t _M ), the task performed by w -m, w = 1 ... W, trained when practicing SAP Ξ _Rs in the corresponding operating mode Н _R IFC. These variables are, first of all, data on the complexity of conditional units of knowledge X _Rswf , skills Y _Rswf and skills Z _Rswf that are to be mastered by the corresponding trainees when they perform the corresponding tasks, the coefficients β _Rswf , their importance, a number of other system parameter variables with blood pressure status (F _0Rsw (t _M ), F _2Rsw (t _m ), α _Rsw , etc.). In the form of a combination of two-dimensional and three-dimensional appropriately indexed arrays for storing the corresponding variables, two other zones of the described memory block can be organized. It is, first of all, about variable signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and correctness δ _{Rswf of} decisions made by students, about additional results they get - arrays p _Rswf , about variables for storing values ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ), ψ _РИjRsw (t _m ) , ψ _EGjRs (t _m ), ψ _RGjRs (t _m ) of all used indicators of preparedness of students, etc. Arrays for storing the predicted values of the used indicators of preparedness can have a similar appearance. The described block can be performed, in particular, and as containing instead of the last two zones (B and C) one common memory zone used in both main operating modes of the IFC. However, this excludes the possibility of practical interest in the alternate implementation of individual and group training modes for students with transition from one to another during one UKZ without stopping the accumulation and analysis of the results obtained in these modes. During the operation of the IFC, the described memory block operates in accordance with the following general scheme of its interaction with the directly connected blocks based on the use of the current values of the index variables R, s, w, f. From the second code distributor 223, from its first output to the described block, through its first input, the current time tt _R = t _mek , the training values of the system parameters corrected by the training, as well as other results obtained by the student (array p _Rswf ) are _received . From the fifth output of the first information processing unit 207, through the fifth input of the described block, it receives data on the complexity of the conventional units of knowledge X _Rswf , skills Y _Rswf and skills Z _Rswf , the threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students, the quality of functioning of the RIEC and its FSE . Through the first output of the described block and the first input of the student’s actions control block 225, the last one is given the current values of the variables R, s, w, f necessary for identifying the data used in it to calculate the values of the signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and the correctness δ _{Rswf of the} decision made, and with of its output through the second input of the described block, the results of calculating the values of these signs at the current values of the indices R, s, w, f are accepted. Through the third output of the described block to the third input of the block of preparedness assessment for students 219, he is given the data necessary to calculate the values of all used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of training according to the corresponding expressions above, and the results of such calculations are received from his output through the third input of the described block. Through the second output of the described block, the data necessary for constructing the prediction equations for each student and each preparedness indicator used is transmitted to the first input of the preparedness forecasting block 214, and the results of calculating the values of the corresponding equations are received from its output through the fourth input of the described block. The program control unit 215, at its second input, by the described unit, through its second output, the current time tt _R = t _mek , as well as any requested stored data and results are transmitted to the third information processing unit for predicting the outcome of the automated preparation, conversion to the resulting operation protocol IFC (output document) and transmitting to the information output unit 205. In technical terms, the first memory unit 224 can be made on the basis of commercially available random access memory stv, the functionality and characteristics of which are described in detail in a number of the above sources.

The student’s actions control block 225 is designed to execute the “Block setup” command (C29) received from the program control block 215 (C29), to process using the necessary control codes and data from the second code allocator 223 and the first memory block 224, which are necessary for this, the corresponding PSD to record the results obtained by monitoring the actions of trainees in this memory block, as well as to execute the “Action Control” commands received from the program control block 215 (C30). The described block can be made on the basis of the processor and PC memory blocks, equipped with the necessary PPM and PSD for its operation. A block diagram of one of the possible algorithms for its operation is presented in Fig.21. In accordance with this algorithm, the student’s actions control unit 225 operates as follows (see FIG. 21). Upon receipt from the fifth output of the program control unit 215 to the fourth input of the described unit of the next command, it is first of all checked whether it is a C29 command (472). If the result of the check is “yes”, then using the appropriate MRP, the reception procedure (473) from the fifth output of the program control block 215 through the fourth input of the described block of all the necessary PSDs for its operation is implemented, followed by the procedure for preparing them for work (474) by appropriate setting of address codes. The execution of command C29 ends with the transition to "Exit" from the described algorithm. Otherwise, i.e. if "no", then the C30 command is executed, the parameter of which is the number m = m _{ks of the} sub-interval of the initial interval Δ T, relative to which it is necessary to carry out the corresponding calculations. In this case, it is checked (475) that the described block is received in the buffer internal memory (476) of the described block received through its third input from the third output of the second code distributor 223 of the control codes to be processed. Each such code, as in blocks of assessment 219 and forecasting 214 preparedness of students, is equipped with the sign μ = 1 ("solution") number w of the console of the student 213, i.e. ζ w, where ζ = "+". If at least one such control code has arrived at a given point in time, i.e. "yes", then using the received number w of the learner and the values (codes) of the variables R, s and f from the first memory block 224, the required address in the corresponding zone of the second memory block 226 is determined, the real-time standard Δ τ _{Rswf of} adoption is read from it decisions, code (number) η _{Rswf of the} correct decision, time τ _Rswf spent on the f-th task, and code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made (477). Further, according to rules (6) and (9), the values of the signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and the correctness δ _{Rswf of the} adopted decision (478) are determined, and the number F _1Rsw (t _m ) of tasks completed by _wth , w = 1 ... W, by the trainee when practicing SAP Ξ _Rs in the main mode of operation of H _R IFC by time t _m , read from the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224, increases by "1" (479). The new value F _1Rsw (t _m ) and the obtained values of the signs σ _Rswf and δ _{Rswf are} recorded through the output of the described block in the corresponding zone of the first memory block 224 through its second input (480). Then, a transition is made to check for the presence of (475) not yet processed control codes in the buffer internal memory (476) of the described block. If as a result of this check it is established that there are no more such codes in the buffer internal memory (476) of this block, then control is transferred to the "Exit" from this algorithm.

The second memory block 226 is designed to receive and store data from the first code dispenser 222, as well as to provide it to the student’s actions control unit 225. Structurally, the described block can be made up of two zones corresponding to the operating modes of H ₂ and H ₃ A and B of random access memory in the general case, designed to store data received, respectively, in the indicated modes from the first code distributor 222 and used by the student’s actions control unit 225 when calculating signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and correctness δ _{Rswf of the} decision made. The most preferred form of organization of the described memory block is also its presentation in the form of a combination of three-dimensional appropriately indexed arrays for storing the data necessary to calculate the values of these signs. Such data are real-time standards Δ τ _{Rswf of} decision making, codes (numbers) η _{Rswf of} correct decisions, codes (numbers) r _{Rswf of} decisions made and the time τ _Rswf spent on the implementation of the corresponding tasks. The described block can be performed, in particular, and as containing instead of the two zones mentioned, one common memory zone used in both main operating modes of the IFC. However, at the same time, as already noted in the context of the description of the first memory block 224, the possibility of a situational transition from one mode to another during one UKZ is not provided. During the operation of the IFC, the described memory unit operates in accordance with the following general scheme of its interaction with the units directly associated with it. After the _{fth task is issued to the wth} student according to the SAP П _Rs in the main mode of operation H _R , the values of the variables R, w, s, f are accepted from the first code distributor 222, as well as the corresponding real-time standard Δ τ _{Rswf of} the decision and the code (number) η _{Rswf of the} correct decision, and after the indicated task is completed, the code (number) r _{Rswf of the} decision made by the student and the value (code) spent by him on working out the corresponding f-th CIS time τ _{Rswf are} received from the same block. The obtained values (codes) Δ τ _Rswf , η _Rswf , r _Rswf and τ _Rswf are entered in the memory zones and elements of the described block corresponding to the indices R, w, s, f, and only after that they are transmitted to the second input of the student’s actions control block 225 for determination in there are values of signs of timeliness σ _Rswf and correctness δ _Rswf of the decision.

The presented very detailed descriptions of the individual blocks of the proposed IFC, the connections between them at the inputs and outputs, as well as particular algorithms for their operation, allow us to limit ourselves to describing the functioning of the IFC as a whole by considering the corresponding enlarged block diagram presented in the form shown in Fig. 22, the following description of a number of features of the general algorithm illustrated by her. At the same time, the main attention is paid to the features of the general algorithm of IFC operation, due, first of all, to the order and time of execution of certain actions (operations) of the proposed method by the corresponding blocks, differences between the main IFC operation modes and some nuances of the processes of their implementation and implementation in RMV. Based on this observation, the operation of the proposed IFC is described as follows.

After the external “Start” command is received at its third (start-up) input, which is supplied by one of the IFC service personnel by turning on the appropriate equipment, they are automatically set to the initial state, serviceability, readiness for use and operability of all geographically located in close proximity to each other APS friend of the proposed IFC. The exception is only remotely remote trainees 213, trainee support blocks 210, as well as directly connected APS of the corresponding information exchange units 206, the operability of which is checked at the place of their location in the workstation (panels) of OTP persons of the corresponding FSE of the considered RIUS by relevant specialists on their technical operation. The described MFK is set to the initial state of the APS by automatically cleaning ("zeroing") its first 224, second 226 and third 208 memory blocks, memory registers and all local memory elements of other blocks (nodes), loading system and PPM into programmable MFC blocks , monitoring the health of the program control unit 215, as well as the controllability of all directly related blocks. Such blocks, as can be seen from figure 2, are connected to the first output of the program control unit 215, but having different logical numbers (codes) w switchboard 202 (w∈ [0 ... W]), the first 203 (w = 1020 ) and the second 204 (w = 1021) information input units equipped with appropriate computer-readable storage media with preformed computer files of the library of the SPM and DB, an information output unit 205 (w = 1022) on its corresponding medium and a third memory unit 208 (w = 1023) ) connected to the corresponding outputs of the program control unit 215 ne 207, second 209, third 211 and fourth 212 information processing blocks, a student preparedness prediction unit 214, a student preparedness assessment unit 219, a programmable timer 221 and a student’s actions control unit 225, as well as the third connected to the corresponding outputs with the corresponding inputs of the program control unit 215 a memory block 208, a third information processing block 211, a priority block 220 and a first memory block 224. After monitoring is completed (element 481 in the block diagram of FIG. 22), its results are automatically analyzed (482). In the presence of faults detected (“yes”), information is generated and transmitted to the corresponding system information display device (which, in particular, can be used, in particular, one of the devices included in the training console 201), the corresponding diagnostic message to the IFC service personnel (483) and the transition to the "Exit" from the described algorithm is carried out. Otherwise (“no”), the described algorithm is automatically switched to the N ₁ FMK operation mode - “Initialization”. In this case, the initial installation of all parameters, variables and arrays used for storing data (484) in the corresponding MFK units to the initial state is performed. Then, by automatically generating the corresponding commands in the program control block 215, issuing them and executing them by the first 203, second 204 information input blocks and the third memory block 208, the first and second (B) zones of the last are entered, respectively, the SPM and DB libraries (485 ), the computer files of which are located on appropriate computer-readable media. Further, according to the appropriate commands of the program control unit 215, the entered PSDs are automatically read from the third memory block 208, their distribution between the program control unit 215, the first 207, the second 209, the third 211 and the fourth 212 information processing units, learning consoles 201, student support blocks 210 and trainees 'panels 213 (through the first information processing unit 207, remote commutators 202 and corresponding information exchange units 206), as well as between the trainees' actions control unit 225, and the assessment unit the level of students ’confidence 219 and the preparedness forecasting unit 214. As the PSD arrives at the listed software-implemented IFC blocks, PSP settings are made in each of them by adjusting their address codes. Further, in a similar way, i.e. according to the appropriate commands of the program control unit 215, the starting values of all the system parameters necessary for the operation of the IFC are issued from the third memory block 208 to the learning console 201 (through the first information processing unit 207 and the console switch 202). At the same time, the corresponding CMMs are formed on the information display devices of the student’s remote 201, and the student corrects the data presented in them by entering their required values or leaving the starting ones. The values of the system parameters corrected in this way are sent to the trainers (through the first 222 and second 223 code distributors) in the form of corresponding messages to the first memory block 224, where they are located in the corresponding zone and arrays (486). Then, according to the appropriate commands of the program control unit 215, the first information processing unit 207, using the corresponding PSD, converts HELL (1) to ID (2), (3) and CD (11), writes them and other data to the third (B) zone of the third a memory unit 208, and to the third information processing unit 211 it provides data necessary for predicting the outcome of the preparation, which are received by the corresponding command of the program control unit 215. Next, by forming in the program control unit 215 and issuing the first block to the processing Since the information 207 of the respective commands, the primary exchange of messages is carried out with all W remotely remotes of the trainees 213 predefined by their electronic addresses (through the switchboard of remotes 202, the corresponding information exchange unit 206, the trainee support block 210, the third 217, the first 222 and the second 223 code distributors, a driver pulse train 218 and a first memory unit 224). The purpose of such an exchange with each remote control of the student 213 is to clarify the actual number W of students ready for work, to fulfill the first task necessary for their subsequent work, which consists in monitoring the health of the APS of their remote controls, the corresponding student support units 210 and the corresponding information exchange units 206, forming and sending a response message containing, in particular, information about personal data and the powers of the relevant person of OTP RIUS to work as a student with hostname proposed IFC. After the initial exchange of source and response messages with the student's consoles 213, clarification of their number and determination of the composition of their local groups (487) by the corresponding commands of the program control unit 215 in the second information processing unit 209 using the corresponding PSD and formalized descriptions of the original SAP students, an exception is made of these tasks and their issuance to students who did not provide relevant personal data, as well as their optimization, taking into account the actual number W of ready-to-work e remote controllers 213, the results of which are stored in the fourth (G) zone of the third memory block 208 for subsequent documentation and are issued to the fourth information processing unit 212 for their use in the formation of the corresponding DD (5). According to the corresponding command of the program control unit 215, the fourth information processing unit 212 processes the obtained results taking into account the required time spent on delivering messages to the trainees 213 with the corresponding tasks. The generated UDs for each optimized scenario are stored in the local memory of the fourth information processing unit for their use in the implementation of the following IFC operating mode. To obtain the R number of this mode and the number s of the optimized EPS Ξ _{Rs of} students in H _R mode (at R = 2 or R = 3), as well as to inform the student about the results obtained by the time of the upcoming UKZ, the determination of the actual number W of student panels 213 in the ICF, as well as the results of a comprehensive check of its performance and readiness of students to work on the appropriate commands of program control unit 215, an exchange is made with the learning console 201 (through the first information processing unit 207, comm ator panels 202, 222 of the first and second valves 223 and codes the first memory block 224) the corresponding message (488). Next, the type (main or auxiliary) of the IFC operating mode specified by the training is analyzed (489). In the case of setting one of the main modes, it is specified which particular mode is specified: N ₂ - "Individual training" or N ₃ - "Group training" (490). In relation to a given main mode of operation, regardless of which mode was preceded by it (H ₁ , H ₂ or H ₃ ), then the initial setting of all MFK units involved in it is initialized, the values of previously used parameters and arrays for data storage are restored, in particular, the time tt _R of the IFC operation in the Н ₂ (491) mode or in the Н ₃ (492) mode. In the case of setting the H ₂ mode, the values of the coefficients α _{Rsw of the} individual significance of each of the W trained students of the OTP RIUS (4) as part of their group when any of the S _R SAPs are implemented (491) are automatically “nullified”, which creates the prerequisite for obtaining zero values indicators of group preparedness that are not relevant in this mode of operation when they are calculated in the unit for assessing the preparedness of students 219 according to the corresponding expressions. Otherwise, such a “zeroing”, of course, is not performed (492), since in the H ₃ mode of operation, the calculation of the values of these indicators, which directly testify to the degree of achievement of the group training goal of students, is one of its significant differences from the H ₂ mode of operation. Other features of these basic modes are discussed below and are illustrated by common blocks of the algorithm in the diagram of Fig.22.

Both main IFC operation modes are continued by storing the optimized SAP given by the training number s in the given main mode H _R , after which they are set and the corresponding commands are generated in the program control unit 215 and issued to the programmable timer 221, the values of time parameters t _mek = tt _R are loaded into it and t _np = t + Δ τ _mek its operation in this mode, the interrupt allowed by the signals on the priority unit 220 and processing continues in the standby state interrupts from their sources and possible interruption of such treatment Nij (493). In H ₂ operation mode, the sources of interruptions are the second code distributor 223 and programmable timer 221, and in H ₃ mode there is also a coincidence block 216. Serving any interrupt in these modes starts by checking that the tt _R value of the current MFC operating time belongs to the current sub-interval t _m ∈ Δ T. If the value of tt _{R is} outside the right boundary of this sub-interval, i.e. tt _R > t _m (this can happen only after processing the next interrupt from programmable timer 221), then by forming the corresponding complex application, consisting of three private applications (see above), the necessary prerequisites are created for the control units to perform actions of students 225, assess the preparedness of trainees 219 and predicting the preparedness of trainees 214 of their respective functions associated with this event by the corresponding commands of the program control unit 215 with the simultaneous determination of the number general temporary interval of the preparation process, i.e. next UKZ by increasing by one its current number m. This event is also timed by the formation by the program control unit 215 and the execution by the third information processing unit of 211 applications for performing the corresponding calculations (see above) ultimately with the aim of clarifying the threshold values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of individual and group training of RIUS personnel, corresponding updating of the values included into the set of (47) drugs and providing, on this basis, the opportunity for the student to make decisions aimed at optimizing the processes of preparing a person ala RIUS. To do this, according to the appropriate commands of the program control unit 215, the first information processing unit 207 generates and sends the corresponding messages addressed to the learning 201 console, its response messages are processed, and corresponding changes are made to the parameters of the implemented USPs. Otherwise, these applications are not formed and the number of the current sub-interval does not increase, i.e. The current UKZ continues without these changes. Next, the source that caused the processed interrupt is identified, the corresponding application with the corresponding priority is generated and written to the queue. Given its value (highest, middle, lowest), the next application is selected from the queue and executed accordingly (494). If the request was received by interruption from programmable timer 221, and it was established (495) that the specified preparation time had not yet expired (“no”), then the state of waiting for interruptions from their sources resumes. Otherwise (“yes”), the specified IFC operation mode ends with the transfer of control to the organization and implementation of the exchange of messages with the trainer, receipt of data about the new mode from him and their processing (496). If it is established (489) that the trainers are assigned one of the auxiliary operating modes of the IFC, then it is further specified (497) which particular auxiliary mode is set: H ₄ - “Assessment of preparedness” or H ₅ - “Output of results”. In relation to the specified mode H _4, further on the assumption that due to the expiration of the preparation time in the previous main mode of operation, in the general case, the last control codes and data received in the control units for the actions of students 225, assessments of the preparedness of students 219 and prediction of preparedness may not be processed trainees 214 from the second code dispenser 223, in the program control block 215 corresponding commands are generated and issued to them to perform appropriate actions (498). Next, the program control unit 215 from the first memory block 224 reads out all the results of monitoring the actions of the trainees, assesses and predicts their preparedness (499), and is issued according to the appropriate commands (through the first information processing unit 207 and the console switch 202) to the student’s console 201 for their analysis and decision making (500). Work in the described mode H _{4 is} completed by checking the relevance of mode H ₅ (501) and transferring control to the organization and implementation of the exchange of messages with the trainer (496) in order to obtain data from him for another mode (if yes) or to the beginning (503 ) the implementation of a given operating mode H ₅ (if "no"). In relation to this mode, it is checked (502) whether H ₄ mode was executed immediately before its setting. If it was not executed (“yes”), then control is transferred to the beginning of the implementation of the H ₄ mode (498). Otherwise, the specified auxiliary mode H ₅ is performed using the appropriate commands of the program control unit 215 by reading from the third memory block 208 the stored HELLs generated by ID, UD, CD and their conversion into the corresponding sections of the output document (503). Then, from the first memory block 224, all the results accumulated in it (504) are read and converted in a similar way, including the additional results obtained during the performance of the corresponding tasks, the arrays p _{Rswf of} which are then decompressed and decrypted using the corresponding PSD. IFC operation in auxiliary mode H _{5 is} completed by issuing to the information output unit 205 a prepared output document (505). As a result of implementing this mode on a data storage device on a used computer-readable medium or directly on a paper roll of a printing device of an information output unit 205, a full protocol of IFC operation will be obtained. In this regard, it is appropriate to note that the results obtained, in particular, during the work of assessment units 219, predictions 214 of preparedness of students, as well as the operation of the third information processing unit, can be presented in this protocol in the form of graphs of the dependences of the indicators used on the preparation time and simulation time.

The described descriptions of the individual blocks and the general operation algorithm of the proposed IFC are illustrated in FIG. 23 by a graph diagram of the processes of its functioning in all considered modes. This graph diagram, functionally equivalent to the IFC structural diagram (see FIG. 2), in addition, reflects the dynamic connections of the remaining IFC blocks with each other in all five modes of its operation. In Fig.23, these connections are indicated by directional arcs (arrows) connecting the vertices of the oriented graph shown on it, corresponding to the MFK blocks identified by their corresponding numbers. At the same time, the communication of the program control unit with the switchboard of the consoles 202, the first 203, the second 204 information input units, the information output unit 205 and the third memory unit 208, shown in Fig. 2 in the form of a common bus through which these devices are addressed using their respective logical numbers (codes) on the graph-diagram of the process of functioning of the IFCs are shown by individual arcs of the graph. Similarly, FIG. 23 shows the connections of the first memory block 224 with the preparedness prediction block of trainees 214 and the program control block 215.

Using this graph diagram, it becomes possible to consider a number of important features of the functioning of the proposed IFC during the implementation of the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel. The main of these features is that the main mode H ₂ "Individual preparation" is, in essence, a collection of W + 3 practically independent main closed loops - cyclic processes Ω _w , w = 0 ... W + 2, collection , information processing and control, of which the process Ω ₀ provides the learning activity, the processes Ω _w , w = 1 ... W, are the individual activities of the corresponding students, the process Ω _{W + 1 is} directly related to the functioning of the programmable timer 221, and the process Ω _{W 2} operates retego information processing unit 211. Unlike processes Ω _0, Ω _{W + 1} and Ω _{W + 2,} which describe the sequence of corresponding individual execution units corresponding IFC processes Ω _{w, w} = 1 ... W, describes one common to all trained by the contour (sequence) of the blocks for the formation of the corresponding teams, their issuance, execution and storage of results.

The first of the main circuits Ω ₀ mentioned above — ensuring the learning activity — is realized by the following closed sequence of the blocks involved in it (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 23): {"learning console 201", "first code dispenser 222", "second code dispenser 223 "," parallel working first memory block 224 and priority block 220 "," program control block 215 "," parallel-sequentially working first information processing block 207 and remote commander 202 "," learning console 201 "}. In this circuit, the student is formed and the other blocks fulfill requests to issue him the current results of assessing and predicting the preparedness of the students, analyze them by the students, take appropriate decisions and implement them in the form of commands for controlling this process performed by other blocks. This is as follows. The teacher generates a request to the program control unit 215 to issue a learning 201 to the console containing the current results of assessing and predicting the preparedness of one particular or several students for one specific or several indicators. This training message is sent to the program control unit 215 (via the first code dispenser 222, the second code dispenser 223, the first memory block 224 and the priority block 220 operating in parallel). According to the corresponding interrupt signal from the priority block 220, the program control unit 215 reads the requested data from the first memory block 224 and sends it to the first information processing unit 207 as parameters of the corresponding command, by which it generates and sends the corresponding message to the student (via the commutator switch 202). After receiving and analyzing this message, the teacher similarly requests the results of assessing and predicting the preparedness of other students or other indicators, or makes the appropriate decision to manage the preparation process and sends it in the same way to the program control unit 215 in the form of an appropriate command for execution, or does not take for a certain time no action, pondering the situation during the preparation. This process is periodically repeated according to its general scheme.

Each of the following W named main circuits Ω _w , w = 1 ... W, providing individual activity of the corresponding trainees, is realized by the following closed in the general case twice executed sequence (double circuit) of the blocks involved in it (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 23): {"program control unit 215", "parallel-sequentially operating the first information processing unit 207 and the console switch 202", "the corresponding information exchange unit 206", "the corresponding student support block 210", "the corresponding learning console 213 "," corresponding student support block 210 "," corresponding information exchange unit 206 "," third code distributor 217 "," operating pulse shaper 218 and first code distributor 222 "," second code distributor 223 and second working in parallel memory block 226 "," the first working memory block 224, the control unit for the actions of trainees 225 and the priority block 220 ", the block for assessing the preparedness of students 219, the" block for predicting the preparedness of students 214 ", the" first memory block 224 ", and the block grammnogo Management 215 "}. In this circuit, tasks corresponding to the implemented SAP Ξ _Rs are issued to each of the W students of the OTP RIUS students actually participating in this process, receive from them and fulfill requests for additional information, receive from them, process and save the results and time to complete individual tasks. This is as follows. Each of the W students trained by the program control unit 215, in turn or as he completes a previously received task using the corresponding electronic addresses A _w , w = 1 ... W, learner panels 213 are issued using the appropriate commands (through the first information processing unit 207, the switch remotes 202, the corresponding information exchange unit 206 and the corresponding student support block 210) a message containing the next task corresponding to the implemented SAP Ξ _Rs . On the information display devices of each console of the student 213, a CIM is formed that characterizes the CIS, corresponding to the received task, and the student proceeds to its analysis. If there are difficulties with making the right decision in this CIS, the student initiates the second execution of the described circuit by requesting the necessary additional information for him. In this case, the teacher generates and sends a program control unit 215 (through the corresponding student support block 210, the corresponding information exchange unit 206, the third 217, the first 222, the second 223 code dispensers, the control pulse shaper 218, the first memory block 224 and the priority block 220) message with the sign “request”, according to which priority block 220 generates an interruption signal to the program control block 215. Based on this signal, this block with the help of appropriate commands generates and sends to olnitelnye information requests to the appropriate support to the student. After receiving and analyzing additional information, the student makes a decision corresponding to the KIS being worked out, generates a response message with the sign "decision" to the program control unit 215 and sends it along the same path as the support request. This message contains all the results obtained by the student, first of all, the code of the decision made by him and the value of the time spent on its adoption, including the waiting time for additional information (if requested). The data contained in this message goes to the first memory block 224, to the unit for monitoring the actions of students 225, to the unit for assessing the preparedness of students 219, to the unit for predicting the preparedness of students 214, to the block of priority 220 and, ultimately, as an interrupt signal to the program control unit 215. The data received are sequentially processed by the units for monitoring the actions of students 225, assessing the preparedness of students 219 and predicting the preparedness of students 214, recording the corresponding results in the first block memory 224. According to the interrupt signal from the priority block 220, the program control block 215 generates and issues the next task to the freed student, and so on. Thus, this process continues throughout the entire IFC operation in the considered main mode.

The main circuit Ω _{W + 1} - maintaining the functioning of programmable timer 221 - is implemented by the following short closed chain of units involved in it: {"program control unit 215", "programmable timer 221", "priority block 220", "program control unit 215"} . In this circuit, the program control unit 215 is formed, and the programmable timer 221 and the priority block 220 execute requests to interrupt the operation of the program control unit 215 to generate, first of all, complex applications to the units for monitoring the actions of students 225, assessing the preparedness of students 219, and predicting the preparedness of students 214 and the third information processing unit 211, as well as for analyzing the remaining time until the end of preparation, determining the time of the next interruption using a programmable timer 221, forming and issuing an appropriate command.

And, finally, the remaining Ω _{W + 2} from the main circuits under consideration — maintaining the functioning of the third information processing unit 211 — is implemented by the following short closed loop of the blocks involved in it: {"program control unit 215", "third information processing unit 211", "block software control 215 "}. In this circuit, the program control unit 215 is formed, in particular, by interruption signals received from the priority unit 220, and the third information processing unit 211 executes C19 commands with parameters π = 1, or π = 2, ..., or π = П for carrying out appropriate calculations by the method of software simulation with the aim of assessing and predicting the quality of RIUS functioning according to the used indicators of efficiency and stability, clarifying the required level of effectiveness of individual and group training of its personnel, Nia values used by the LP and to provide this opportunity to teach the basis of decisions aimed at optimizing processes, training RIUS. In addition to the main circuits considered in the H ₂ mode, a number of supporting processes are carried out in which the rest of the IFC units are involved, with the exception of the fourth information processing unit 212 and the coincidence unit 216, used mainly in the main H ₃ mode.

The IFC’s work in the main mode N ₃ “Group training”, in addition to the considered features of the N ₂ mode, which is also characteristic of the N ₃ mode, has one more very specific feature due to the nature of the group training of students of OTP of typical RIUS. It consists in the purpose of such training - the formation and development to automaticity of the skills of coordinated performance by the group of individuals of OTP of the corresponding RIUS of individual algorithms of their group activity in real conditions and modes of functioning of the system, including parrying UIV of natural and artificial origin. Achieving this goal of training a group of students of OTP RIUS is significantly complicated by the lack of the ability to directly contact during their group training due to the generally remote territorial distance of the student panels 213 from each other, in which communication is possible only using appropriate technical means of exchange information. The mentioned feature of the considered H ₃ operating mode, which significantly differs from the H ₂ mode, is that during group training of students OTP RIUS in addition to the W + 3 considered above are almost independent of each other main closed cyclic processes of collecting, processing information and managing one more, W + 4th, integrating (uniting) their circuit Ω _{W + 3} is implemented - coordination (synchronization) of the work of all W remotes of students 213 when they execute individual group activity algorithms by issuing tasks to be performed in accordance with the automatically generated using the fourth information processing unit 212, coincidence unit 216 and programmable timer 221 time diagram of the IFC functioning in the considered mode of its operation. Thanks to this diagram, the set W of independent private processes in the H ₂ mode ensuring individual activity of the corresponding trainees Ω _w , w = 1 ... W, in the considered mode N ₃ becomes a coordinated process of carrying out their group training activities using the proposed IFC. The circuit Ω _{W + 3} corresponding to this process is realized by the following also very short closed sequence of blocks involved in it (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 23): {"program control block 215", "fourth information processing block 212", "coincidence block 216 "," priority block 220 "," program control block 215 "}. Coordination (synchronization) of the private processes considered above, W _w , w = 1 ... W, of ensuring the individual activities of the trainees of OTP RIUS in accordance with the optimized scenario of their group automated training Ξ _{Rs is} carried out as follows. The program control unit 215 at each coordination cycle issues a command to the fourth information processing unit 212 to issue to the coincidence unit 216 another set of previously formed UDs containing the number (code) w of the student's console 213 and the number (code) f of the task, which should be issued in the near future t0 _Rswf , the value (code) of which is also contained in the indicated set corresponding to the trainee in order to enable him to timely fulfill his corresponding individual function as part of the group of trainees of OTP RIUS in accordance with Twi with the current optimized SAP Ξ _Rs . The coincidence unit 216, having received this data from the fourth information processing unit 212, compares the value t0 _Rswf contained in them with the current time tt _R of the MFC operating from the programmable timer 221 and, at the moment of their coincidence, gives the priority block 220 contained in the processed set of UD number (code ) w of the student’s remote control 213 and the number (code) f of the task intended for him. Having received this data, priority block 220 generates an interruption signal to the program control block 215 and issues this data to it in accordance with the priority of their source. The program control unit 215 uses the obtained data when forming the corresponding application of the lowest priority for issuing the w-th console of the students 213 of the f-th task, thereby initiating the above-described corresponding private process of ensuring the individual activity of the w-th student in this mode of work as part of a group of students OTP RIUS. In addition, the program control unit 215 generates and issues to the fourth information processing unit 212 the next, similar to the just completed, command to issue the next set of DDs to the coincidence block 216, which ensures the continuation of the functioning of the described process of coordinating the processes of performing individual algorithms of group activities of students of OTP RIUS. In this regard, it should be noted that the sequence of moments of assignment of tasks to the corresponding students ordered in the H ₁ mode (see above) during optimization of the SAP forms an optimized time diagram of their coordinated individual activity for the implementation of the corresponding algorithm for the group execution of the mental and motor functions assigned to them.

The five basic cyclic processes of the operation of the MFKs considered, Ω _w , w = 0 ... W + 4, are described in FIG. 24 by the five corresponding logical diagrams of their execution, on which bidirectional and unidirectional arrows, double and triple vertical lines indicate the “corresponds” relationship and “follows”, “in parallel” and “parallel-sequentially” respectively. This representation of the general functioning algorithm of the proposed IFC clearly reflects all the actually existing connections between its respective units in the process of their work, which contributes to their successful implementation in the implementation of the proposed method of training personnel using IFC.

In view of the foregoing, let us consider two more features common to both of the main IFC operating modes. One of them consists in the formation and execution by interruptions of the functioning of the program control unit 215 corresponding to the time points of the transition from the current subinterval Δ t _m ∈ Δ T of preparation to the next, complex application for monitoring the actions of students, evaluating and predicting their preparedness, and calculations to clarify the threshold values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of individual and group training of RIUS personnel. In order to illustrate the essence of this feature, we consider the specific results of computer simulation of the work of control units for trainees 225, assessing the preparedness of trainees 219, predicting the preparedness of trainees 214 using the data on the time spent on them to make appropriate decisions entering the first memory block 224 during the implementation of the contours considered support for their activities, as well as the execution by the third processing unit of information of 211 applications for carrying out relevant calculations by him (see . higher). These results were obtained using the aforementioned computer program lp.exe for constructing and analyzing a parametric forecast.

In _relation to the indicators ψ _EIjRsw (t _m ), j = 1 ... 4, of the form (12) - (14) of the preparedness of a particular student, an example of the results obtained is presented in Table 2 for M = 22, m = 17, I ₂ = 1 and I ₃ = 5 by the values ψ (ω, I) = ψ _ЭИ1Rsw (t _m ), for which, as in expression (50), instead of the variables t _{m + 1} , t _m , t _m-1 , as arguments of the corresponding functions, ... t _{m-I + 1} , the indices ω +1, ω, ω -1, ..., ω -i _{+ 1} are indicated, and the EI indices, j = 1, R, s, w, are omitted to save space.

table 2 Initial data and the results of forecasting the preparedness of students t _m , ω, ψ Initial data results t _m t ₁₁ t ₁₂ t ₁₃ t ₁₄ t ₁₅ t ₁₆ t ₁₇ t ₁₈ t ₁₉ t ₂₀ t ₂₁ t ₂₂ ω eleven 12 thirteen 14 fifteen 16 17 eighteen 19 twenty 21 22 ψ (ω, I) 0.47 0.55 0.61 0.65 0.67 0.69 0.70 0.707 0.712 0.715 0.717 0.719

For the considered example, the Ip.exe program automatically found the values I = 3, b ₀ = 0.51, b ₁ = b ₂ = 0.0 and b ₃ = 0.29, for which the prediction equation (50) of future I ₃ = 5 values of the used indicator (12) has the form:

Using the lp.exe program, the results of processing the corresponding data and predicting their future values can be presented in the form of graphs of the dependencies of the used preparedness indicators of students on the preparation time corresponding to similar equations. A fragment of such a relationship with respect to the data in table 2 and the prediction equation (67) is shown in Fig. 25. On the graph of this dependence, the first I ₂ = 7 points describe the preparation process for a particular student, characterized by the initial values of the preparedness indicator used (12), and the remaining points describe the projected development of the process under consideration at I ₃ = 5 UKZ forward. Similar results were obtained in relation to other indicators of individual (for modes H ₂ and H ₃ ) and group (for mode H ₃ ) preparedness of students of the OTP RIUS. The nature of the respective dependencies is similar to the nature of the dependence shown in Fig.25.

Using the lp.exe program, the behavior of typical dependences of the E efficiency (t _m , ψ _EG ) and the stability U (t _m , ψ _EG ) of the RIUS functioning on the efficiency ψ _EG = ψ _EG (t) of group training of its personnel, as well as on model time t _m simulation of the processes of its functioning using the corresponding PSD. An example of fragments of these dependencies as functions of ψ _EG constructed during computer simulation of the third information processing unit 211 when they execute the corresponding commands C19 of the program control unit 215 with parameters π = 1 and π = 2 are shown in Fig. 26. In this example, for values of ψ _EG satisfying LN 0.0 <ψ _EG ≤ 0.5, the values of efficiency indicators E (ψ _EG ) and stability U (ψ _EG ) of the operation of the RIUS were determined by simulating (π = 1) the processes of its functioning using the corresponding PSD, and for values satisfying LN 0.5 <ψ _EG ≤ 1.0, by predicting (π = 2) using the corresponding prediction equation obtained in the form (50), similar to that described by expression (67). The values of ψ _EG corresponding to π = 1 and π = 2, in Fig.26 are indicated as the simulation region and the forecast region, respectively. In addition, in Fig. 26, the arrows also show the refinement scheme in accordance with expressions (63), (64) of the threshold value ψ _{TEG of the} used indicator of the effectiveness of group training of RIUS personnel. From this scheme, in particular, it is seen that for sufficiently (about 20%) different predetermined required values of the threshold values _{П P} = 0.9 and Y _P = 0.75 (see above), the corresponding values of ψ _EP = ψ ( _{П P} ) and ψ _UP = ψ (U _P ) the effectiveness of group training of personnel can be very close. As a result, the value of ψ _TrEG = ψ _EP = 0.58 determined in accordance with expression (64) turns out to differ from the value of ψ _UP = 0.54 by only about 7%. It is clear that in this example, as the simulation region increases and, accordingly, the forecast region decreases, the indicated differences will be even smaller, and the prediction equation in the forecast region becomes actually a straight equation. In _relation to the value of ψ _TrEG obtained in this way, bearing in mind that ψ _0EGn = ψ _TrEG , n = 1 ... N, the required values of ψ _{0ЭИnw of} individual readiness of the _wth , w = 1 ... W _n trained n-th, n = 1 ... N, FSE. So, in accordance with expression (65) in this example, for W _n = 1, these values turn out to be 0.58, for W _n = 2 - about 0.762, for W _n = 3 - about 0.834, and for W _n = 4 - about 0.873 . From the considered examples and schemes, it becomes obvious that an increase in the threshold values of E _P and U _P automatically entails an increase in the required levels of group and individual preparedness of students.

Given the foregoing and taking into account that the basis of the preparedness forecasting unit for trainees 214 and the third information processing unit 211 are forecasting procedures, the essence of the considered general feature of the main operating modes of the IFC can be formulated as a conclusion about the advisability of implementing its named blocks using the algorithm and the corresponding DMA, similar to the used lp.exe computer program. This will provide an opportunity to present the forecasting results obtained during the operation of the said blocks, when they are transmitted to the student’s remote control 201 or when they are documented in the form of corresponding tables and graphs of the dependencies of the indicators used on their arguments, examples of which are shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 26.

The second feature of the basic operating modes of the IFC, which is directly related to the considered one, as well as to the functioning of the above-described contour of ensuring the activities of the teacher, is manifested in resolving situations that require a clear definition of its role and place (functions) in the automated management of the training process for RIUS personnel. Such situations arise when implementing the expressions of the form (45), (46), (49), (51) - (54), (61), (62) and / or other possible LNs and using the corresponding LNs that form the set ( 47), as well as in the design and implementation of the relevant rules and algorithms for these drugs, the automated decision-making by the training manager using results similar to those shown in table 2, in Fig. 25 and in Fig. 26. There are many examples of such situations. As applied to the results of simulation and forecasting, such situations are, for example, the following: 1) conditions of the form (45) and (46) have not yet been fulfilled, while a condition of the form (51) is already fulfilled; 2) conditions of the form (45), (46) and (51) are not yet satisfied, while some conditions of the form (54) are already satisfied. It is clear that in order to enable the learner to resolve these and similar situations when developing the appropriate PSD included in their library, the possibility of their work in an interactive (dialogue) mode should be provided. During its implementation, the student should be given the opportunity to make various decisions, such as changing (clarifying) the values of the parameters I ₂ and / or I _{3 of the} processes for assessing and predicting the preparedness of students or make any other changes to them at his discretion aiming to ensure the development of the training process in the required most rational direction. In addition to the examples of training decisions prepared by us above, other examples of decision-making rules for students and the corresponding LUs of the form (54) can be their following standard formulations: “if for at least one i, i = 1 ... I ₃ , and for any j, j = 1 ... J _EI , LU Δ ψ _{FP jRs} (·)> ε _{OP is fulfilled} , then the training of students is continued without changing the values of other parameters ";"if for at least one i, i = 1 ... I ₃ , and for any j, j = 1 ... j _EI , the LU Δ ψ _{FP jRs} (·) ≈ ε _{OP is satisfied} , then make the necessary (corresponding) changes continue to the data used and the training of students ";"if for all i, i = 1 ... I ₃ , LU Δ ψ _{FP jRs} (·) ≤ ε _Op , is performed for all used indicators of individual preparedness, then the individual training of students should be stopped and transferred to their group training", in which all the notation has the same meaning as in expressions (52) - (54).

When implementing the proposed IFC, the complete list of such decision-making rules for trainers is presented in the form of the corresponding computer database file, which is used as one of the main sources of input data for the corresponding PSDs from their used library, with the help of which C19 block commands are executed in the third information processing unit 211 program control 215 with parameters π = 3 (see above). As a result of the execution of such commands, the truth or falsity of LUs corresponding to the teaching rules specified and similar to them is determined. The results of calculating the values of the corresponding LPs as elements of their set (47), stored and accumulated in the corresponding local memory arrays of the third information processing unit 211, are used in appropriate situations by the teaching staff when making decisions on managing the training process for trained students of OTP RIUS.

Taking into account that the central computer, which is part of the proposed unified multifunctional complex for the implementation of an integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel, essentially performs server functions during its operation, which places high demands on its reliability, we complete the description of the claimed group of inventions by formulating a number of reasonable during the ongoing design study of technical ways to create an industrial design of this IFC and aimed at fulfilling such requirements th private and shared practical advice (proposals) on some important aspects and features of its implementation and enforcement, including the creation and use of databases and JMP library. One of such recommendations is to use the so-called non-volatile memory devices for the long time storing the data recorded in them after turning off the power as the first 224, second 226, and third 208 memory blocks of the proposed IFC, which allows repeatedly continuing individual or group training of students with OTP after a stop (suspension) of the corresponding process for one or another organizational or technical reason. Another suggestion is that, in the general case, each episode of the practical use of the IFC in accordance with its purpose should be preceded by program control of the presence of all the system program modules and software necessary for its operation on the corresponding computer-readable storage medium of the information input system that is part of the central computer, and in case of their absence - placement (installation) of the respective software modules. As such a device, either a standard software-controlled device for reading data from a flexible or hard magnetic or optical disk, or each of the two information input units included in the IFC, can be used specially included in the IFC MFK central computer. The next recommendation is to rationalize the composition of the PSD to obtain estimates of the effectiveness and efficiency of training students using all the above-mentioned and similar standard indicators, as well as to calculate using these estimates the values of drugs that are elements of their set (47). It is advisable to carry out such assessments and calculations using the appropriate unified interactive software modules that provide the student with the opportunity to choose (change a previous choice) specific indicators of the preparedness of the students and the corresponding decision-making rules based on the results of analysis and prediction of their values depending on the current results obtained in the course of USP situations. Another recommendation is that the JMP library and databases necessary for the operation of the IFC to be used must be carefully prepared in advance (in particular, equipped with the necessary anti-malware tools and restore information integrity) and placed together on two identical computer-readable media, the information input blocks inserted into the first 203 and the second 204 through their second inputs, which will allow in case of failure or damage to information on one of them as a backup. And finally, another proposal is to use at least one of the two information input blocks as information output unit 205 in case of failure. This is possible provided that as part of the IFC, a writing device is used as at least one of these two blocks, i.e. working and in recording (output) mode, the device. In addition, this will allow, upon completion of the UKZ, to record (save) the current state of the database on an appropriate machine-readable storage medium.

Implementation of the considered organizational and technical measures consistent with these proposals provides the opportunity not only to repeatedly continue the process of individual and group training of students after it has been stopped for one reason or another, including failures and the impact of malware, but also to significantly increase the stability of the most vulnerable blocks of the proposed IFC, DBs and libraries of SPM to the effects of typical WFs. Ultimately, this allows us to provide the required didactic and technical and economic efficiency of the proposed IFC in the training of typical RIUS personnel in the areas of professional activity under consideration.

From the above comprehensive description of the proposed IFC and some ways to ensure its reliability and effectiveness, it follows that it has significantly expanded functionality compared to the prototype complex. This allows us to fully realize its purpose as a unified IFC for implementing a comprehensive method for the automated training of RIUS personnel by providing the opportunity for the teaching and learning personnel of the OTP of each specific RIUS to jointly work out any tasks corresponding to real mental and motor skills to the required level of preparedness functions of persons of the OTP of the simulated RIUS. When using the proposed IFC, this is achieved by replenishing the indicated JMP library by including in it the new modules used in the simulated RIUS and specially developed new modules, automatically extracting from this library the OTP RIUS SPM students who are required to perform the specific functions and sending them using information exchange tools to remotely remotes of the trainees 213 for subsequent execution when working out the corresponding tasks. The functional capabilities of the proposed IFC make it possible to ensure the required adequacy of the conditions for the activities of students trained for the conditions of professional activity of OTP persons of any particular RIUS, to automate the training functions for evaluating and predicting the process of preparing persons for its OTP, to optimize the management of these processes, to obtain actual and expected values used on this basis indicators of individual and group effectiveness and training of trainees, evaluates l and to predict their impact on the efficiency and stability of the system under consideration, on this basis to clarify the threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of its personnel, to record the progress of its training processes, and ultimately to ensure the possibility of using this device in the preparation of OTP persons of a wide class of ergatic RIUS.

The full implementation of these functionalities of the proposed integrated method for automated training of RIUS personnel and the unified IFC for its implementation during its industrial creation is precisely the integral technical result that can be obtained by implementing the proposed group of inventions. When they are used as the basis for the technical support of individual and group training of OTP specific RIUS critical applications, the student gets the opportunity to analyze not only the current values of the used indicators of individual and group preparedness of students for a number of past points in time, but also the results of predicting their values at future times , compare their current values with previously predicted values, judge the achieved levels of individual and group preparedness of students, their compliance with the required levels, to predict the course and outcome of training, focusing on the estimated values of the used indicators of the effectiveness and stability of the considered RIUS, as well as to take adequate decisions aimed at optimizing the relevant processes in managing RIUS personnel in that or one of the main operating modes of the proposed IFC.

Important and necessary conditions for obtaining in full the specified technical results is the successful completion of ongoing work on the industrial implementation of the claimed group of inventions in the form of a unified IFC for the implementation of a comprehensive method for the automated training of RIUS personnel (see Borschev S.N., Mikhailov V.T., Podluzhny V.I., Savchenko A.V., Savchenko M.A. Conceptual design of a global unified multifunctional simulator for distance learning of design specialists and applied July of spatially distributed ergatic systems: purpose, objectives and methods of their solution on the basis of the Internet // In Sat III International Scientific and Technical Conference "Cybernetics and Technologies of the XXI Century. - Voronezh: Sakvoee, 2002. - S.494-505) , as well as ensuring the necessary high professionalism of the training and maintenance staff of IFC.

In this regard, it should be emphasized that a very detailed discussion of the main and a number of auxiliary issues of the construction and functioning of the mechanism determined by the claimed group of inventions was aimed, first of all, to give the relevant specialists comprehensive information about the contents of the main ones shown in figa and fig.1b actions in accordance with the proposed integrated method of automated training of RIUS personnel, performed as in the preparation of the first and second machine-readable media of information rmacia for their use in the process of applying the inventive integrated automated mechanism for distance training of personnel of RIUS, and directly in the process of IFC to implement the proposed method. In addition, it was meant to comprehensively inform potential corporate and other potential users and consumers of relevant services in the field of professional training on the status of work on the implementation of a unique corporate project to create this mechanism, as well as arouse the business interest of potential investors in it, to its joint practical use, further improvement and development in a number of very promising areas (see Creating an Internet Corp. resources in the form of a family of telecommunication simulators for distance learning and training directly at the workplace of people of operational and technical personnel of ACS of critical applications // Collection of business proposals of the III Moscow International Salon of Innovations and Investments / A.I. Boldinov, S.N. Borschev, V.T.Mikhaylev, V.I. Podluzhny, A.V. Savchenko, M.A. Savchenko, M.A. Chursin, etc. - M.: Ministry of Industry, Science and Technology of the Russian Federation, All-Russian Exhibition Center, 2003. - С .155-156). In this regard, as another illustration of the claimed mechanism, we give the option of constructing the proposed unified IFC based on the global telecommunication network Internet, presented in Fig.27. It schematically shows the structure of the implementation of the first stage of the ongoing corporate project to create a distributed educational environment, the basis of which are three educational servers (UTS) UTS-1, UTS-2 and UTS-3, which are territorially located in the premises of the applicant organizations, suitably equipped with standard technical means of access and access control to Internet resources, as well as equipped with the necessary information and technical solutions that provide an opportunity to Variable sanctioned provision and payment of services in the use of relevant information and software products. Similar technical means and methods of their application are well known (see, for example, Kreinak D., Hebraiken D. Internet: Encyclopedia / Transl. From English - St. Petersburg: Peter, 1999; Murtazin E.V. Internet: Textbook. - M .: DMK Light, 1999; RF patents №2155984 "Method of providing paid services related to the use of software via the Internet", No. 2161818 "Method of payment for goods and services on the Internet", No. 2162245 "Method of payment and receipt of services and goods with the use of identification codes and the system for implementing the method "et al.) and do not require comments i. As can be seen from the diagram shown in Fig. 27, with the construction option under consideration, the first stage of the proposed unified IFC is created as a set of three regional Internet classes for preparing groups of trainees of OTP of the considered RIUS with a population of 15-20 people each directly on the basis of the applicant organizations having copies machine-readable storage media for storing libraries of SPM and DB, as well as an almost unlimited number of personnel associated with individual workstations of individual control panels learning s and their local groups of 5-7 people each to prepare them directly on company-consumers of appropriate educational services paid in the established order over the Internet. It should be noted that one of the promising directions for the further development of this option for constructing the proposed IFC is the creation of several more regional Internet classes, also equipped with appropriate TCBs, for the preparation of groups of trainees of OTP under consideration by RIUS based on the representations of one of the applicant organizations in a number of Russian cities.

Considering the above, let us briefly dwell on the ways to ensure the necessary high level of professionalism of the training staff of the declared unified IFC for the successful implementation and development of this project. First of all, he should fully possess all the professional knowledge, skills and abilities in the field of professional activity of the OTP RIUS persons that are to be mastered by the student as a result of the training. But that is not enough. Conducted in a number of studies (see, for example, Obraztsov P.I.Psychological and pedagogical aspects of the development and application of information technology training. - Orel: OSTU, 2000), an analysis of the extensive experience in training specialists in a number of areas of professional activity using various kinds of information technologies, OTK and other technical teaching aids shows that for their effective and efficient application, the teacher must possess, in addition to the above purely professional, also well-defined general didactic specific and specific knowledge, skills and instructor skills using the proposed IFC.

As applied to the field of professional training for the personnel of the RIUS under consideration, are general didactic knowledge, namely: the concept of information and computer technologies for professional training using QCD, their purpose, didactic functions and capabilities; classes and types of information and computer tools implemented and used in the applied quality assurance systems, their role and place in educational processes, principles and psychological and pedagogical conditions for the use of quality assurance, the basics of determining the effectiveness and efficiency of their use in the implementation of specific teaching materials, the main forms and methods of organizing professional training using OTC, the basics of their design technology. General didactic skills are also the ability to determine the role and place of information technology, individual computer tools, in particular, PSD in the structure of the proposed IFC, to use their didactic capabilities; select such tools from among those known for inclusion in the JMP library, justify the didactic requirements for such tools and the need for their development, taking into account psychological and pedagogical factors, find didactically appropriate options for their use; combine verbal (verbal) presentation of educational material with the use of IFCs, frontal and individual forms of work with students; to carry out the selection, structuring and preparation of educational material for its inclusion in the database and subsequent use when applying IFCs, etc. Special knowledge is about the role and revenge of the IFC in the training of personnel of RIUS UTP, about the subjects taught with its use, about the didactic opportunities and operational and technical characteristics of the IFC, about the technology and the specifics of its use in all types of UKZ, including independent work of students using the didactic capabilities of their consoles, combined with the workstation of the respective RIUS operators, on the technology for selecting and preparing training material for inclusion in the database and its use when UTP using IFC. The special abilities are also the skills to design specific SAPs for students, to justify the role and place of individual PSDs during various types of UKZ in the studied theoretical and practical disciplines in accordance with such SAPs, to determine the content of educational material for the used SAPs (topic, section), the corresponding set of PSDs and the structure of their interaction during use, choose the most rational options for conducting UKZ using IFCs, develop algorithms to improve existing and create new PSDs for their subsequent inclusion in the PSD library and use them in the implementation of the appropriate TSS, draw up methodological explanations for the used PSDs and the necessary information and didactic materials to support students, practically work on the workstation (console) of the training IFC, with general and special software used by the PC , conduct analysis and meaningful interpretation of the obtained training results, evaluate the reliability of the determined values of the used indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of UKZ with using IFCs and the reachability of their specified required (threshold) values, etc.

The qualification requirements for educators formulated in this way allow us to determine the basic principles of their professional training for the implementation of their instructor activities using the proposed IFC in the following general form. In the general didactic part of the training of trainers, they should form a system of generalized knowledge and skills in the effective and efficient application of IFCs, and in the special part, their consolidation, specification and transfer to changing (new) conditions. The final phase of the training of teachers and verification of their preparedness for instructors using the proposed IFC is the practical implementation of the acquired knowledge, skills and abilities during specific UKZ with students. Thus, the training of students for the practical use of the proposed IFC becomes logically completed. For technical and informational support of the required level of professional preparedness of the trainees thus determined and the general scheme for its achievement, the corresponding elements may be included in the library of JMP and databases of the proposed IFC.

Summarizing the above, it should be emphasized that the changes and modifications of the described technical solutions, in particular, specific indicators of efficiency and effectiveness of individual and group training of students of the OTP of a typical RIUS, indicators of the quality of its functioning, information processing algorithms, LA and the rules for making management decisions that implement them options for constructing individual elements (actions and blocks) of the claimed group of inventions during their implementation can be made without departure from the application direct scope of patent claims. It is understood that these claims are limited solely by the scope of patent protection of the attached claims.

Claims (2)

1.  A comprehensive method for automated training of personnel of a distributed information management system (RIUS),  in accordance with which the initial state of the computer files of the database on the models of specialists is preliminarily formed,  knowledge  skills  trainees skills  scenarios and results of preparation (DB),  why simultaneously or sequentially form two information blocks of relevant information,  convert these blocks into corresponding source sequences of binary codes,  fix these sequences on the corresponding intermediate storage media,  which are used as  in particular,  removable magnetic disks,  or electronic notebooks,  or microcomputers,  sequentially read the source sequences of binary codes fixed on these storage media,  convert them to the corresponding resulting binary code sequences,  using the appropriate known software for data conversion,  generating appropriate computer files,  establishing informational links between them and controlling their totality,  fix the specified resulting sequence of binary codes on the first computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer database files,  decide on the termination of work or on its continuation by generating computer files of the library of plug-in program modules (JMP) for information processing and management,  moreover, when forming the first information block of the relevant information for the database determine the amount  the composition and organizational structure of local groups of personnel subject to automated training of the considered RIUS,  form lists of specific information situations (CIS),  in which the students are to act in the implementation of the professional activities of the relevant persons of the personnel of this system,  make descriptions of specific information models (CIM) corresponding to such situations,  determine the list of training materials to be theoretically and practically mastered by the relevant trainees,  which use conventional and / or electronic textbooks,  and / or teaching aids,  and / or technical documentation,  and / or other sources of professional knowledge,  skills  which must be possessed by the relevant persons of the system personnel,  structure the descriptions of CIS  CMM and training materials to be mastered,  form the totality of the relevant tasks for the relevant students to perform the relevant acts of educational activity (UTD),  create a number of specific scenarios of automated training (EPS) of trained personnel,  including,  at least,  two scenarios of individual preparation of students,  two scenarios of group training of local groups of students and two scenarios of group training of all trained personnel in the corresponding basic modes of the complex,  while determining the duration of the total preparation time,  the number of relevant computer training classes (UKZ),  carried out in the corresponding modes of its work,  their duration and sequence,  and every lesson  in turn,  represent in the form of a set of relevant tasks to the appropriate students to perform the relevant acts of the FTD,  moreover, in each set of tasks corresponding to a separate UKZ include,  at least,  two tasks for each student,  or,  at least,  two tasks for each local group of students,  or,  at least,  two tasks for all trained personnel,  form the initial time diagrams of the issuance of individual tasks to the appropriate students during the relevant UKZ,  wherein each KIS task is characterized by the corresponding KIM,  which is supplied with reference codes (pointers) to the corresponding PSD for its formation on the information display devices of the corresponding student remotes,  and when forming the second information block of the relevant information for the database using communication tools,  which use any known means of exchanging information between its remote sources and consumers,  establish two-way communication with each remote potential student,  receive primary personal data from him,  which are used as  in particular,  last name  name,  patronymic,  location,  personal signature sample  give each student the appropriate authority to use the resources of the complex by supplementing his primary personal data with secondary personal data corresponding to his authority,  which use a password and / or electronic signature,  and inform each student about his credentials and relevant personal data,  simultaneously or sequentially with the formation of computer files, databases form computer files of the JMP library of information processing and management,  why determine the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students,  algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  formation of logical conditions (LU),  making management decisions,  as well as other information processing and control algorithms,  including  at least,  one indicator of the effectiveness of individual and group training of local groups of trainees and all trained personnel,  according to one appropriate algorithm for calculating their current values,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  calculating such values  formation of LU and making management decisions,  form a list of PSDs,  included in the library of such modules,  containing  in particular,  SPM for calculating the current values of the used indicators of the effectiveness of training students,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  calculating such values  the formation of LU and decision-making on the management of educational processes (USP) based on the results of verifying the truth of the used LU,  create source codes for computer programs corresponding to each PSD using well-known languages and software design technologies for systems,  functioning in real time,  fix the specified source codes of computer programs in the form of corresponding information blocks on intermediate storage media,  which are used as  in particular,  removable magnetic disks,  or electronic notebooks,  or microcomputers,  read said information blocks from intermediate storage media,  convert the read information blocks into the corresponding source sequence of binary codes of the source codes of computer programs using well-known software and computer technology to automate the processes of creating individual programs and program modules,  transform these sequences into the corresponding resulting binary code sequences of the computer files of the JMP library using well-known software and computer technologies for automating the processes of creating libraries of program modules and their corresponding computer files,  establishing informational links between them and controlling their totality,  fix the specified resulting sequence of binary codes on the second computer-readable storage medium in the form of the corresponding computer files of the JMP library and decide on the termination of work or on its continuation by implementing the complex initialization mode,  implement this mode immediately before the start of each UKZ or a sequence of several successive sessions without long breaks of such classes,  conducted using the complex,  for this, they monitor the operability of its local blocks and the constant software modules used by them by appropriate testing,  set in the first and second blocks of input information corresponding machine-readable storage media,  read the sequences of binary codes previously fixed on them in the form of corresponding computer files,  check the correctness and completeness of the database and the JMP library they form,  distribute the specified sequence of binary codes between blocks of memory,  information processing  software control and remote learning complex,  control the performance of remotely remote trainees' panels and the corresponding information exchange units with them by forming the first tasks for each student to monitor the performance of the corresponding student's console,  provide personal data for their control and identification of the student,  the implementation of the processes of primary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  data processing  contained in the response messages of the trainees,  and analysis of the results of students completing the first tasks,  and according to the results of control, they judge the performance of the complex as a whole,  determine the composition of the local groups of trainees and the entire trained staff by counting the response messages received from the trainees with the correct personal data,  inform the student about the results of the initial messaging by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the learning console,  after its perception, the trainers provide him with the necessary initial data for making appropriate control decisions by forming the corresponding CMM on the display devices of the learning console,  then analyze the data presented in this information model with a decision on the continuation or termination of the complex (if it is necessary to troubleshoot or make changes to the database and / or the JMP library),  make appropriate management decisions,  in particular,  about the main mode to be implemented (individual or group preparation) of the complex,  about a specific SAP in this mode,  about the start time of the first UKZ in accordance with this scenario,  on indicators of preparedness of students,  about the algorithm for predicting their future values and about LU for making decisions on the management of the preparation process in the selected mode of the complex during,  at least,  one UKZ,  about threshold (required) values of given indicators of preparedness of students,  about the parameters of the forecasting algorithm and LU for decision making,  on the frequency of assessing the preparedness of students,  the formation and issuance of control actions on the relevant USP,  about starting values of other parameters of these processes and control actions on them,  enter the source and control data corresponding to the decisions taken into the corresponding elements of the CMM,  formed on the information display devices of the learning console and distribute the entered data between the corresponding blocks of the complex,  configure the local blocks of the complex to implement the selected mode of its operation and the selected specific SAP in this mode,  for this, all the program modules necessary for the operation of the complex are extracted from the SPM library stored in the third memory block,  distribute sequences of binary codes,  corresponding to those extracted from the JMP library,  between the respective software blocks of the complex,  equip them with the given training values of the variable parameters of the corresponding indicators,  algorithms and LU,  after which they make a decision on the implementation of the selected basic mode of operation of the complex and the corresponding specific SAP of the trainees by conducting the sequence of UKZ corresponding to the adopted decision,  consisting  at least,  from one such activity,  in order to achieve predetermined threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  for this, the totality of the current (first,  to the second  subsequent) UKZ second and subsequent assignments to students,  necessary for their fulfillment of the PSD and the time chart for the delivery of the indicated tasks to the appropriate students in accordance with the specific SAP and carry out these classes by implementing the time chart for the delivery of the second and subsequent tasks to the corresponding students in the given mode of operation,  why form the appropriate control commands,  issue these commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex according to the corresponding signals of the interruption of the program control unit using a programmable timer,  perform these commands by forming the second and subsequent tasks for each student,  the formation of applications corresponding to these tasks for the formation and sending of appropriate source messages,  inclusion of such applications with relevant priorities in the queue of applications for their implementation and initiating the corresponding processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding trainees' panels by extracting the relevant applications from the queue taking into account their priorities and fulfilling the extracted applications,  why carry out the processes of the secondary exchange of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  process the data contained in the response messages,  interrupt with a predetermined periodicity the current mode of operation of the complex for the implementation of the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development,  with each such interruption, the complex is transferred to the mode of assessing the preparedness of students and its development and implementing this mode by forming sequences of values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of the fulfillment by the students of the corresponding tasks,  calculating the current values of the given indicators of individual and / or group preparedness of students in the course of the corresponding processing of a given amount of the last elements of these sequences,  predicting the development of the corresponding USP within the given training quantity of the following UKZ based on the construction of equations for predicting the future values of the used indicators of preparedness of the students corresponding to the algorithm used,  subsequent calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future classes and analysis of the behavior of the corresponding dependences of these indicators on the preparation time,  at the same time, the values (true or false) of the specified LUs are determined for the adoption of appropriate control decisions,  make decisions  corresponding to certain values of the used LU,  implement the decisions made by forming the appropriate control actions in the form of commands to the corresponding blocks of the complex and issuing them formed teams,  after which, depending on the used LU and / or their obtained values, in order to optimize the corresponding USP, the values of the variable parameters of the complex and / or the parameters of the used indicators of preparedness of the students are adjusted,  and / or forecasting algorithm,  and / or LU or leave the values of these parameters unchanged,  decide on the continuation of the current UKZ by resuming the interrupted mode of operation of the complex, followed by storing the results of the assessment of the current preparedness of the trainees and its development in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex or on checking the control unit for termination of its work,  moreover, in the process of primary and secondary exchanges of source and response messages with the corresponding remotes of the trainees,  including their assignments,  form the initial message to the corresponding console of the student in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  containing the codes of the assignment to the student and the codes of the PSD for the process of its implementation  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  add to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  retrieve the codes of the received task and the corresponding PSD for ensuring the process of its implementation from the sequence of binary codes converted to the initial form,  form using the extracted PSD corresponding to the received CMM task of the corresponding CIS on the information display devices of the corresponding console of the student,  register the point in time of the beginning of the execution by the corresponding trainees of the received task  perceive data  represented in KIM,  carry out appropriate mental and motor operations,  make a decision  corresponding to the task to be performed,  enter data  relevant to the decision,  to the appropriate CMM elements,  formed on the information display devices of the student’s console,  register the point in time for completion of the assignment by the appropriate trainees and the results obtained,  determine the codes for the duration of time and the obtained results of the student’s completion of the corresponding task,  remember the codes of the duration of time and the results obtained by the student,  form a response message in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  transmit using the electronic address of the remote training the sequence of signals,  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  data,  contained in the response messages of the trainees,  they are processed by extracting from the obtained sequence of binary codes the execution time for the corresponding trainee of the task and the results obtained,  distribution of the extracted codes between the corresponding blocks of the complex,  quality control of students ’UTD by determining the values of signs of timeliness and the correctness of their fulfillment of the corresponding tasks,  storing the values of these signs and the results obtained in the corresponding memory blocks of the complex,  moreover, the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes is carried out using known software for the appropriate purpose by compressing (compressing) the sequence of binary codes and encrypting the compressed sequence of binary codes,  and the second (inverse with respect to the indicated first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form - by means of its corresponding decryption and decompression of the decrypted sequence,  LU verification of the termination of the complex is carried out in order to make a decision on its transfer to the output mode,  in particular,  due to the need to restore its performance by,  eg,  troubleshooting or making changes (additions,  corrections) to the database and / or to the JMP library,  or due to the expiration of a predetermined duration of the current UKZ,  or achievement during the current UKZ of the used indicators of preparedness of the trainees of their required threshold values,  or completion of a predefined sequence of UKZ,  or the expiration of a predetermined duration of the total preparation time,  and the mode of outputting the results of the complex’s operation is implemented by forming the protocol of the complex’s operation in the implemented modes of its operation as appropriate computer files  in particular,  in initialization mode,  during a UKZ or UKZ sequence,  or training  fixing the generated protocol and the main results of preparation on a paper medium,  as well as fixing the current state of the corresponding sections of the memory blocks of the complex on a third computer-readable storage medium in the form of corresponding computer database files,  used during subsequent UKZ,  in particular,  as the first computer readable medium,  characterized in  that a) in the formation of the first information block of information for the database description of CIS,  KIM and the learning materials to be mastered are structured by extracting from the information contained in them the conventional units of knowledge to be studied,  skills,  then evaluate the differentiated and integral complexities of these descriptions and training materials by counting the private and total quantities of these conventional units and their corresponding private and general complexities,  at the same time, a knowledge quantum is used as a conventional unit of knowledge,  and as a conditional unit of skills, a separate step of the algorithm of the individual and / or group activity to be mastered,  moreover, the complexity of each assessed knowledge quantum is characterized by the number of symbols contained in it or the level of representation of the knowledge contained in it (in points),  and the complexity of a single step of the individual and / or group activity algorithm is the number of typical elementary operations to be performed during the implementation of this step and its significance in the corresponding algorithm,  which is evaluated experimentally or by computer simulation of activity,  or expertly and are characterized by a standard time interval,  necessary to complete this step,  b) in the formation of the totality of the relevant tasks of the relevant trainees to perform the relevant acts of FTD,  as well as when submitting the UKZ in the form of such aggregates, trainees use, as acts of FTD, the development of conventional units of necessary knowledge and / or skills by them,  and / or information processing and / or decision-making skills in the respective CIS,  and / or coordinated implementation of relevant operations,  c) before the formation of the initial time diagrams of the issuance of individual tasks to appropriate students, when conducting appropriate UKZ, the differentiated and integral difficulties of each generated task are evaluated,  each set of such tasks in each main mode of operation of the claimed complex when implementing the corresponding EPS,  in this case, the differentiated complexity of each task is characterized by an ordered set of complexity assessments to be mastered by trainees when performing this task, conventional units of knowledge and / or skills,  and / or skills  and the integral complexity of the task - the sum of the estimates of the complexity of the specified arbitrary units,  d) when determining the lists of used indicators of preparedness of students,  algorithms for calculating the current values of the corresponding functions,  constructing equations for predicting their future values,  formation of LU  making management decisions,  as well as other information processing and control algorithms, these lists additionally include,  at least,  one indicator of the effectiveness of individual and group training of trained local groups and all trained personnel,  one indicator of the effectiveness and stability of functioning under the conditions of typical disturbing factors corresponding to such groups of individual functional and structural elements and the whole RIUS as a whole,  one corresponding algorithm for calculating the current values of functions,  corresponding to the specified additional indicators of preparedness of students and the quality of the system,  the formation of the corresponding LU,  making appropriate management decisions,  as well as one algorithm for optimizing the conversion of specific SAP students to the corresponding resulting scenarios and calculating the adjusted threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  d) when forming the list of PSD,  included in the library of such modules,  this list additionally includes PSD for calculating the current values of additionally used indicators of student training performance,  the effectiveness and sustainability of the operation of the RIUS and its individual functional and structural elements,  as well as for optimizing the conversion of specific SAP students to the appropriate resulting scenarios and for calculating the specified threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of students,  f) after reading from the third memory block the aggregates corresponding to the current (first,  to the second  subsequent) UKZ second and subsequent assignments to students,  the SPM necessary for their fulfillment and the time schedule for the assignment of the indicated tasks to the appropriate students in accordance with the specific SAP, adjust the totality of the read tasks and the time chart for their assignment to the students, taking into account the composition of their local groups and the entire trained personnel, by excluding from it the tasks and their issuance by the students,  not providing the relevant personal data,  and they also optimize the specific SAP to be implemented by appropriate conversion of its time diagram using the appropriate DTM to implement such a conversion,  g) after registering the time point for the start of the fulfillment of the received assignment by the corresponding student, they support its FTD by performing any one in accordance with the implemented SAP,  or any two,  or all three of the following,  namely:  1) demonstration to the learner of the options for the correct or incorrect execution of the operations of manipulating the corresponding person of the personnel of the corresponding functional structural element of the RIUS by the relevant management bodies in the implementation of the studied acts of his individual activity and / or the logical schemes of his interaction with other persons of the staff in the implementation of the studied acts of his group activity,  corresponding to the task to be performed,  by showing the corresponding dynamically generated on the information display devices of the corresponding student’s console using the corresponding PSD of the corresponding fragments of the current CMM,  eg,  video images with their corresponding audio accompaniment,  2) encouraging the student to perform or non-fulfill certain mental and / or motor operations in the process of the implementation of the relevant acts of his TCD to complete the task,  why the student is subjected to appropriate educational information influences,  programmed in the form of corresponding fragments of the current CMM,  3) fulfillment of a student’s request formed on the initiative to provide him with additional information,  necessary to complete the task,  at the same time form the initial message corresponding to the learner’s request to the program control unit in the form of a corresponding sequence of binary codes,  containing the request code for additional information,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel using the electronic address of the learning console,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  extract from the obtained sequence of binary codes the student’s request code for additional information,  form an application corresponding to the student’s request for the formation and sending him a corresponding message,  include this application with the corresponding priority in the queue of applications for their execution,  initiate the corresponding process of transmitting a message to the corresponding console of the student by extracting the corresponding application from the queue taking into account its priority,  form additional information corresponding to the learner’s request based on the extraction of the relevant information from the corresponding memory block in the form of the corresponding sequence of binary codes,  carry out the first (direct) conversion of the generated sequence of binary codes,  add to the converted sequence of binary codes the electronic address of the corresponding remote remote control of the student,  transmit a sequence of signals  corresponding to the converted binary code sequence,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding input of its communication channel,  receive a sequence of signals  corresponding to the transmitted sequence of binary codes,  using the appropriate information exchange unit at the corresponding output of its communication channel,  carry out the second (inverse with respect to the specified first) conversion of the obtained sequence of binary codes into the original form,  retrieve from the sequence of binary codes converted to the original form the additional information requested by the student,  form corresponding to the received additional information fragments of the CMM on the information display devices of the corresponding console of the student,  h) after registering the time point for completion of the assignment by the corresponding trainee and the results obtained,  which supported its FTD,  stop such support  i) before determining the values (true or false) of the given LUs for making appropriate management decisions, calculate the current values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability of the RIUS functioning at the current and future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students by computer simulation of the corresponding processes,  predicting future values of the used indicators of efficiency and stability by constructing prediction equations corresponding to the algorithm used, depending on the values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and the time of simulation of the functioning processes of the system in question and the subsequent calculation of the values of these equations in relation to future values of the used indicators of preparedness of students and moments of simulation,  then calculated using the predicted values of the indicators of efficiency and stability obtained in this way, the adjusted threshold values of the used indicators of preparedness of the students. 2. A unified multifunctional complex for automated training of personnel of a distributed information management system, comprising a training console, a remote control switch, two information input units, an information output unit, information exchange units, two information processing units, three memory units, trainee units, a preparedness prediction unit trainees, program control block, coincidence block, three code distributors, control pulse generator, learner preparedness assessment unit, priority block, programmable timer and learner actions control unit, while programmable timer, coincidence block, priority block, program control unit, remote control switch, student’s console, first code dispenser, second code dispenser, first memory block and student actions control block are connected in series , to the second input of which the output of the second memory block is connected, the input of which is connected to the second output of the first code distributor, the second input of which is connected to the first output of the program a clock, whose input is connected to the second output of the program control unit, and the second output - to the second input of the priority unit, the third input of which is connected to the second output of the second code distributor, the second input of which is connected to the output of the driver of control pulses, and to the third output is the third the input of the student’s actions control unit, the output of which is connected to the second input of the first memory unit, the second output of which is connected to the second input of the program control unit, the first output of which is connected with the first inputs of the first and second information input blocks, and its third input is the first (start) input of the device, the second and third inputs of which are the second inputs of the first and second information input blocks, respectively, while the first output of the program control unit is connected to the input of the output unit information and with the first input of the third memory block, the second and third inputs of which are connected to the outputs of the first and second information input blocks, respectively, and the first output with the fourth input of the software unit a control unit, the third output of which is connected to the first input of the first information processing unit, the second input of which is connected to the second output of the third memory unit, and the first output - to the second input of the switchboard, the second outputs of which are connected to the first inputs of the corresponding information exchange units, the first outputs of which connected to the corresponding inputs of the third code distributor, the first outputs of which are connected to the corresponding inputs of the control pulse generator, and the second outputs to the corresponding third m inputs of the first code distributor, the fourth input of which is connected to the second output of the first information processing unit, the third output of which is connected to the fourth input of the third memory unit, the fifth input of which is connected to the first output of the second information processing unit, the first and second inputs of which are connected respectively to the third by the output of the third memory block and with the fourth output of the program control block, the fifth and sixth outputs of which are connected respectively to the fourth input of the action control block and with the first input of the student preparedness assessment unit, the second and third inputs of which are connected to the third outputs of the second code allocator and the first memory block, the third input of which is connected to the output of the student preparedness assessment unit, and the second output to the first input of the student preparedness prediction unit whose output is connected to the fourth input of the first memory block, and the second and third inputs, respectively, to the third output of the second code distributor and to the seventh output of the program block a lot of control, and the output of the information output block is the output of the device, characterized in that the student support blocks, the third and fourth information processing blocks are introduced into it, the first inputs of the student support blocks connected to the second outputs of the corresponding information exchange blocks, the second inputs of which are connected to the first outputs of the corresponding trainee support units, the second outputs of which are connected to the inputs of the corresponding trainees' panels, the outputs of which are connected to the second inputs respectively of existing student support units, the third information processing unit with the first input and output is connected respectively to the eighth output and fifth input of the program control unit, and the second input is connected to the fourth output of the first information processing unit, the fifth output of which is connected to the fifth input of the first memory unit, fourth block information processing, the first and second inputs are connected respectively to the ninth output of the program control unit and the second output of the second information processing unit, and the output to the second input b lock matches.

Images